Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Servicio tl642c

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 206

Service Manual

Models
TL642C
TL943C
S/N THG00150 & After
S/N THL00150 & After
S/N THH00150 & After
S/N SXH00150 & After

31200794
UENR6261-08

Revised
December 11, 2018
EFFECTIVITY PAGE

June 7, 2012 - A - Original Issue Of Manual


August 9, 2012 - B - Revise pages 3-6, 3-14, 3-16, 3-19 thru 3-23 & 6-3.
October 31, 2012 - C - Revise page 3-23.
January 11, 2013 - D - Revised pages 2-18, 8-7, 8-10, 8-16 and 9-41.
January 23, 2013 - E - Revised pages 3-17, 3-19, 6-3, 9-34, 9-36 and 9-38.
June 28, 2013 - F - Revised pages 2-14, 2-16 Added pages 3-30 and 3-31, Revised pages 7.5, 7.8, 7-10,
9-44 thru 9-47.
July 11, 2014 - G - Revised pages 3-20 thru 3-23.
October 14, 2014 - H - Revise pages 1-4, 2-2 thru 2-12, 7-2.
December 11, 2018 - I - Revised front cover.

31200794 TL642C, TL943C i


EFFECTIVITY PAGE

ii TL642C, TL943C 31200794


SECTION CONTENTS
Section Subject Page

Section 1
Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.2 Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.3 Operation & Maintenance Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.4 Do Not Operate Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.5 Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.6 Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.7 Safety Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Section 2
General Information and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 Replacement Parts and Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.2 Thread Locking Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.3 Torque Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.4 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.5 Fluids and Lubricant Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2.6 Service and Maintenance Schedules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.7 Lubrication Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Section 3
Boom ........................................................... 3-1
3.1 Boom System Component Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.2 Boom System - Three Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.3 Boom Assembly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.4 Complete Boom Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3.5 Boom Section Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.6 Extend/Retract Chain Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.7 Push Beam - Extend/Retract Cylinder Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3.8 Boom Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.9 Quick Coupler Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.10 Boom Head - Mounted Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.11 Boom Wear Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3.12 Boom Extend and Retract Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3.13 Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3.14 Emergency Boom Lowering Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3.15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3.16 Push Beam Temporary Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

Section 4
Cab and Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1 Operator Cab and Covers Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.2 Operator Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.3 Cab Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.4 Cab Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4.5 Cab Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

TL642C, TL943C iii


Section Subject Page

Section 5
Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1 Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.2 Axle Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3 Axle Specifications and Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.4 Axle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.5 Drive Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.6 Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.7 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.8 Towing a Disabled machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Section 6
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1 Transmission Assembly Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.2 Transmission Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.3 Transmission Specifications and Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.4 Transmission Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.5 Transmission Cooler Thermal By-Pass Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.6 Torque Convertor Diaphragm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6.7 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Section 7
Engine ........................................................... 7-1
7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.2 Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7.3 Specifications and Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7.4 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.5 Engine Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
7.6 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7.7 Engine Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.8 Air Cleaner Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
7.9 Engine Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
7.10 Engine Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

Section 8
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.1 Hydraulic Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.2 Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8.3 Hydraulic Pressure Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8.4 Hydraulic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8.5 Hydraulic Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8.6 Engine Implement Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8.7 Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8.8 Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
8.9 Cylinder Torque Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

iv TL642C, TL943C
Section Subject Page

Section 9
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
9.1 Electrical Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
9.2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9.3 Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9.4 Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9.5 Accessory Module - TL943C Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
9.6 Electrical System Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
9.7 Circuit Breakdowns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
9.8 Engine Start Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
9.9 Charging Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
9.10 Window Wiper/Washer Windshield Wiper Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
9.11 Cab Heater/AC and Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
9.12 Switches, Solenoids and Senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
9.13 Gauges and Display Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
9.14 Dash Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
9.15 Hand Held Analyzer - TL943C Only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
9.16 Engine Diagnostic and Event Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44

TL642C, TL943C v
Section Subject Page

vi TL642C, TL943C
Section 1
Safety Practices

Contents

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE


1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.2 Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.3 Operation & Maintenance Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.4 Do Not Operate Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.5 Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.5.1 Safety Alert System and Signal Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.6 Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.6.1 Personal Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.6.2 Equipment Hazards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.6.3 General Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.6.4 Operational Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.7 Safety Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

TL642C, TL943C 1-1


Safety Practices

1.1 INTRODUCTION 1.4 DO NOT OPERATE TAGS


This service manual provides general directions for Place Do Not Operate Tags on the ignition key switch and
accomplishing service and repair procedures. Following the steering wheel before attempting to perform any
the procedures in this manual will help assure safety and service or maintenance. Remove key and disconnect
equipment reliability. battery leads.
Read, understand and follow the information in this
manual, and obey all locally approved safety practices, 1.5 SAFETY INFORMATION
procedures, rules, codes, regulations and laws.
To avoid possible death or injury, carefully read,
These instructions cannot cover all details or variations in understand and comply with all safety messages.
the equipment, procedures, or processes described, nor
provide directions for meeting every possible contingency In the event of an accident, know where to obtain medical
during operation, maintenance, or testing. When additional assistance and how to use a first-aid kit and fire
information is desired consult the local Caterpillar dealer. extinguisher/fire suppression system. Keep emergency
telephone numbers (fire department, ambulance, rescue
Many factors contribute to unsafe conditions: carelessness, squad/paramedics, police department, etc.) nearby. If
fatigue, overload, inattentiveness, unfamiliarity, even working alone, check with another person routinely to
drugs and alcohol, among others. For optimal safety, help assure personal safety.
encourage everyone to think, and to act, safely.
Appropriate service methods and proper repair 1.5.1 Safety Alert System and Signal Words
procedures are essential for the safety of the individual
doing the work, for the safety of the operator, and for the
safe, reliable operation of the machine. All references to
the right side, left side, front and rear are given from the
DANGER
operator seat looking in a forward direction.
Supplementary information is available from the DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation
manufacturer in the form of Service Bulletins, Service which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Campaigns, Service Training Schools, the service
website, other literature, and through updates to the
manual itself. WARNING
1.2 DISCLAIMER
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation
All information in this manual is based on the latest which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
product information available at the time of publication. injury.
The manufacturer reserves the right to make changes
and improvements to its products, and to discontinue the
manufacture of any product, at its discretion at any time CAUTION
without public notice or obligation.

1.3 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation


MANUAL which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury.
The mechanic must not operate the machine until the
Operation & Maintenance Manual has been read &
understood, training has been accomplished and
operation of the machine has been completed under the
supervision of an experienced and qualified operator.
An Operation & Maintenance Manual is supplied with
each machine and must be kept in the manual holder
located in the cab. In the event that the Operation &
Maintenance Manual is missing, consult your local
service distributor before proceeding.
1-2 TL642C, TL943C
Safety Practices

1.6 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 1.6.3 General Hazards


SOLVENTS: Only use approved solvents that are known
Following are general safety statements to consider before
to be safe for use.
performing maintenance procedures on the telehandler.
Additional statements related to specific tasks and HOUSEKEEPING: Keep the work area and operator cab
procedures are located throughout this manual and are clean, and remove all hazards (debris, oil, tools, etc.).
listed prior to any work instructions to provide safety FIRST AID: Immediately clean, dress and report all injuries
information before the potential of a hazard occurs. (cuts, abrasions, burns, etc.), no matter how minor the
For all safety messages, carefully read, understand and injury may seem. Know the location of a First Aid Kit, and
follow the instructions before proceeding. know how to use it.
CLEANLINESS: Wear eye protection, and clean all
1.6.1 Personal Hazards components with a high-pressure or steam cleaner
PERSONAL SAFETY GEAR: Wear all the protective before attempting service.
clothing and personal safety gear necessary to perform When removing hydraulic components, plug hose ends
the job safely. This might include heavy gloves, safety and connections to prevent excess leakage and
glasses or goggles, filter mask or respirator, safety shoes contamination. Place a suitable catch basin beneath the
or a hard hat. machine to capture fluid run-off.
LIFTING: NEVER lift a heavy object without the help of at It is good practice to avoid pressure-washing electrical/
least one assistant or a suitable sling and hoist. electronic components. In the event pressure-washing
the machine is needed, ensure the machine is shut down
1.6.2 Equipment Hazards before pressure-washing. Should pressure-washing be
utilized to wash areas containing electrical/electronic
LIFTING OF EQUIPMENT: Before using any lifting
components, it is recommended a maximum pressure of
equipment (chains, slings, brackets, hooks, etc.), verify
750 psi (52 bar) at a minimum distance of 12 in (30,5 cm)
that it is of the proper capacity, in good working order, and
away from these components. If electrical/electronic
is properly attached.
components are sprayed, spraying must not be direct and
NEVER stand or otherwise become positioned under a for brief time periods to avoid heavy saturation,
suspended load or under raised equipment. The load or
Check and obey all Federal, State and/or Local
equipment could fall or tip.
regulations regarding waste storage, disposal and
DO NOT use a hoist, jack or jack stands only to support recycling.
equipment. Always support equipment with the proper
capacity blocks or stands properly rated for the load.
HAND TOOLS: Always use the proper tool for the job;
keep tools clean and in good working order, and use
special service tools only as recommended.

TL642C, TL943C 1-3


Safety Practices

1.6.4 Operational Hazards FLUID FLAMABILTITY: DO NOT service the fuel or


hydraulic systems near an open flame, sparks or smoking
ENGINE: Stop the engine before performing any service
materials.
unless specifically instructed otherwise.
NEVER drain or store fluids in an open container. Engine
VENTILATION: Avoid prolonged engine operation in
fuel and hydraulic fluid are flammable and can cause a
enclosed areas without adequate ventilation.
fire and/or explosion.
SOFT SURFACES AND SLOPES: NEVER work on a
DO NOT mix gasoline or alcohol with diesel fuel. The
machine that is parked on a soft surface or slope. The
mixture can cause an explosion.
machine must be on a hard level surface, with the wheels
blocked before performing any service. PRESSURE TESTING: When conducting any test, only
use test equipment that is correctly calibrated and in good
FLUID TEMPERATURE: NEVER work on a machine
condition. Use the correct equipment in the proper
when the engine, cooling or hydraulic systems are hot.
manner, and make changes or repairs as indicated by the
Hot components and fluids can cause severe burns.
test procedure to achieve the desired result.
Allow systems to cool before proceeding.
LEAVING MACHINE: Lower the forks or attachment to
FLUID PRESSURE: Before loosening any hydraulic or
the ground before leaving the machine.
diesel fuel component, hose or tube, turn the engine
OFF. Wear heavy, protective gloves and eye protection. TIRES: Always keep tires inflated to the proper pressure
NEVER check for leaks using any part of your body; use to help prevent tipover. DO NOT over-inflate tires.
a piece of cardboard or wood instead. If injured, seek NEVER use mismatched tire types, sizes or ply ratings.
medical attention immediately. Diesel fluid leaking under Always use matched sets according to machine
pressure can explode. Hydraulic fluid and diesel fuel specifications.
leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin, cause
MAJOR COMPONENTS: Never alter, remove, or
infection, gangrene and other serious personal injury.
substitute any items such as counterweights, tires,
Engine fuel lines are pressurized. DO NOT attempt batteries or other items that may reduce or affect the
repairs unless specific training has been completed. overall weight or stability of the machine.
Refer to the engine manufacturers’ manual for specific
BATTERY: DO NOT charge a frozen battery.Charging a
details concerning the fuel system.
frozen battery may cause it to explode. Allow the battery
Relieve all pressure before disconnecting any to thaw before jump-starting or connecting a battery
component, part, line or hose. Slowly loosen parts and charger.
allow release of residual pressure before removing any
part or component. Before starting the engine or applying 1.7 SAFETY DECALS
pressure, use components, parts, hoses and pipes that
are in good condition, connected properly and are Check that all safety decals are present and readable on
tightened to the proper torque. Capture fluid in an the machine. Refer to the Operation & Maintenance
appropriate container and dispose of in accordance with Manual supplied with machine for information.
prevailing environmental regulations.
RADIATOR CAP: The cooling system is under pressure,
and escaping coolant can cause severe burns and eye
injury. To prevent personal injury, NEVER remove the
radiator cap while the cooling system is hot. Wear safety
glasses. Turn the radiator cap to the first stop and allow
pressure to escape before removing the cap completely.
Failure to follow the safety practices could result in death
or serious injury.

1-4 TL642C, TL943C


Section 2
General Information and Specifications

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE


2.1 Replacement Parts and Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.2 Thread Locking Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.3 Torque Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.3.1 SAE Fastener Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.3.2 Metric Fastener Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2.3.3 Hydraulic Hose Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.4 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.4.1 Travel Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.4.2 Hydraulic Cylinder Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.4.3 Cylinder Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.4.4 Electrical System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.4.5 Engine Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2.4.6 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
2.5 Fluids and Lubricant Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2.6 Service and Maintenance Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.6.1 10, 1st 50 & 50 Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.6.2 1st 250, 250 & 1st 500 Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
2.6.3 500, 1000, & 1500 Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
2.7 Lubrication Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

TL642C, TL943C 2-1


General Information and Specifications

2.1 REPLACEMENT PARTS AND 2.2 THREAD LOCKING COMPOUND


WARRANTY INFORMATION
Loctite® ND Industries Description
242TM Vibra-TITETM121 Medium Strength (Blue)
243TM Vibra-TITETM122 Medium Strength (Blue)
271TM Vibra-TITETM140 High Strength (Red)
262TM Vibra-TITETM131 Medium - High Strength (Red)

Loctite® 243TM can be substituted in place of Loctite®


242TM.
DO NOT GO NEAR LEAKS
* High pressure oil easily punctures skin causing serious injury, gangrene or death.
* If injured, seek emergency medical help. Immediate surgery is required to remove oil.
* Do not use finger or skin to check for leaks.
C * Lower load or relieve hydraulic pressure before loosening fittings.
10814B

Vibra-TITETM 122 can be substituted in place of Vibra-


TITETM 121.
1
MAL0500

Before ordering parts or initiating service inquiries, make


note of the machine serial number. The machine serial
number plate (1) is located as indicated in the figure.
Note: The replacement of any part on this machine with
any other than factory authorized replacement parts can
adversely affect the performance, durability, or safety of
the machine, and will void the warranty. JLG disclaims
liability for any claims or damages, whether regarding
property damage, personal injury or death arising out of
the use of unauthorized replacement parts.
A warranty registration form must be filled out by the local
Caterpillar dealer.
Registration activates the warranty period and helps to
assure that warranty claims are promptly processed to
guarantee full warranty service.

2-2 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

2.3 TORQUE CHARTS

2.3.1 SAE Fastener Torque Chart


Values for Zinc Yellow Chromate Fasteners (Ref 4150707)
SAE GRADE 5 BOLTS & GRADE 2 NUTS
Torque
Torque
Tensile Stress Clamp Torque Torque (Loctite® 242TM or 271TM or
Size TPI Bolt Dia (Loctite® 262TM or
Area Load (Dry) Lubricated Vibra-TITETM
Vibra-TITETM 131)
111 or 140)
In Sq In LB IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m]
4 40 0.1120 0.00604 380 8 0.9 6 0.7
48 0.1120 0.00661 420 9 1.0 7 0.8
6 32 0.1380 0.00909 580 16 1.8 12 1.4
40 0.1380 0.01015 610 18 2.0 13 1.5
8 32 0.1640 0.01400 900 30 3.4 22 2.5
36 0.1640 0.01474 940 31 3.5 23 2.6
10 24 0.1900 0.01750 1120 43 4.8 32 3.5
32 0.1900 0.02000 1285 49 5.5 36 4
1/4 20 0.2500 0.0318 2020 96 10.8 75 9 105 12
28 0.2500 0.0364 2320 120 13.5 86 10 135 15
In Sq In LB FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m]
5/16 18 0.3125 0.0524 3340 17 23 13 18 19 26 16 22
24 0.3125 0.0580 3700 19 26 14 19 21 29 17 23
3/8 16 0.3750 0.0775 4940 30 41 23 31 35 48 28 38
24 0.3750 0.0878 5600 35 47 25 34 40 54 32 43
7/16 14 0.4375 0.1063 6800 50 68 35 47 55 75 45 61
20 0.4375 0.1187 7550 55 75 40 54 60 82 50 68
1/2 13 0.5000 0.1419 9050 75 102 55 75 85 116 68 92
20 0.5000 0.1599 10700 90 122 65 88 100 136 80 108
9/16 12 0.5625 0.1820 11600 110 149 80 108 120 163 98 133
18 0.5625 0.2030 12950 120 163 90 122 135 184 109 148
5/8 11 0.6250 0.2260 14400 150 203 110 149 165 224 135 183
18 0.6250 0.2560 16300 170 230 130 176 190 258 153 207
3/4 10 0.7500 0.3340 21300 260 353 200 271 285 388 240 325
16 0.7500 0.3730 23800 300 407 220 298 330 449 268 363
7/8 9 0.8750 0.4620 29400 430 583 320 434 475 646 386 523
14 0.8750 0.5090 32400 470 637 350 475 520 707 425 576
1 8 1.0000 0.6060 38600 640 868 480 651 675 918 579 785
12 1.0000 0.6630 42200 700 949 530 719 735 1000 633 858
1 1/8 7 1.1250 0.7630 42300 800 1085 600 813 840 1142 714 968
12 1.1250 0.8560 47500 880 1193 660 895 925 1258 802 1087
1 1/4 7 1.2500 0.9690 53800 1120 1518 840 1139 1175 1598 1009 1368
12 1.2500 1.0730 59600 1240 1681 920 1247 1300 1768 1118 1516
1 3/8 6 1.3750 1.1550 64100 1460 1979 1100 1491 1525 2074 1322 1792
12 1.3750 1.3150 73000 1680 2278 1260 1708 1750 2380 1506 2042
1 1/2 6 1.5000 1.4050 78000 1940 2630 1460 1979 2025 2754 1755 2379
12 1.5000 1.5800 87700 2200 2983 1640 2224 2300 3128 1974 2676

NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS 5000059K
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER

TL642C, TL943C 2-3


General Information and Specifications

2.3.1 SAE Fastener Torque Chart (Continued)

Values for Zinc Yellow Chromate Fasteners (Ref 4150707)


SAE GRADE 8 (HEX HD) BOLTS & GRADE 8 NUTS*
Torque Torque
Torque
Tensile Stress (Loctite® 242TM or 271TM or (Loctite® 262TM or
Size TPI Bolt Dia Clamp Load (Dry or Loctite® 263)
Area Vibra-TITETM 111 or 140) Vibra-TITETM 131)
K=0.20
K=0.18 K=0.15
In Sq In LB IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m]
4 40 0.1120 0.00604
48 0.1120 0.00661
6 32 0.1380 0.00909
40 0.1380 0.01015
8 32 0.1640 0.01400
36 0.1640 0.01474 1320 43 5
10 24 0.1900 0.01750 1580 60 7
32 0.1900 0.02000 1800 68 8
1/4 20 0.2500 0.0318 2860 143 16 129 15
28 0.2500 0.0364 3280 164 19 148 17
In Sq In LB FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m]
5/16 18 0.3125 0.0524 4720 25 35 20 25 20 25
24 0.3125 0.0580 5220 25 35 25 35 20 25
3/8 16 0.3750 0.0775 7000 45 60 40 55 35 50
24 0.3750 0.0878 7900 50 70 45 60 35 50
7/16 14 0.4375 0.1063 9550 70 95 65 90 50 70
20 0.4375 0.1187 10700 80 110 70 95 60 80
1/2 13 0.5000 0.1419 12750 105 145 95 130 80 110
20 0.5000 0.1599 14400 120 165 110 150 90 120
9/16 12 0.5625 0.1820 16400 155 210 140 190 115 155
18 0.5625 0.2030 18250 170 230 155 210 130 175
5/8 11 0.6250 0.2260 20350 210 285 190 260 160 220
18 0.6250 0.2560 23000 240 325 215 290 180 245
3/4 10 0.7500 0.3340 30100 375 510 340 460 280 380
16 0.7500 0.3730 33600 420 570 380 515 315 430
7/8 9 0.8750 0.4620 41600 605 825 545 740 455 620
14 0.8750 0.5090 45800 670 910 600 815 500 680
1 8 1.0000 0.6060 51500 860 1170 770 1045 645 875
12 1.0000 0.6630 59700 995 1355 895 1215 745 1015
1 1/8 7 1.1250 0.7630 68700 1290 1755 1160 1580 965 1310
12 1.1250 0.8560 77000 1445 1965 1300 1770 1085 1475
1 1/4 7 1.2500 0.9690 87200 1815 2470 1635 2225 1365 1855
12 1.2500 1.0730 96600 2015 2740 1810 2460 1510 2055
1 3/8 6 1.3750 1.1550 104000 2385 3245 2145 2915 1785 2430
12 1.3750 1.3150 118100 2705 3680 2435 3310 2030 2760
1 1/2 6 1.5000 1.4050 126500 3165 4305 2845 3870 2370 3225
12 1.5000 1.5800 142200 3555 4835 3200 4350 2665 3625

NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS 5000059K
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER

2-4 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

2.3.1 SAE Fastener Torque Chart (Continued)

Values for Magni Coating Fasteners (Ref 4150701)


SAE GRADE 5 BOLTS & GRADE 2 NUTS
Torque Torque
Torque
Tensile Stress (Loctite® 242TM or 271TM or (Loctite® 262TM or
Size TPI Bolt Dia Clamp Load (Dry)
Area Vibra-TITETM 111 or 140) Vibra-TITETM 131)
K=0.17
K=0.16 K=0.15
In Sq In LB IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m]
4 40 0.1120 0.00604 380 7 0.8
48 0.1120 0.00661 420 8 0.9
6 32 0.1380 0.00909 580 14 1.5
40 0.1380 0.01015 610 14 1.6
8 32 0.1640 0.01400 900 25 2.8
36 0.1640 0.01474 940 26 2.9
10 24 0.1900 0.01750 1120 36 4.1
32 0.1900 0.02000 1285 42 4.7
1/4 20 0.2500 0.0318 2020 86 9.7 80 9
28 0.2500 0.0364 2320 99 11.1 95 11
In Sq In LB FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m]
5/16 18 0.3125 0.0524 3340 15 20 14 19 15 20
24 0.3125 0.0580 3700 15 20 15 21 15 20
3/8 16 0.3750 0.0775 4940 25 35 25 34 25 34
24 0.3750 0.0878 5600 30 40 28 38 25 34
7/16 14 0.4375 0.1063 6800 40 55 40 54 35 48
20 0.4375 0.1187 7550 45 60 44 60 40 54
1/2 13 0.5000 0.1419 9050 65 90 60 82 55 75
20 0.5000 0.1599 10700 75 100 71 97 65 88
9/16 12 0.5625 0.1820 11600 90 120 87 118 80 109
18 0.5625 0.2030 12950 105 145 97 132 90 122
5/8 11 0.6250 0.2260 14400 130 175 120 163 115 156
18 0.6250 0.2560 16300 145 195 136 185 125 170
3/4 10 0.7500 0.3340 21300 225 305 213 290 200 272
16 0.7500 0.3730 23800 255 345 238 324 225 306
7/8 9 0.8750 0.4620 29400 365 495 343 466 320 435
14 0.8750 0.5090 32400 400 545 378 514 355 483
1 8 1.0000 0.6060 38600 545 740 515 700 480 653
12 1.0000 0.6630 42200 600 815 563 765 530 721
1 1/8 7 1.1250 0.7630 42300 675 920 635 863 595 809
12 1.1250 0.8560 47500 755 1025 713 969 670 911
1 1/4 7 1.2500 0.9690 53800 955 1300 897 1219 840 1142
12 1.2500 1.0730 59600 1055 1435 993 1351 930 1265
1 3/8 6 1.3750 1.1550 64100 1250 1700 1175 1598 1100 1496
12 1.3750 1.3150 73000 1420 1930 1338 1820 1255 1707
1 1/2 6 1.5000 1.4050 78000 1660 2260 1560 2122 1465 1992
12 1.5000 1.5800 87700 1865 2535 1754 2385 1645 2237

NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS 5000059K
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER

TL642C, TL943C 2-5


General Information and Specifications

2.3.1 SAE Fastener Torque Chart (Continued)

Values for Magni Coating Fasteners (Ref 4150701)


SAE GRADE 8 (HEX HD) BOLTS & GRADE 8 NUTS*
Torque Torque
Torque
Tensile Stress (Loctite® 242TM or 271TM or (Loctite® 262TM or
Size TPI Bolt Dia Clamp Load (Dry or Loctite® 263)
Area Vibra-TITETM 111 or 140) Vibra-TITETM 131)
K=0.17
K=0.16 K=0.15
In Sq In LB IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m]
4 40 0.1120 0.00604
48 0.1120 0.00661
6 32 0.1380 0.00909
40 0.1380 0.01015
8 32 0.1640 0.01400
36 0.1640 0.01474 1320 37 4
10 24 0.1900 0.01750 1580 51 6
32 0.1900 0.02000 1800 58 7
1/4 20 0.2500 0.0318 2860 122 14 114 13
28 0.2500 0.0364 3280 139 16 131 15
In Sq In LB FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m]
5/16 18 0.3125 0.0524 4720 20 25 20 25 20 25
24 0.3125 0.0580 5220 25 35 20 25 20 25
3/8 16 0.3750 0.0775 7000 35 50 35 50 35 50
24 0.3750 0.0878 7900 40 55 40 55 35 50
7/16 14 0.4375 0.1063 9550 60 80 55 75 50 70
20 0.4375 0.1187 10700 65 90 60 80 60 80
1/2 13 0.5000 0.1419 12750 90 120 85 115 80 110
20 0.5000 0.1599 14400 100 135 95 130 90 120
9/16 12 0.5625 0.1820 16400 130 175 125 170 115 155
18 0.5625 0.2030 18250 145 195 135 185 130 175
5/8 11 0.6250 0.2260 20350 180 245 170 230 160 220
18 0.6250 0.2560 23000 205 280 190 260 180 245
3/4 10 0.7500 0.3340 30100 320 435 300 410 280 380
16 0.7500 0.3730 33600 355 485 335 455 315 430
7/8 9 0.8750 0.4620 41600 515 700 485 660 455 620
14 0.8750 0.5090 45800 570 775 535 730 500 680
1 8 1.0000 0.6060 51500 730 995 685 930 645 875
12 1.0000 0.6630 59700 845 1150 795 1080 745 1015
1 1/8 7 1.1250 0.7630 68700 1095 1490 1030 1400 965 1310
12 1.1250 0.8560 77000 1225 1665 1155 1570 1085 1475
1 1/4 7 1.2500 0.9690 87200 1545 2100 1455 1980 1365 1855
12 1.2500 1.0730 96600 1710 2325 1610 2190 1510 2055
1 3/8 6 1.3750 1.1550 104000 2025 2755 1905 2590 1785 2430
12 1.3750 1.3150 118100 2300 3130 2165 2945 2030 2760
1 1/2 6 1.5000 1.4050 126500 2690 3660 2530 3440 2370 3225
12 1.5000 1.5800 142200 3020 4105 2845 3870 2665 3625

NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS 5000059K
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER

2-6 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

2.3.1 SAE Fastener Torque Chart (Continued)

Values for Magni Coating Fasteners (Ref 4150701)


SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS
Torque Torque
Tensile Stress Clamp Load Torque (Loctite® 242TM or 271TM or (Loctite® 262TM or
Size TPI Bolt Dia
Area See Note 4 (Dry) K=0.17 Vibra-TITETM 111 or 140) or Vibra-TITETM 131)
Precoat® 85 K=0.16 K=0.15
In Sq In LB IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m]
4 40 0.1120 0.00604
48 0.1120 0.00661
6 32 0.1380 0.00909
40 0.1380 0.01015
8 32 0.1640 0.01400
36 0.1640 0.01474
10 24 0.1900 0.01750
32 0.1900 0.02000
1/4 20 0.2500 0.0318 2860 122 14 114 13
28 0.2500 0.0364 3280 139 16 131 15
In Sq In LB FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m]
5/16 18 0.3125 0.0524 4720 20 25 20 25 20 25
24 0.3125 0.0580 5220 25 35 20 25 20 25
3/8 16 0.3750 0.0775 7000 35 50 35 50 35 50
24 0.3750 0.0878 7900 40 55 40 55 35 50
7/16 14 0.4375 0.1063 9550 60 80 55 75 50 70
20 0.4375 0.1187 10700 65 90 60 80 60 80
1/2 13 0.5000 0.1419 12750 90 120 85 115 80 110
20 0.5000 0.1599 14400 100 135 95 130 90 120
9/16 12 0.5625 0.1820 16400 130 175 125 170 115 155
18 0.5625 0.2030 18250 145 195 135 185 130 175
5/8 11 0.6250 0.2260 20350 180 245 170 230 160 220
18 0.6250 0.2560 23000 205 280 190 260 180 245
3/4 10 0.7500 0.3340 30100 320 435 300 415 280 380
16 0.7500 0.3730 33600 355 485 335 455 315 430
7/8 9 0.8750 0.4620 41600 515 700 485 660 455 620
14 0.8750 0.5090 45800 570 775 535 730 500 680
1 8 1.0000 0.6060 51500 730 995 685 930 645 875
12 1.0000 0.6630 59700 845 1150 795 1080 745 1015
1 1/8 7 1.1250 0.7630 68700 1095 1490 1030 1400 965 1310
12 1.1250 0.8560 77000 1225 1665 1155 1570 1085 1475
1 1/4 7 1.2500 0.9690 87200 1545 2100 1455 1980 1365 1855
12 1.2500 1.0730 96600 1710 2325 1610 2190 1510 2055
1 3/8 6 1.3750 1.1550 104000 2025 2755 1905 2590 1785 2430
12 1.3750 1.3150 118100 2300 3130 2165 2945 2030 2760
1 1/2 6 1.5000 1.4050 126500 2690 3660 2530 3440 2370 3225
12 1.5000 1.5800 142200 3020 4105 2845 3870 2665 3625

NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS 5000059K
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH CAPABILITY OF SHCS.
IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.

TL642C, TL943C 2-7


General Information and Specifications

2.3.1 SAE Fastener Torque Chart (Continued)

Values for Zinc Yellow Chromate Fasteners (Ref 4150707)*


SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS
Torque Torque
Tensile Stress Clamp Load Torque (Loctite® 242TM or 271TM or (Loctite® 262TM or
Size TPI Bolt Dia
Area See Note 4 (Dry) K=0.17 Vibra-TITETM 111 or 140) or Vibra-TITETM 131)
Precoat® 85 K=0.16 K=0.15
In Sq In LB IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m]
4 40 0.1120 0.00604
48 0.1120 0.00661
6 32 0.1380 0.00909
40 0.1380 0.01015
8 32 0.1640 0.01400
36 0.1640 0.01474
10 24 0.1900 0.01750
32 0.1900 0.02000
1/4 20 0.2500 0.0318 2860 122 14 114 13
28 0.2500 0.0364 3280 139 16 131 15
In Sq In LB FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m]
5/16 18 0.3125 0.0524 4720 20 25 20 25 20 25
24 0.3125 0.0580 5220 25 35 20 25 20 25
3/8 16 0.3750 0.0775 7000 35 50 35 50 35 50
24 0.3750 0.0878 7900 40 55 40 55 35 50
7/16 14 0.4375 0.1063 9550 60 80 55 75 50 70
20 0.4375 0.1187 10700 65 90 60 80 60 80
1/2 13 0.5000 0.1419 12750 90 120 85 115 80 110
20 0.5000 0.1599 14400 100 135 95 130 90 120
9/16 12 0.5625 0.1820 16400 130 175 125 170 115 155
18 0.5625 0.2030 18250 145 195 135 185 130 175
5/8 11 0.6250 0.2260 20350 180 245 170 230 160 220
18 0.6250 0.2560 23000 205 280 190 260 180 245
3/4 10 0.7500 0.3340 30100 320 435 300 415 280 380
16 0.7500 0.3730 33600 355 485 335 455 315 430
7/8 9 0.8750 0.4620 41600 515 700 485 660 455 620
14 0.8750 0.5090 45800 570 775 535 730 500 680
1 8 1.0000 0.6060 51500 730 995 685 930 645 875
12 1.0000 0.6630 59700 845 1150 795 1080 745 1015
1 1/8 7 1.1250 0.7630 68700 1095 1490 1030 1400 965 1310
12 1.1250 0.8560 77000 1225 1665 1155 1570 1085 1475
1 1/4 7 1.2500 0.9690 87200 1545 2100 1455 1980 1365 1855
12 1.2500 1.0730 96600 1710 2325 1610 2190 1510 2055
1 3/8 6 1.3750 1.1550 104000 2025 2755 1905 2590 1785 2430
12 1.3750 1.3150 118100 2300 3130 2165 2945 2030 2760
1 1/2 6 1.5000 1.4050 126500 2690 3660 2530 3440 2370 3225
12 1.5000 1.5800 142200 3020 4105 2845 3870 2665 3625

NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS 5000059K
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH CAPABILITY OF SHCS.
IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.

2-8 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

2.3.2 Metric Fastener Torque Chart

Values for Zinc Yellow Chromate Fasteners (Ref 4150707)*


CLASS 8.8 METRIC (HEX/SOCKET HEAD) BOLTS CLASS 8 METRIC NUTS
Torque
Torque TM or 271TM
Tensile Stress Clamp Load Torque TM TM (Loctite® 242
Size Pitch Torque (Lube) (Loctite® 262 or 271
Area See Note 4 (Dry or Loctite® 263TM) or Vibra-TITE TM
111
or Vibra-TITETM 131)
or 141)

Sq mm KN [N.m] [N.m] [N.m]


3 0.5 5.03 2.19 1.3 1.0 1.2 1.4
3.5 0.6 6.78 2.95 2.1 1.6 1.9 2.3
4 0.7 8.78 3.82 3.1 2.3 2.8 3.4
5 0.8 14.20 6.18 6.2 4.6 5.6 6.8
6 1 20.10 8.74 11 7.9 9.4 12
7 1 28.90 12.6 18 13 16 19
8 1.25 36.60 15.9 26 19 23 28
10 1.5 58.00 25.2 50 38 45 55
12 1.75 84.30 36.7 88 66 79 97
14 2 115 50.0 140 105 126 154
16 2 157 68.3 219 164 197 241
18 2.5 192 83.5 301 226 271 331
20 2.5 245 106.5 426 320 383 469
22 2.5 303 132.0 581 436 523 639
24 3 353 153.5 737 553 663 811
27 3 459 199.5 1080 810 970 1130
30 3.5 561 244.0 1460 1100 1320 1530
33 3.5 694 302.0 1990 1490 1790 2090
36 4 817 355.5 2560 1920 2300 2690
42 4.5 1120 487.0 4090 3070 3680 4290

NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS 5000059K
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH CAPABILITY OF SHCS.
IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.

TL642C, TL943C 2-9


General Information and Specifications

2.3.2 Metric Fastener Torque Chart (Continued)

Values for Zinc Yellow Chromate Fasteners (Ref 4150707)*


CLASS 10.9 METRIC (HEX HEAD) BOLTS,
CLASS 10 METRIC NUTS CLASS 12.9 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS M3 - M5*
Torque
Torque
Torque (Lube or Loctite®
Clamp Load (Loctite® 262TM or
Size Pitch Tensile Stress Area (Dry or Loctite® 263TM) 242 or 271TM or
TM
See Note 4 Vibra-TITETM 131)
K=0.20 Vibra-TITETM 111 or 140)
K=0.15
K=0.18
Sq mm KN [N.m] [N.m] [N.m]
3 0.5 5.03 3.13
3.5 0.6 6.78 4.22
4 0.7 8.78 5.47
5 0.8 14.20 8.85
6 1 20.10 12.5
7 1 28.90 18.0 25 23 19
8 1.25 36.60 22.8 37 33 27
10 1.5 58.00 36.1 70 65 55
12 1.75 84.30 52.5 125 115 95
14 2 115 71.6 200 180 150
16 2 157 97.8 315 280 235
18 2.5 192 119.5 430 385 325
20 2.5 245 152.5 610 550 460
22 2.5 303 189.0 830 750 625
24 3 353 222.0 1065 960 800
27 3 459 286.0 1545 1390 1160
30 3.5 561 349.5 2095 1885 1575
33 3.5 694 432.5 2855 2570 2140
36 4 817 509.0 3665 3300 2750
42 4.5 1120 698.0 5865 5275 4395

NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS 5000059K
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH CAPABILITY OF SHCS.
IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.

2-10 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

2.3.2 Metric Fastener Torque Chart (Continued)

Values for Magni Coated Fasteners (Ref 4150701)*


CLASS 8.8 METRIC (HEX/SOCKET HEAD) BOLTS CLASS 8 METRIC NUTS
Torque Torque
Torque (Lube or Loctite® 242TM or (Loctite® 262TM or
Clamp Load
Size Pitch Tensile Stress Area
See Note 4 (Dry or Loctite® 263TM) 271TM or Vibra-TITETM 131)
K=0.17 Vibra-TITETM 111 or 140) K=0.15
K=0.16
Sq mm KN [N.m] [N.m] [N.m]
3 0.5 5.03 2.19 1.1 1.1 1.0
3.5 0.6 6.78 2.95 1.8 1.7 1.5
4 0.7 8.78 3.82 2.6 2.4 2.3
5 0.8 14.20 6.18 5.3 4.9 4.6
6 1 20.10 8.74 9 8.4 7.9
7 1 28.90 12.6 15 14 13
8 1.25 36.60 15.9 22 20 19
10 1.5 58.00 25.2 43 40 38
12 1.75 84.30 36.7 75 70 66
14 2 115 50.0 119 110 105
16 2 157 68.3 186 175 165
18 2.5 192 83.5 256 240 225
20 2.5 245 106.5 362 340 320
22 2.5 303 132.0 494 465 435
24 3 353 153.5 627 590 555
27 3 459 199.5 916 860 810
30 3.5 561 244.0 1245 1170 1100
33 3.5 694 302.0 1694 1595 1495
36 4 817 355.5 2176 2050 1920
42 4.5 1120 487.0 3477 3275 3070

NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS 5000059K
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH CAPABILITY OF SHCS.
IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.

TL642C, TL943C 2-11


General Information and Specifications

2.3.2 Metric Fastener Torque Chart (Continued)

Values for Magni Coated Fasteners (Ref 4150701)*


CLASS 10.9 METRIC (HEX HEAD) BOLTS CLASS 10 METRIC NUTS,
CLASS 12.9 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS M6 AND ABOVE*
Torque
Torque
Torque (Lube or Loctite®
Clamp Load See (Loctite® 262TM or
Size Pitch Tensile Stress Area (Dry or Loctite® 263TM) 242TM or 271TM or
Note 4 Vibra-TITETM 131)
K=0.17 Vibra-TITETM 111 or 140)
K=0.15
K=0.18
Sq mm KN [N.m] [N.m] [N.m]
3 0.5 5.03 3.13
3.5 0.6 6.78 4.22
4 0.7 8.78 5.47
5 0.8 14.20 8.85
6 1 20.10 12.5 13 12 11
7 1 28.90 18.0 21 20 19
8 1.25 36.60 22.8 31 29 27
10 1.5 58.00 36.1 61 58 55
12 1.75 84.30 52.5 105 100 95
14 2 115 71.6 170 160 150
16 2 157 97.8 265 250 235
18 2.5 192 119.5 365 345 325
20 2.5 245 152.5 520 490 460
22 2.5 303 189.0 705 665 625
24 3 353 222.0 905 850 800
27 3 459 286.0 1315 1235 1160
30 3.5 561 349.5 1780 1680 1575
33 3.5 694 432.5 2425 2285 2140
36 4 817 509.0 3115 2930 2750
42 4.5 1120 698.0 4985 4690 4395

NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS 5000059K
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH CAPABILITY OF SHCS.
IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.

2-12 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

2.3.3 Hydraulic Hose Torque Chart Flats Method:


1. If equipped, lubricate o-ring with hydraulic oil. Hand
O-Ring Face Seal & JIC Torque Chart tighten the swivel nut until no lateral movement of
the swivel nut can be detected. Average hand torque
Size ORFS JIC Flats Method
is 3 lb-ft (4 Nm).
13 lb-ft 13 lb-ft 2. Mark a dot on one of the swivel nut flats and another
4 1.5 to 1.75
(18 Nm) (18 Nm) dot in line on the hex of the adapter it’s connecting
23 lb-ft 23 lb-ft to.
6 1 to 1.5
(31 Nm) (31 Nm) 3. Use the double wrench method while tightening to
40 lb-ft 40 lb-ft avoid hose twist.
8 1.5 to 1.75
(54 Nm) (54 Nm) 4. After the connection has been properly tightened,
mark a straight line across the connecting parts, not
60 lb-ft 60 lb-ft
10 1.5 to 1.75 covering the dots indicating that the connection has
(81 Nm) (81 Nm)
been properly tightened.
74 lb-ft 85 lb-ft
12 1.0 to 1.5
(100 Nm) (115 Nm)
115 lb-ft 115 lb-ft
16 0.75 to 1.0
(156 Nm) (156 Nm)
170 lb-ft 170 lb-ft
20 0.75 to 1.0
(230 Nm) (230 Nm)
200 lb-ft 200 lb-ft
24 0.75 to 1.0
(271 Nm) (271 Nm)
270 lb-ft
32 N/A 0.75 to 1.0
(366 Nm)

Note: By definition the “Flats Method“ will contain some


variance. Use the “Flats Method” only when accessibility
with a torque wrench is not possible.
Torque Wrench:
1. Identify the appropriate application and refer to the
above chart for the correct torque value.
2. If equipped, lubricate o-ring with hydraulic oil. Hand
tighten the swivel nut until no lateral movement of
the swivel nut can be detected. Average hand torque
is 3 lb-ft (4 Nm).
3. Use the double wrench method while tightening to
avoid hose twist.
4. Torque wrench must be held at the center of the grip.
Apply constant force until it clicks.
5. After the connection has been properly tightened,
mark a straight line across the connecting parts
indicating that the connection has been properly
tightened.

TL642C, TL943C 2-13


General Information and Specifications

2.4 SPECIFICATIONS

2.4.1 Travel Speeds

Function TL642C TL943C


First Gear 3.4 mph (5,5 km/h) 3.4 mph (5,5 km/h)
Second Gear 6.2 mph (10,0 km/h) 6.5 mph (10,5 km/h)
Third Gear 13.8 mph (22,2 km/h) 14.8 mph (23,8 km/h)
Fourth Gear 19.7 mph (31,7 km/h) 20.3 mph (32,7 km/h)

2.4.2 Hydraulic Cylinder Performance


Note: Machine with attachment, no load, engine at full throttle, hydraulic oil above 130° F (54° C) minimum, engine at
operating temperature.

Approximate Times (seconds)


Function
TL642C TL943C
Boom Extend (Boom Level) 14.2 - 15.7 13.6
Boom Retract 14.3 - 15.8 15.8
Boom Lift 12.3 - 13.6 10.7
Boom Lower 9.2 - 10.2 7.8
Attachment Tilt Forward 4.2 - 4.6 4.6
Attachment Tilt Rearward 3.6 - 4.0 4.5
Frame Level - Full Right to Left 7.2 - 8.0 10.2
Frame Level - Full Left to Right 5.6 - 6.2 11.8

2.4.3 Cylinder Drift

Maximum Rod Travel


Cylinder
(loaded or unloaded)
Lift/Lower Cylinder 0.125 in (3.2 mm) per hour
Extend/Retract Cylinder 0.125 in (3.2 mm) per hour
Attachment Tilt Cylinder 0.125 in (3.2 mm) per hour

2.4.4 Electrical System

Battery
Type, Rating 12 BCI, Negative (-) Ground, Maintenance Free
Quantity 1
Reserve Capacity - 160 Minutes @79° F (27° C) 1000 Cold Cranking Amps @ 0° F (-18° C)
Group/Series Group 31

2-14 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

Alternator 12V, 100 Amps

TL642C, TL943C 2-15


General Information and Specifications

2.4.5 Engine Performance Specifications


Note: Engine manufacturer's maximum “high idle” setting is lockwired and sealed. DO NOT disturb this setting.

a. TL642C - S/N THG00150 & After

Description Specifications
Engine Make/Model CAT 854E C3.4B
Displacement 207 in³ (3,4 liters)
Low Idle / High Idle 940 to 960 rpm / 2300 to 2340 rpm
Horsepower 100 HP (75 kW) @ 2200 rpm
Peak Torque 310 lb-ft (420 Nm) @ 1400 rpm
Fuel Delivery Fuel Injection
Air Cleaner Dry Type, Replaceable Primary and Safety Elements
Average Fuel Consumption (dependant on load/duty) 3.85 gal/hr (14,9 l/hr)

b. TL642C - S/N THL00150 & After

Description Specifications
Engine Make/Model CAT 4.4L
Displacement 269 in³ (4,4 liters)
Low Idle / High Idle 940 to 960 rpm / 2300 to 2340 rpm
Horsepower 100 HP (74.5 kW) @ 2200 rpm
Peak Torque 310 lb-ft (420 Nm) @ 1400 rpm
Fuel Delivery Fuel Injection
Air Cleaner Dry Type, Replaceable Primary and Safety Elements
Average Fuel Consumption (dependant on load/duty) Not Available at Publication

c. TL943C - S/N THH00150 & After

Description Specifications
Engine Make/Model CAT 854E C3.4B
Displacement 207 in³ (3,4 liters)
Low Idle / High Idle 940 to 960 rpm / 2300 to 2340 rpm
Horsepower 111 HP (83 kW) @ 2200 rpm
Peak Torque 331 lb-ft (450 Nm) @ 1400 rpm
Fuel Delivery Fuel Injection
Air Cleaner Dry Type, Replaceable Primary and Safety Elements
Average Fuel Consumption (dependant on load/duty) 3.79 GPH (14,3 l/hr)

2-16 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

d. TL943C - SXH00150 & After

Description Specifications
Engine Make/Model CAT 4.4L
Displacement 269 in³ (4,4 liters)
Low Idle / High Idle 940 to 960 rpm / 2300 to 2340 rpm
Horsepower 110 HP (82 kW) @ 2400 rpm
Peak Torque 358 lb-ft (486 Nm) @ 1400 rpm
Fuel Delivery Fuel Injection
Air Cleaner Dry Type, Replaceable Primary and Safety Elements
Average Fuel Consumption (dependant on load/duty) Not Available at Publication

2.4.6 Tires
Note: Standard wheel lug nut torque is 350-400 lb-ft (475-542 Nm).
Note: Pressure for foam filled tires are for initial fill ONLY.

Minimum Ply/
Size Tire Type Fill Type Pressure
star Rating
Pneumatic 65 psi (4,5 bar)
13.00 x 24 G2/L2 Bias Ply Traction 12 Ply
Foam - Approx 542 lb (246 kg) 65 psi (4,5 bar)
Pneumatic 58 psi (4,0 bar)
15.50 x 25 G2/L2 Bias Ply Traction 12 Ply
Foam - Approx 600 lb (272 kg) 58 psi (4,0 bar)
Pneumatic 76 psi (5,2 bar)
370/75x28 DuraForce 14 Ply
Foam - Approx 464 lb (210 kg) 73 psi (5,0 bar)

TL642C, TL943C 2-17


General Information and Specifications

2.5 FLUIDS AND LUBRICANT


CAPACITIES

a. Fluids
S/N THG00150 & After, S/N THH00150 & After

Ambient Temperature Range


Compartment or
Type and Classification Viscosities °F °C
System
Min Max Min Max
SAE 0W-20 -40 50 -40 10
SAE 0W-30 -40 86 -40 30
SAE 0W-40 -40 104 -40 40

Engine CAT DEO-ULS SAE 5W-30 -22 86 -30 30


Crankcase API CJ-4 Multigrade SAE 5W-40 -22 122 -30 50
SAE 10W-30 0 104 -18 40
SAE 10W-40 0 122 -18 40
SAE 15W-40 15 122 -9.5 50
SAE 0W-20 -40 95 -40 35
Transmission SAE 10W -4 95 -20 35
and Transfer CAT TDTO
Case SAE 30 77 122 25 50
TDTO-TMS 10 50 50 122
CAT Synthetic Gear Oil (GO) SAE 75W-140 -22 113 -30 45

Axle Differential* CAT Gear Oil (GO) SAE 80W-90 -10 120 -23 49
and Wheel End CAT Gear Oil (GO) SAE 85W-140 10 120 -12 59
CAT TDTO-TMS Cat TDTO-TMS -4 122 -20 50
SAE 0W-20 -40 104 -40 40
SAE 0W-30 -40 104 -40 40
SAE 5W-30 -22 104 -30 40
CAT TDTO
SAE 5W-40 -22 104 -30 40
CAT TDTO-TMS
Hydraulic System SAE 10W -4 104 -20 40
CAT Arctic TDTO SYN
SAE 30 50 122 10 50
Commercial TO-4
SAE 10W-30 -4 104 -20 40
SAE 15W-40 5 122 -15 50
Cat TDTO-TMS -4 122 -20 50

2-18 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

Ambient Temperature Range


Compartment or
Type and Classification Viscosities °F °C
System
Min Max Min Max
Boom Wear Pad
CAT Advanced 3Moly NLGI Grade 2 -4 104 -20 40
Grease
Cylinder and Axle
CAT Multipurpose NLGI Grade 2 -22 104 -30 40
Grease
Boom Chain
Schaffer 200S Silver Streak
Lubricant

Cat DEAC 50/50 Mix Standard


Engine Coolant
(Glycol and Water) 60/40 Mix Cold Weather
#2 Diesel Standard
Ultra Low Sulfur
Fuel Blend of #1 diesel and #2 (S < 15 mg/kg) Cold Weather
diesel fuels (“winterized” #2)
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R-134a Tetrafluorethane

Note: Friction Modifier (CAT Brake Oil Additive P/N 197-0017) required for axle differentials, see Section b,
“Capacities.”

TL642C, TL943C 2-19


General Information and Specifications

S/N THL00150 & After, SXH00150 & After

Ambient Temperature Range


Compartment or
Type and Classification Viscosities °F °C
System
Min Max Min Max
SAE 0W-20 -40 50 -40 10
SAE 0W-30 -40 86 -40 30
SAE 0W-40 -40 104 -40 40

Engine CAT DEO SAE 5W-30 -22 86 -30 30


Crankcase API CI-4 Multigrade SAE 5W-40 -22 122 -30 50
SAE 10W-30 0 104 -18 40
SAE 10W-40 0 122 -18 40
SAE 15W-40 15 122 -9.5 50
SAE 0W-20 -40 95 -40 35
Transmission SAE 10W -4 95 -20 35
and Transfer CAT TDTO
Case SAE 30 77 122 25 50
TDTO-TMS 10 50 50 122
CAT Synthetic Gear Oil (GO) SAE 75W-140 -22 113 -30 45

Axle Differential* CAT Gear Oil (GO) SAE 80W-90 -10 120 -23 49
and Wheel End CAT Gear Oil (GO) SAE 85W-140 10 120 -12 59
CAT TDTO-TMS Cat TDTO-TMS -4 122 -20 50
SAE 0W-20 -40 104 -40 40
SAE 0W-30 -40 104 -40 40
SAE 5W-30 -22 104 -30 40
CAT TDTO
SAE 5W-40 -22 104 -30 40
CAT TDTO-TMS
Hydraulic System SAE 10W -4 104 -20 40
CAT Arctic TDTO SYN
SAE 30 50 122 10 50
Commercial TO-4
SAE 10W-30 -4 104 -20 40
SAE 15W-40 5 122 -15 50
Cat TDTO-TMS -4 122 -20 50

2-20 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

Ambient Temperature Range


Compartment or
Type and Classification Viscosities °F °C
System
Min Max Min Max
Boom Wear Pad
CAT Advanced 3Moly NLGI Grade 2 -4 104 -20 40
Grease
Cylinder and Axle
CAT Multipurpose NLGI Grade 2 -22 104 -30 40
Grease
Boom Chain
Schaffer 200S Silver Streak
Lubricant

CAT DEAC 50/50 Mix Standard


Engine Coolant
(Glycol and Water) 60/40 Mix Cold Weather
#2 Diesel Standard
Low Sulfur
Fuel Blend of #1 diesel and #2 (S < 500 mg/kg) Cold Weather
diesel fuels (“winterized” #2)
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R-134a Tetrafluorethane

Note: Friction Modifier (CAT Brake Oil Additive P/N 197-0017) required for axle differentials, see Section b,
“Capacities.”

b. Capacities

Engine Crankcase Oil


Capacity w/Filter Change 9 quarts (8,5 liters)
Fuel Tank
Capacity 38 gallons (143,8 liters)
Cooling System
System Capacity
THG00150 & After; THH00150 & After 18 quarts (17 liters)
THL00150 & After; SXH00150 & After 23 quarts (22 liters)
Surge Tank Capacity 5 quarts (4,7 liters)
Hydraulic System
System Capacity
TL642C 38 gallons (14 liters)
TL943C 45 gallons (170 liters)
Reservoir Capacity to Middle of Sight Gauge 24.5 gallons (93 liters)
Auxiliary Hydraulic Circuit Max Flow at Boom (High Idle)
TL642C 12 gpm (45,4 lpm)
TL943C 16 gpm (60,5 lpm)

TL642C, TL943C 2-21


General Information and Specifications

Transmission
Capacity with Filter Change 23.3 quarts (2,0 liters)
Transfer Case
Capacity 2.1 quarts (2,0 liters)
Axles
Differential Housing Capacity
TL642C (Front & Rear) 8.5 quarts (8 liters)
Friction Modifier (Front differential only) 13.6 ounces (402,2 milliliter)
TL943C
Front Axle 8.2 quarts (7,8 liters)
Rear Axle 13 quarts (12,3 liters)
Friction Modifier (Front differential only) 13.2 ounces (390.3 milliliter)
Wheel End Capacity
TL642C 1.7 quarts (1,6 liters)
TL943C 1.75 quarts (1,65 liters)
Air Conditioning System (if equipped)
System Capacity 2.5 lb (1134 g)

2-22 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

2.6 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE


SCHEDULES

2.6.1 10, 1st 50 & 50 Hour

EVERY
10

Check Fuel Air Filter Check Engine Check Hydraulic Check Tire
Level Restriction Oil Level Oil Level Condition &
Indicator Pressure

Check Check Fuel/


Transmission Water
Oil Level Separator

1st
50
LB/F
T (N
m)

Check Wheel
Lug Nut
Torque

EVERY
50

Drain Fuel/ Check Engine Check Check Washer Lubrication


Water Coolant Level Battery Fluid Level Schedule
Separator (if equipped)
MAL2250

TL642C, TL943C 2-23


General Information and Specifications

2.6.2 1st 250, 250 & 1st 500 Hour

1st
250

Change Change Wheel


Axle Oil End Oil

EVERY
250

Check Transfer Check Axle Check Wheel Air Filter Check


Case Oil Level Oil Level End Oil Levels Vacuator Fan Belt
Valve

Check Boom Check Boom Lubrication


Extend Chains Wear Pads Schedule

1st
500

Change Change
Transmission Transfer Case
Oil & Filter Oil
OAL3510

2-24 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

2.6.3 500, 1000, & 1500 Hour

EVERY
500
LB/F
T (N
m)

Change Engine Change Fuel Check Wheel


Oil and Filter Filters Lug Nut
Torque

EVERY
1000

Change Change Change Change Wheel Change


Transmission Transfer Case Axle Oil End Oil Hydraulic Tank
Oil & Filter Oil Breather

Check Check Boom Lubrication


Air Intake Retract Chains Schedule
System

EVERY
1500

Change Change Change


Engine Coolant Hydraulic Crankcase
Fluid & Filters Vent Filter
OAL3081

Note: Fuel Filter Maintenance increases to 250 hours when operating at high altitudes.
See Engine Manual for details.

TL642C, TL943C 2-25


General Information and Specifications

2.6.4 3000 Hour

EVERY
3000

Change Service Diesel Change Exhaust


Fan Belt Particulate After Treatment
Filter Sensor
OAL3520

2-26 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

2.7 LUBRICATION SCHEDULES

a. 50 Hour

EVERY
50

2
2 B
B

B
B 2
2 2
B B 2

B B
2 B 2
2

2
2 2
2
2
4
2

2
IF EQUIPPED

OAL0321

TL642C, TL943C 2-27


General Information and Specifications

b. 250 Hour

EVERY
250

2
2 B
B

B
B 2
2

B
2 B B B
2 2 2

2 2

2 2

IF EQUIPPED

OAL0912

2-28 TL642C, TL943C


General Information and Specifications

c. 1000 Hour

EVERY
1000

B B

IF EQUIPPED

OAL2680

TL642C, TL943C 2-29


General Information and Specifications

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

2-30 TL642C, TL943C


Section 3
Boom

Contents

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE


3.1 Boom System Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.2 Boom System - Three Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.2.1 Boom System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.3 Boom Assembly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.4 Complete Boom Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3.4.1 Complete Boom Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3.4.2 Complete Boom Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3.5 Boom Section Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.5.1 Second and Third Boom Section Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.5.2 Third Boom Section Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.5.3 Push Beam - Extend/Retract Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
3.5.4 Push Beam - Extend/Retract Cylinder Installation and Third Boom Section
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.5.5 Third Boom Section Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3.5.6 Second and Third Boom Section Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3.6 Extend/Retract Chain Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.6.1 Extend/Retract Chain Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.6.2 Extend/Retract Chain Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3.7 Push Beam - Extend/Retract Cylinder Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3.7.1 Push Beam - Extend/Retract Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3.7.2 Push Beam - Extend/Retract Cylinder Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3.8 Boom Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.8.1 Chain Tension Inspection—TL642C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.8.2 Chain Tension Adjustment—TL642C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3.8.3 Chain Tension Inspection— TL943C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3.8.4 Chain Tension Adjustment— TL943C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3.9 Quick Coupler Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.9.1 Quick Coupler Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.9.2 Quick Coupler Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.10 Boom Head - Mounted Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.10.1 Boom Head-Mounted Winch Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.10.2 Boom Head-Mounted Winch Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.11 Boom Wear Pads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3.11.1 Wear Pad Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3.11.2 Wear Pad Installation and Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

TL642C, TL943C 3-1


Boom

3.12 Boom Extend and Retract Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27


3.12.1 Boom Chain Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3.12.3 Inspection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3.12.4 Chain Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
3.13 Forks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3.14 Emergency Boom Lowering Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3.14.1 Equipment and Supplies Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3.14.2 Lowering Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3.15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3.16 Push Beam Temporary Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

3-2 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

3.1 BOOM SYSTEM COMPONENT


TERMINOLOGY
The following illustrations identify the components that
are referred to throughout this section.

SECOND BOOM
SECTION

EXTEND CHAIN
(INSIDE BOOM)

FIRST BOOM
SECTION

THIRD BOOM
SECTION

PUSH BEAM RETRACT CHAIN


ASSEMBLY (INSIDE BOOM)

EXTEND/RETRACT STRONG BACK


CYLINDER
(INSIDE BOOM)

HOSE SHEAVE
(INSIDE BOOM) MY0112

PIVOT PIN

TL642C, TL943C 3-3


Boom

3.2 BOOM SYSTEM - THREE SECTION 3.3 BOOM ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE


These instructions provide the complete boom assembly
3.2.1 Boom System Operation removal and installation or the second and third boom
The three section boom consists of the first, second and sections removal and installation.
third assemblies with a single extend chain, and a single Before beginning, conduct a visual inspection of the
retract chain. machine and work area, and review the task about to be
As the extend/retract cylinder, which is anchored at the undertaken. Read, understand and follow these
rear of the first boom section, and the front of the push instructions.The boom assembly consists of the first,
beam begins to extend, it forces the second and third second and third section booms and supporting
boom sections out of the first boom section. hardware.
The boom sections are connected by extend and retract Note: Before removing the boom or boom section, the
chains. These chains are routed around sheaves on the carriage or any other attachment must be removed from
front of the push beam and the rear of the second boom the quick coupler.
section. As the extend/retract cylinder is forced out
hydraulically, the second boom section is pulled out by Before beginning, conduct a visual inspection of the
the push beam, and third boom section is pulled out by machine and work area, and review the task about to be
the extend chain. undertaken. Read, understand and follow these
instructions.
As hydraulic pressure is applied to the retract port on the
extend/retract cylinder, the retract chain pulls the third During service of the boom, perform the following:
boom section and the push beam pulls the second boom 1. Check wear pads. (Refer to Section 3.11, “Boom
section back into the first boom section. Wear Pads.”)
The mechanical linkage formed by the chains and 2. Check hose sheaves and chain rollers.
supporting hardware, extend and retracts the second and 3. Apply grease at all lubrication points (grease fittings).
third boom sections at the same rate. (Refer to Section 2.7, “Lubrication Schedules.”)
The boom section lifts and lowers via action of the lift/ 4. Check for proper operation by operating all boom
lower cylinder. functions through their full ranges of motion several
times.
Note: Depending on your particular circumstance, the
following procedures explain the removal/installation of
individual boom sections or removal/installation of the
complete boom.

WARNING
NEVER weld or drill the boom unless approved in
writing by the manufacturer. The structural integrity of
the boom will be impaired if subjected to any repair
involving welding or drilling.

3-4 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

3.4 COMPLETE BOOM REMOVAL/ 14. Lift the boom assembly from the machine and lower
INSTALLATION onto suitable supports.

3.4.2 Complete Boom Installation


3.4.1 Complete Boom Removal
1. Park the machine on a hard, level surface, place the
1. Remove any attachment from the quick coupler transmission control lever in (N) NEUTRAL, engage
assembly. Refer to Section 3.9, “Quick Coupler the park brake, chock the wheels and shut the
Assembly.” engine OFF.
2. Remove the quick coupler assembly. Refer to 2. Using suitable slings, balance the boom assembly,
Section 3.9.1, “Quick Coupler Removal.” lift and carefully guide the boom into place. Align the
3. If equipped, remove the boom head mounted winch. frame pivot bore with the boom assembly pivot bore.
Refer to Section 3.9.2, 3.10. “Boom Head - Mounted Install the boom pivot pin (1).
Winch.” 3. With the sling still in place, install the compensation
4. Park the machine on a hard, level surface, level the cylinder, pins and bolts. Apply Loctite® 242TM and
machine, fully retract the boom, level the boom, torque lock bolt to 100-110 lb-ft (135-149 Nm).
place the transmission control lever in 4. With the sling still in place, install the rod end of the
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the lift/lower cylinder, pin and lock bolt. Apply Loctite®
engine OFF. 242TM and torque lock bolt to 200-215 lb-ft
5. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key (271-291 Nm).
switch and the steering wheel.
Note: Raising the boom up or down with the sling my be
6. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to necessary so the boom, compensation and lift/lower
cool. cylinder bores can be aligned for easier pin installation.
7. Properly disconnect the battery. Note: Grease the boom pivot bore, compensation
8. Using a suitable sling or hoist, support the boom. cylinder rod end, lift/lower cylinder rod end and pins
9. Label, disconnect and cap the hydraulic hoses at the before installing.
rear of the boom. Cap all fittings to keep dirt & debris 5. Uncap and reconnect the previously labeled
from entering the hydraulic system. hydraulic hoses to the extend/retract cylinder.
10. Label and disconnect any electrical cables 6. Uncap and connect and remaining hydraulic fittings
(if equipped) at the rear of the boom. to their appropriate locations.
11. Remove the pin from the rod end of the 7. Recheck wear pad gaps to ensure they meet the
compensation cylinder being careful not to drop the minimum gap requirement. Shim if necessary.
cylinder. Lower the cylinder onto the frame rails.
8. Ensure that the boom chains are properly adjusted.
12. Remove the pin from the rod end of the lift/lower Refer to Section 3.8, “Boom Adjustments.”
cylinder. Lower the cylinder onto the frame rails.
9. If equipped, install the boom head mounted winch.
Refer to Section 3.9.2, 3.10. “Boom Head - Mounted
Winch.”
10. Properly connect the battery.
11. Install the quick coupler assembly. Refer to Section
3.9.2, “Quick Coupler Installation.”
12. Start the engine and operate all boom functions
several times. Check for leaks, and check the
hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir; add fluid if
required.
MY1520 1
13. Clean up all debris, hydraulic fluid, etc., in, on, near
13. Confirm that the boom assembly is balanced with and around the machine.
the sling and remove the boom assembly 14. Close and secure the engine cover.
pivot pin (1).

TL642C, TL943C 3-5


Boom

15. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the all open hoses, tubes and/or fittings to prevent dirt
ignition key switch and the steering wheel. and debris from entering the hydraulic system.
16. Install the previously removed attachment to the 4. Slowly loosen and remove the extend/retract
quick coupler assembly. Refer to Section 3.9, “Quick cylinder counterbalance valve (3). Plug (M27x1.5)
Coupler Assembly.” the open port on the extend/retract cylinder to
prevent dirt and debris from entering the hydraulic
3.5 BOOM SECTION REMOVAL/ system.
INSTALLATION 5. Remove the retaining clips from the extend/retract
cylinder mounting pin (4), remove the extend/retract
cylinder pin.
3.5.1 Second and Third Boom Section
Removal 6. Remove the four mounting bolts securing the strong
back (5) to the first boom section.
Note: Refer to Section 3.14.2, 3.16. “Push Beam
Temporary Brackets,” for diagrams of the Temporary 7. Remove the strong back (5) from the rear of the
Extend Bracket and Temporary Retract Bracket boom.
designed to hold the chains in place on the push beam 8. Remove the right or left side wear pads, shims and
during disassembly and reassembly. backing plates (6) from the rear of the second boom
These brackets are NOT a purchasable part and must be section. Label and tag each set of wear pads being
manufactured locally. removed.

They are solely designed to aid in the removal and 9. Remove the top wear pads, shims and backing
installation of the push beam assembly. plates (7) from the rear of the second boom section.
Label and tag each set of wear pads being removed.
Note: Refer to Section 8.8, “Hydraulic Cylinders.” for
general tilt cylinder removal. 8 11

1. Remove the access cover from the rear of the first 9


boom section.
7 7 10
TL642C
1

5 8
4 MY3860
TL943C

10. Loosen and remove the four bolts (8) securing the
retract chain anchor plate (9).
3
11. Between the bottom front of the first and second
2 2 boom sections, feed a rope or wire to the retract
6 6 chain anchor plate and secure to the second or third
boom section.
12. Disconnect both tilt tubes (10) and (if equipped) both
auxiliary tubes from the fittings on the hose retainer
brackets (11) at the bottom front inside the boom.
Plug the tube ends to prevent dirt and debris from
entering the hydraulic system.
MAL2650
13. Disconnect both tilt hoses (not shown) and (if
2. Remove the locknut, adjustment nut and six
equipped) both auxiliary hoses from the hose
belleville washers (1) from the extend chain clevis
retainer brackets at the bottom front inside the boom.
rod at the rear of the boom.
Plug the hose ends to prevent dirt and debris from
3. Loosen and remove both extend/retract cylinder entering the hydraulic system.
tubes (2) from the rear of the boom. Cap and/or plug
14. Loosen and remove the hose retainer brackets (11)
and (if equipped) both auxiliary take-up brackets.

3-6 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

15. Between the bottom front of the first and second 1. Loosen and remove the tilt cylinder hose guide (1)
boom sections, feed a rope or wire to both tilt hoses and if equipped, the auxiliary hose guide from the
(not shown) and (if equipped) both auxiliary hoses rear of the third second section.
and secure to the second or third boom section.
Note: The hose guide mounting bolts also hold the push
16. Place a suitable sling around the second boom pin beams in place.
section. Slowly pull the second and third boom
sections approximately 25% out of the first boom 2. Loosen and remove all retract chain sheave
section. Lower the second and third boom sections components (2) and the hydraulic hose rollers and
onto a suitable support. components.
Note: Offset the extend chain rod to the left or right of
the push beam assembly allowing the push beam to be
raised enough to allow the removal of the chain and
12 hose sheaves.
13 12

13
12 12

4 3
MY3840
5
17. Remove all wear pads, shims and backing plates
(12) from the front inside of the first boom section. 6 MY4070

Label and tag each set of wear pads being removed.


3. Attach the Temporary Extend Chain Retention
18. Remove the top and bottom mounting plates (13) Bracket (3) between the extend chain rod (4) and the
from the front inside of the first boom section. Label push beam tube (5). Snug in place. Do Not tighten.
and tag each mounting plate being removed.
Note: Refer to Section 3.16, “Push Beam Temporary
19. Relocate the sling or using two slings for better
Brackets,” for Temporary Extend Chain Bracket diagram.
stability, balance the two boom sections and slowly
pull them out of the first boom section being careful 4. At the rear of the boom, remove the retract chain (6)
not to damage the hydraulic hoses or chains. Lower from the chain clevis.
the second and third boom sections onto suitable
supports.

3.5.2 Third Boom Section Removal

8 7

1 1

MY4110

2 5. Loosen and remove the tilt hoses and (if equipped)


auxiliary hoses from the hose retainers (7 & 8) at the
front of the third boom section.
MY3880

TL642C, TL943C 3-7


Boom

6. Loosen and remove the tilt hose and auxiliary hose 12. Relocate the sling or using two slings for better
retainers (7 & 8) from the front of the third boom stability, balance the third boom section and slowly
section. pull the third boon section out of the second boom
10 10 section. Lower the third boom section onto suitable
supports.

3.5.3 Push Beam - Extend/Retract Cylinder


Removal

CAUTION
The complete push beam assembly weighs over
1,200 lb (545 kg).
9 9

MY3890

7. Remove the right or left side wear pads, shims and


backing plates (9) from the rear of the third boom
section. Label and tag each set of wear pads being
removed.
8. Remove the top wear pads, shims and backing
plates (10) from the rear of the third boom section.
13 MY4060
Label and tag each set of wear pads being removed.
9. Place a suitable sling around the third boom section. 14 17 16 15
Slowly pull the third boom section approximately 1. Loosen the Temporary Extend Chain Retention
25% out of the second boom section. Lower the third Bracket (13) and push the push beam (14) forward
boom section onto a suitable support. 3-4 in (76,2-101,6 mm).
2. Attach the Temporary Extend Chain Retention
12
Bracket (15) between the chain clevis (16) and the
end of the push beam (14).
11 11
Note: Refer to Section 3.16, “Push Beam Temporary
Brackets,” for Temporary Extend Chain Bracket diagram.
3. Lift the push beam (14) to unload the clevis pin (17)
and remove the pin securing the clevis to the third
12
boom section.
11 11 4. Tighten the Temporary Extend Chain Retention
Bracket (13) to remove any slack in the extend chain.
MY3870 5. Secure a rope or wire to the front of the push beam
and pull the push beam (14) towards the front of the
10. Remove all wear pads, shims and backing plates boom.
(11) from the front inside of the second boom
6. Support the push beam assembly with pry bars
section. Label and tag each set of wear pads being
using the access holes on each side of the third
removed.
boom section.
11. Remove wear pad mounting plates (12) from the
front inside of the second boom section.

3-8 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

3.5.4 Push Beam - Extend/Retract Cylinder


Installation and Third Boom Section
Assembly
14
Note: Inspect the wear pad surfaces of the second and
third boom sections. Verify all areas are clean and free of
19 any weld spatter, paint, etc., before beginning the re-
assembly procedure.
18 Note: Inspect and lubricate all extend and retract chains
before re-assembly. Refer to Section 3.12, “Boom
Extend and Retract Chains,” for detailed information.
1. Place the third boom section onto suitable supports.
20 MY3930 2. Clean and lubricate the bottom and sides of the third
boom section where the push beam guide bar
7. Remove the guide bar (18) and chain retainer (19).
travels.
Remove the push beam wear pad (20).
3. Place a sling or using two slings for better stability,
8. Lower the push beam assembly and remove the pry
lift and slowly push the push beam assembly
bars.
approximately half way into the third boom section.
9. Push/pull the push beam assembly along with the Lower the push beam onto a suitable support.
extend chain, to the front of the third boom section. 4. Relocate the sling and slowly insert the push beam
assembly into the front of the third boom section.
NOTICE
Guide the push beam/extend/retract cylinder
NOTICE
assembly over the top of the retract chain anchor at
Guide the push beam/extend/retract cylinder
the rear of the third boom section being careful not to
assembly over the top of the retract chain anchor at
damage any components.
the rear of the third boom section being careful not to
10. Place a sling around the push beam assembly. Lift damage any components.
and slowly pull the push beam assembly
approximately half way out of the third boom section.
Lower the push beam onto a suitable support.
6
11. Relocate the sling or using two slings for better
stability, balance the push beam assembly and
slowly pull the push beam assembly out of the third 5
boom section. Lower the push beam assembly onto
suitable supports. 7
12. Remove all remaining brackets, clevises, hoses,
wear pads, shims, backing plates and hardware from
the second and third boom sections. Label all parts 8
and hardware being removed from each section.
4
MY3930
Note: Inspect all chains, hoses and sheaves for wear
and/or damage and replace as needed. 5. Install the push beam wear pad (4) to the previously
removed chain retainer (5) using two bolts and two
washers. Torque as required.
6. Lift the push beam assembly (6) with pry bars using
the access holes on each side of the third boom
section and install the guide bar (7) and chain
retainer (5) using the previously removed hardware
(8). Torque to 25-30 lb-ft (34-41 Nm).

TL642C, TL943C 3-9


Boom

13. Install the hose retainer assembly (13) using existing


hardware. Torque as required.
14. Remove caps from the hose retainer fittings and
plugs from the tilt cylinder hoses and (if equipped)
the auxiliary hoses.
15. Connect the tilt cylinder hoses and (if equipped) the
auxiliary hoses to their proper locations. Torque as
required.
9 MY4060

10 11
7. Loosen the Temporary Extend Chain Bracket (9).
8. Apply CAT Thread Lubricant to the clevis mounting
pin (10).
9. Lift the push beam and install the pin and retaining
clips (10) securing the clevis to the third boom
section.
10. Remove the Temporary Retract Chain Bracket (11). 15 15

14 14
MY3890

12 16. Install the previously removed wear pads, shims and


spacers (14) at the bottom rear of the third boom
section. Snug mounting bolts. Shim as needed
AFTER boom section is installed. Refer to Section
3.11.2, “Wear Pad Installation and Lubrication,” for
detailed information.
MY3940 17. Install the previously removed wear pad and spacer
(15) on the left or right side of the third boom section.
11. Install the tilt cylinder hoses and (if equipped) the
Snug mounting bolts. Shim as needed AFTER boom
auxiliary hoses through the front of the third boom
section is installed. Refer to Section 3.11.2, “Wear
section.
Pad Installation and Lubrication,” for detailed
Note: Verify the tilt cylinder hoses and (if equipped) the information.
auxiliary hoses are routed UNDER the hose guide (12)
at the rear of the third boom section at the retract chain 3.5.5 Third Boom Section Installation
clevis bracket.
Note: Using a straight bar approximately 20 in
12. Snug the Temporary Extend Chain Bracket (9). (508 mm) long will aid in the installation of the wear pads
located on the inside front of each boom section.
1. Place the second boom section onto suitable
supports.
2. Lubricate the bottom of the third boom section where
the wear pads of the second boom section contact
the third boom section.
3. Place the sling, or two slings for better stability,
around the third boom section and insert the tilt
cylinder hoses and if equipped, auxiliary hoses into
13
the second boom section, followed slowly by the
third boom section being careful not to damage any
MY3900 surrounding components.

3-10 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

4. Lower the third boom section onto a suitable 14. Secure the retract chain, tilt cylinder hoses and if
support, relocate one sling and insert the third boom equipped, auxiliary hoses to the bottom of the boom
section assembly approximately 75% into the head with rope or wire.
second boom section.
Note: Keep the retract and extend chain free of any dirt
and/or contaminates.
3
15. Remove the Temporary Extend Chain Bracket.
4 4
5 5 7

1
4 2 2 4

MY3870

5. Install the previously removed wear pad mounting


plate (1) with existing hardware at the bottom front of 8
the second boom section. Torque as required
6. Install the previously removed wear pads, shims and 6
spacers (2) with existing hardware at the bottom MY3960

front of the second boom section. Torque as


16. Install the previously removed pin (6), chain roller
required.
(7), tilt hose sheave (8) and if equipped, auxiliary
7. Install the wear pad mounting plate (3) with existing hose sheave assemblies at the rear of the second
hardware at the inside top front of the second boom boom section with existing hardware and shim as
section. Torque as required. required.
8. Install the previously removed wear pads, spacers
and shims on each side at the front of the second
boom section (4). Snug mounting bolts. Shim as
needed AFTER boom section is installed. Refer to
Section 3.11.2, “Wear Pad Installation and
Lubrication,” for detailed information.
10
9. Install wear pads, spacer (5) using bolts and
washers at the top front of the second boom section.
Snug mounting bolts. Shim as needed AFTER boom
section is installed. Refer to Section 3.11.2, “Wear
9
Pad Installation and Lubrication,” for detailed 9 MY3970
information.
9 9 9 9
10. Feed the tilt cylinder hoses and if equipped, auxiliary
hoses through the access holes at the rear of the 17. Thrust washers (9) are to be used as required to
second boom section. shim the hose sheave and retract chain sheave
11. Push the third boom section the remainder of the within 0.0625 in (1,6 mm) of a tight fit. At least one
way into the second boom section. thrust washer (9) is required at each noted location.
12. Feed the retract chain through the access holes at 18. Center the retract chain sheave (10) between the
the rear of the second boom section. mounting plates.
13. Connect the retract chain to the chain clevis at the 19. Feed the tilt cylinder hoses and (if equipped) the
rear of the second boom section using the existing auxiliary hoses over and around the hose sheaves.
pin and retaining clips.

TL642C, TL943C 3-11


Boom

11 11

12 12 17

16 16

15 15
MY3880 MY3880

20. Align the push beam bores with the second boom 24. Install the previously removed wear pad and spacer
section bores and install the previously removed (15) on the bottom rear of the second boom section.
pins (11). Snug mounting bolts. Shim as needed AFTER boom
section is installed. Refer to Section 3.11.2, “Wear
Note: Verify the cross holes in push beam pins align
Pad Installation and Lubrication,” for detailed
with holes in each pin bore on the second boom section.
information.
21. Install the previously removed tilt cylinder hose guide 25. Install the previously removed wear pad and spacer
(12) and if equipped, the auxiliary hose guide at the (16) on the left or right side of the second boom
rear of the third boom section using the existing section. Snug mounting bolts. Shim as needed
hardware. Torque as required. AFTER boom section is installed. Refer to Section
14 14 3.11.2, “Wear Pad Installation and Lubrication,” for
detailed information.
26. Install the previously removed counterbalance valve
(17). Torque to 44 lb-ft (59,7 Nm).
27. Torque all wear pad mounting bolts as required.

3.5.6 Second and Third Boom Section


Installation
Note: Using a straight bar approximately 20 in
13 13 (508 mm) long will aid in the installation of the wear pads
located on the inside front of each boom section.
MY3910
1. Lubricate the bottom of the second boom section
22. Install the previously removed wear pad and spacer where the wear pads of the first boom section
(13) on the left or right side of the third boom section. contact the second boom section.
Snug mounting bolts. Shim as needed AFTER boom 2. Place the sling, or two slings for better stability,
section is installed. Refer to Section 3.11.2, “Wear around the third boom section and slowly insert the
Pad Installation and Lubrication,” for detailed second and third boom section into the first boom
information. section being careful not to damage hoses, chains
23. Install the previously removed wear pad and spacer and/or surrounding components.
(14) on the top of the third boom section. Snug 3. Lower the second and third boom section onto a
mounting bolts. Shim as needed AFTER boom suitable support, relocate one sling and insert the
section is installed. Refer to Section 3.11.2, “Wear second and third boom section assembly allowing
Pad Installation and Lubrication,” for detailed access for the installation of the bottom plate, wear
information. pads, spacers and shims at the front of the first
boom section.

3-12 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

4. Remove any rope or wire securing the retract chain


and tilt hoses and (if equipped) auxiliary hoses as 10
the second and third boom sections are installed into 8
the first boom section.

11
4 4
3 9 9
5 5 MY3990

11. Install the previously removed tilt hose retainer


bracket (8) and (if equipped) both auxiliary hose
retainer at the bottom of the first boom section using
5 5 mounting bolts (9). Torque as required.
12. Remove plugs from the previously removed tilt
2 1 2 hoses (10) and (if equipped) both auxiliary hoses.
13. Connect both tilt hoses (10) and (if equipped) both
auxiliary hoses to the fittings on the hose retainer
MY3840
bracket. Torque as required.
5. Install the previously removed mounting plate (1) at 14. Connect both tilt tubes (11) and (if equipped) both
the bottom front of the first boom section. Torque as auxiliary tubes to the fittings on the hose retainer
required. bracket. Torque as required.
6. Install the previously removed wear pads, spacers 15. Push the second and third boom sections the
and shims at the bottom front of the first boom remainder of the way into the first boom section.
section (2). Snug mounting bolts. Shim as needed
AFTER boom section is installed. Refer to Section 13 13
3.11.2, “Wear Pad Installation and Lubrication,” for
detailed information.
7. Install the previously removed mounting plate (3) at
the top front of the first boom section. Torque as
required.
8. Install the previously removed wear pads, Spacers
(4) P/N 298-1729 and shims at the top front of the
first boom section. Snug mounting bolts. Shim as
needed AFTER boom section is installed. Refer to 12
12
Section 3.11.2, “Wear Pad Installation and
Lubrication,” for detailed information. MY3890

9. Install the previously removed wear pads, spacers 16. Install the previously removed wear pad and spacer
and shims at both sides on the front of the first boom (12) on the left or right side of the second boom
section (5). Snug mounting bolts. section. Snug mounting bolts. Shim as needed
AFTER boom section is installed. Refer to Section
3.11.2, “Wear Pad Installation and Lubrication,” for
detailed information.
17. Install the previously removed wear pad and spacer
(13) on the top of the second boom section. Snug
mounting bolts. Shim as needed AFTER boom
section is installed. Refer to Section 3.11.2, “Wear
7 MY3980
7 6 Pad Installation and Lubrication,” for detailed
10. Install the anchor plate (6) using existing hardware information.
(7) into the first boom section. Torque as required.

TL642C, TL943C 3-13


Boom

30. Start the engine and operate all boom functions


several times. Check for leaks, and check the
TL642C hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir; add fluid if
18
required.
31. Clean up all debris, hydraulic fluid, etc., in, on, near
17 19 and around the machine.
16
TL943C 32. Close and secure the engine cover.
33. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

20 20 3.6 EXTEND/RETRACT CHAIN


REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

3.6.1 Extend/Retract Chain Removal


The following section explains the removal of the extend/
retract chains without removing or disassembling the
boom assembly.
MAL2650
1. Park the machine on a hard, level surface, level the
18. Install the previously removed strong back (16) with machine, fully retract the boom, level the boom,
the existing hardware. Torque as required. place the transmission control lever in
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
19. Install the extend/retract cylinder pin (17) through the
engine OFF.
strong back (16). Secure the pin with the retaining
rings. 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
20. Apply CAT Thread Lubricant to the extend chain
clevis rod threads (18). 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool.
21. Install the extend chain clevis rod (18) into the strong
back (16). 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
22. Install the belleville washers (19) as previously 5. Remove the cover from the rear of the first boom
removed (cupped washer facing strong back). Install section.
the adjustment nut and lock nut. Snug, but Do Not
tighten at this time. 6

23. Remove the caps and plugs from the extend/retract 5


cylinder fittings and the extend/retract tubes (20).
24. Install both extend/retract tubes (20) and torque as
required.
25. Uncap and reconnect the previously labeled 4
hydraulic hoses to the extend/retract cylinder.
26. Uncap and connect and remaining hydraulic fittings
to their appropriate locations.
27. Recheck wear pad gaps to ensure they meet the
minimum gap requirement. Shim if necessary.
MY0580
28. Ensure that the boom chains are properly adjusted.
Refer to Section 3.8, “Boom Adjustments.” 6. Remove the extend/retract cylinder hydraulic
tubes (4). Plug the tube ends and cap the fittings to
29. Properly connect the battery. keep dirt & debris from entering the hydraulic
system.
7. Remove the extend/retract cylinder mounting pin (5)
from the strong back.
3-14 TL642C, TL943C
Boom

8. Remove the extend chain adjustment nut and lock 2. Connect the extend chain to the wire or rope at the
nut (6) from the strong back. rear of the boom.
3. Slowly pull the wire or rope guiding the extend chain
over the push beam, around the extend chain
sheave, under the push beam and stopping at the
extend chain/retract chain clevis.
4. Remove the wire or rope secured to the extend
chain.

7 5. Place the chain clevis rod to one side of the push


beam.
6. Lift the push beam to gain access to the chain clevis
at the rear of the third boom section.
MY1540 7. Reaching inside the rear of the boom at the chain
anchor bracket, install the cotter pin and pin from the
9. Remove the retract chain adjustment and lock nuts extend chain clevis. Install the cotter pin and pin from
(7) from the front of the first boom section. the retract chain.
10. Remove the strong back mounting bolts and remove 8. Lower the push beam. Center the chain clevis rod on
the strong back from the boom. the push beam.
11. Remove the push beam mounting pins from the rear 9. Place the extend chain rod through the strong back
of the second boom section. and place the strong back in place at the rear of the
12. Place the chain clevis rod to one side of the push first boom section.
beam. 10. Install and torque the strong back mounting bolts to
13. Lift the push beam to gain access to the chain clevis 240-265 lb-ft (325-359 Nm).
at the rear of the third boom section. 11. Install the extend/retract cylinder mounting pin and
14. Reaching inside the rear of the boom at the chain secure with retaining clips.
anchor bracket, remove the cotter pin and pin from 12. Install the adjustment and lock nuts on the chain
the retract chain clevis. Remove the cotter pin and clevis rod. Do not tighten at this time.
pin from the extend chain.
13. Uncap and connect the extend/retract cylinder
15. Connect wire or rope (approximately 30 ft (9,1 m) to hydraulic tubes to their appropriate locations.
the end of the extend chain.
14. Adjust the chain as needed. Refer to Section 3.8,
16. Lower the push beam. Center the chain clevis rod on “Boom Adjustments.”
the push beam to aid in removal.
15. Install the cover on the rear of the boom.
17. Pull the push beam/extend chain from the rear of the
16. Properly connect the battery.
boom. Disconnect the wire or rope from the extend
chain. 17. Close and secure the engine cover.
18. Pull the retract chain from the rear of the boom. 18. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
3.6.2 Extend/Retract Chain Installation
The following section explains the installation of the
retract chains without removing the boom assemblies.
Inspect and lubricate chains thoroughly before
installation.
1. Push the retract chain through the boom from the
rear to the chain adjusting block (7) on the first boom
section. Do not tighten the adjustment and lock nut
at this time. Thread the nut on the clevis enough to
keep the chain in place.

TL642C, TL943C 3-15


Boom

3.7 PUSH BEAM - EXTEND/RETRACT


CYLINDER REMOVAL/ TL642C
INSTALLATION 5

CAUTION TL943C
The complete push beam - extend/retract cylinder
assembly weighs over 1,200 lb (545 kg).

The following section explains the removal of the push 3 4


beam - extend/retract cylinder through the front of the MAL2640
boom head without removing or disassembling the boom
assembly. 7. Loosen and remove the lock nut, adjustment nut (3)
and belleville washers (4) from the retract chain (5)
3.7.1 Push Beam - Extend/Retract Cylinder at the bottom front of the first boom section.
Removal Note: Note the position of the belleville washers for
1. Park the machine on a hard, level surface, level the reassembly.
machine, fully retract the boom, level the boom, 8. Secure a rope or wire to the retract chain (5).
place the transmission control lever in
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the 8 TL642C
engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
7
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to 6
cool. TL943C

4. Remove the cover from the rear of the first boom


section.

MAL2650

9. Loosen and remove the lock nut, adjustment nut (6)


and belleville washers (7) from the extend chain
2
anchor (8) at the rear of the first boom section.
Note: Note the position of the belleville washer for
MAL1310
reassembly.
5. Disconnect both tilt hoses (1) and both auxiliary
hoses (not shown) from the hose retainer brackets
(2) at the bottom front inside the boom. Plug the
hose ends to prevent dirt and debris from entering
the hydraulic system.
6. Remove both hose retainer brackets (2).

3-16 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

16

15
11 11
14

10 10
13

12

9 9 MY3930

15. Loosen and remove the four bolts (12), guide bar
(13) and chain retainer (14) from the front of the
push beam.
16. Disconnect the extend chain (15) from the anchor
MAL1290 rod (16) and lay flat on the bottom of the third boom
section. Remove the anchor rod (16) from the front
Note: Disconnecting one or both extend/retract of the boom.
hydraulic tubes (9) may be required to gain access to the
Note: It may be necessary to lift the extend /retract
hose guide mounting bolts. After removing both hose
cylinder through the access holes in the sides of the third
guides, re-connect one or both extend/retract hydraulic
boom section to remove the chain retainer (14).
tubes BEFORE proceeding.
10. Loosen and remove the tilt cylinder hose guide (10)
and if equipped, the auxiliary hose guide from the 19
rear of the third second section.
20
Note: The hose guide mounting bolts also hold the push
pin beams in place. 20
18
11. Remove the left and right push beam pins (11). 20
12. Start the machine and SLOWLY extend the extend/
retract cylinder 1 - 2 ft (305 - 609 mm) or until the 17 17
push beam assembly can be accessed through the
front of the third boom section.
Note: Only the push beam - extend/retract cylinder MAL1290
assembly should move during this procedure.
17. At the rear of the boom, remove both retaining clips
(17) from the extend/retract cylinder pin (18).
NOTICE Remove the extend/retract cylinder pin from the
strong back (19).
The extend chain rod will move toward the front of
18. Loosen and remove the eight bolts (20) from the
boom. Do Not allow the rod to come into contact with
strong back (19). Remove the strong back.
the chain and/or chain roller.
19. Remove both extend/retract cylinder hydraulic tubes.
13. Shut machine OFF. Plug the tube ends and cap the fittings to prevent dirt
14. Properly disconnect the battery. and debris from entering the hydraulic system.

TL642C, TL943C 3-17


Boom

20. Place a sling around the push beam - extend/retract


cylinder assembly. Lift and slowly pull the push beam
- extend/retract cylinder assembly approximately half
1
way out of the front of the boom head assembly.
21. Lower the push beam onto a suitable support. 2

2
NOTICE 3
2
Guide the push beam - extend/retract cylinder
4 4
assembly over the top of the retract chain anchor at
the rear of the third boom section being careful not to
damage any components.

22. Relocate the sling or using two slings for better MAL1290
stability, balance the push beam - extend/retract
5. Install the strong back (1) with the previously
cylinder assembly and slowly pull the push beam -
removed hardware (2) and torque as required.
extend/retract cylinder assembly out of the boom
assembly. Lower the push beam - extend/retract 6. Align the extend/retract cylinder bore with the strong
cylinder assembly onto suitable supports. back bores and install the extend/retract cylinder pin
(3) and secure with the retaining clips (4).
23. Remove the extend/retract cylinder as required.
7. Install the anchor rod through the front of the boom
3.7.2 Push Beam - Extend/Retract Cylinder assembly.
Installation
6
1. Clean and lubricate the bottom and sides of the third
boom section where the push beam guide bar 5
travels.
2. Place a sling or using two slings for better stability, 8
lift and slowly push the push beam - extend/retract
cylinder assembly approximately half way into the 7
boom head assembly. Lower the push beam onto a
suitable support.
3. Relocate the sling and slowly insert the push beam - 9
extend/retract cylinder assembly the remainder of
MY3930
the way into the boom assembly.
8. Connect the extend chain (5) to the anchor rod (6).
NOTICE 9. Install the guide bar (7) and chain retainer (8) to the
front of the push beam with the previously removed
Guide the push beam - extend/retract cylinder hardware (9).
assembly over the top of the retract chain anchor at
the rear of the third boom section being careful not to 10. Properly connect the battery.
damage any components. 11. Start the machine and SLOWLY retract the extend/
retract cylinder until the push beam assembly bores
4. Remove the plugs and caps from the extend/retract can be aligned with boom sections access bores.
cylinder hydraulic tubes. Install both extend/retract
cylinder hydraulic tubes. 12. Properly disconnect the battery.

3-18 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

15. Install the belleville washers (13) to the extend chain


anchor (14) as previously removed at the rear of the
first boom section.
16. Install the adjustment and lock nut, (15) to the
10 10 extend chain anchor (14) at the rear of the first boom
section.
12 12
TL642C
16

11 11 TL943C

18 17
MAL2640
MAL1290
17. Remove the rope or wire from the retract chain (16).
13. Install both push beam pins (10) being careful to 18. Install the belleville washers (17) to the retract chain
align the pin mounting bolt holes. clevis (16) as previously removed at the bottom front
Note: Disconnecting one or both extend/retract of the first boom section.
hydraulic tubes (11) may be required to gain access to 19. Install the adjustment and lock nut (18) to the retract
the hose guide mounting bolts. After installing both hose chain clevis (16) at the bottom front of the first boom
guides, re-connect one or both extend/retract hydraulic section.
tubes BEFORE preceding.
Note: Note the position of the belleville washer for
14. Install the tilt cylinder hose guide (12) and the reassembly.
auxiliary hose guide from the rear of the third second
section.

14 TL642C
20

13
15
TL943C

19
MAL1310

20. Install both hose retainer brackets (19).


21. Remove the plugs and caps from the tilt hoses and
auxiliary hoses.
22. Connect both tilt hoses (20) and both auxiliary hoses
MAL2650
(not shown) to the hose retainer brackets (19) at the
Note: Note the position of the belleville washers for bottom front inside the boom.
reassembly. 23. Properly connect the battery.

TL642C, TL943C 3-19


Boom

24. Adjust the chain as needed. Refer to Section 3.8,


“Boom Adjustments.”
25. Install the cover on the rear of the boom.
26. Close and secure the engine cover.
27. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

3.8 BOOM ADJUSTMENTS

3.8.1 Chain Tension Inspection—TL642C


1. Park machine on level ground. Place transmission B MAL2601
control lever in (N) NEUTRAL, engage parking brake
and level boom.
6. At the bottom front of the boom, verify dimension “B”
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both ignition key 0.712-0.725 in (18,1-18,4 mm) of the washer stack
switch and steering wheel. on the retract chain clevis.
3. Extend the boom 4-5 ft (1,2-1,5 m), then fully retract
the boom. Verify boom is level.
4. Measure the following three dimensions; A, B & C.

C MAL2611

7. At the back of the boom, verify dimension “C” is not


MAL2561
less than 2.850 in (72,4 mm) on the extend chain
clevis.
5. At the boom head, verify dimension “A” is between Note: Belleville washers are shown in the un-
11.500-11.812 in (292,1-300,0 mm). compressed state.
8. Boom adjustment will be required if the above
dimensions are not met.

3-20 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

3.8.2 Chain Tension Adjustment—TL642C


A

3 2
1

MAL2571 C

1. Remove the extend chain lock nut (1) and loosen


adjustment nut (2) until the belleville washers (3) are MAL2561
free to turn on the extend rod.
2. Verify the belleville washers (3) are in the correct 6. If dimension “A” is greater than 11.625 in
order as shown. Remove the extend chain (295,2 mm), push the third section boom IN until
adjustment nut (2) and correct if required. dimension “A” is less than 11.625 in (295,2 mm).

3 2
1
4 6 7

B MAL2551
MAL2571 C
7. With dimension “A” less than 11.625 in
3. Remove lock nut (4) from retract chain clevis (5).
(295,2 mm), verify the extend rod Belleville washers
4. Set the retract chain adjustment nut face (6) flush (3) and the retract chain Belleville washers are
with the end of the retract clevis. loose. Tighten the extend chain rod adjusting nut (2)
5. Verify the belleville washers (7) are in the correct until dimension “A” is 12.063-12.188 in
order as shown. Remove the retract chain (306,4-309,5 mm).
adjustment nut (6) and correct if required. 8. Install and temporarily tighten the extend chain
Note: Belleville washers are shown in the lock nut (1).
un-compressed state.

TL642C, TL943C 3-21


Boom

3.8.3 Chain Tension Inspection—


TL943C

4 6 7
1. Park machine on level ground. Place transmission
control lever in (N) NEUTRAL, engage parking brake
and level boom.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both ignition key
switch and steering wheel.
5 3. Extend the boom 4-5 ft (1,2-1,5 m), then fully retract
the boom. Verify boom is level.
4. Measure the following three dimensions; A, B & C.
B MAL2551

9. Tighten the retract chain adjustment nut (6) until A


the belleville washers (7) become fully compressed
to dimension “B” 0.712-0.725 in (18,1-18,4 mm). Do
Not Overtighten.
10. Install and temporarily tighten the retract chain
lock nut (4).
11. Start the machine and at low idle, fully extend and
retract the boom three times. Verify boom is fully
retracted and level. Shut machine Off.
12. Recheck the Belleville washers (7) to verify they are
fully compressed to dimension “B” 0.712-0.725 in
(18,1-18,4 mm). If required, re-tighten the retract
chain adjustment nut (6) until dimension “B” is
obtained. MAL2740

Note: If dimension “B” requires adjustment, continue to


step 13. If dimension “B” does NOT require adjustment, 5. At the boom head, verify dimension “A” is between
continue to step 14. 17.000-17.312 in (421,8-439,7 mm).
13. Start the machine and at low idle, fully extend and
retract the boom three times. Verify boom is fully
retracted and level. Shut machine Off.
14. Verify dimension “A” 11.500-11.812 in
(292,1- 300,0 mm). Verify dimension “C” is not less
than 2.850 in (72,4 mm).
Note: Re-adjust boom if dimensions “A” & “C” are not
met. Contact the local CAT Dealer if the procedure
cannot be obtained.
15. Loosen the retract chain lock nut and the extend
chain lock nut and apply Loctite® 242TM.
16. Torque each retract chain lock nut (4) and B MAL2621

extend chain lock nut (1) without adding any


additional spring load. Torque each lock nut to 6. At the bottom front of the boom, verify dimension “B”
100 lb-ft (135 Nm). is 1.500-1.512 in (38,1-38,4 mm) of the washer stack
on the retract chain clevis.

3-22 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

4 6 7

MAL2630 C
B MAL2591

7. At the back of the boom, verify dimension “C” 3. Remove lock nut (4) from retract chain clevis (5).
3.069 in (77,9 mm) on the extend chain clevis. 4. Set the retract chain adjustment nut face (6) flush
Note: Belleville washers are shown in the with the end of the retract clevis.
un-compressed state. 5. Verify the belleville washers (7) are in the correct
order as shown. Remove the retract chain
8. Boom adjustment will be required if the above
adjustment nut (6) and correct if required.
dimensions are not met.
Note: Belleville washers are shown in the
3.8.4 Chain Tension Adjustment— un-compressed state.
TL943C

A
3 2
1

MAL2580 C

1. Remove extend chain lock nut (1) and loosen


adjustment nut (2) until belleville washers (3) are
free to turn on extend rod. MAL2740

2. Verify the belleville washers (3) are in the correct


order as shown. Remove the extend chain 6. If dimension “A” is greater than 17.000 in
adjustment nut (2) and correct if required. (421,8 mm), push the third section boom IN until
dimension “A” is less than 17.000 in (421,8 mm).

TL642C, TL943C 3-23


Boom

13. Start the machine and at low idle, fully extend and
3 2 retract the boom three times. Verify boom is fully
1 retracted and level. Shut machine Off.
14. Verify dimension “A” 17.000-17.312 in
(421,8-439,7 mm). Verify dimension “C” is not
less than 3.069 in (77,9 mm).
Note: Re-adjust boom if dimensions “A” & “C” are not
met. Contact the local CAT Dealer if the procedure
cannot be obtained.
15. Loosen the retract chain lock nut and the extend
MAL2580 C
chain lock nut and apply Loctite® 242TM.
16. Torque the retract chain lock nut (5) and extend
7. With dimension “A” less than 17.000 in (421,8 mm),
chain lock nut (1) without adding any additional
verify the extend rod Belleville washers and retract
spring load. Torque each lock nut to 100 lb-ft
chain Belleville washers are loose. Tighten the
(135 Nm).
extend chain rod adjusting nut (2) until dimension “A”
is 17.438-17.562 in (443,0-446,1 mm).
8. Install and temporarily tighten the extend chain
lock nut (1).

4 6 7

B MAL2591

9. Tighten the retract chain adjustment nut (6) until


the belleville washers (7) become fully compress to
distance of “B” 1.500-1.512 in (38,1- 38,4 mm).
Do Not Overtighten.
10. Install and temporarily tighten the retract chain
lock nut (4).
11. Start the machine and at low idle, fully extend and
retract the boom three times. Verify boom is fully
retracted and level. Shut machine Off.
12. Recheck the Belleville washers (7) to verify they are
fully compressed to dimension “B” 1.500-1.512 in
(38,1- 38,4 mm). If required, re-tighten the retract
chain adjustment nut (6) until dimension “B” is
obtained.
Note: If dimension “B” requires adjustment, continue to
step 13. If dimension “B” does NOT require adjustment,
continue to step 14.

3-24 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

3.9 QUICK COUPLER ASSEMBLY 3.10 BOOM HEAD - MOUNTED WINCH

3.9.1 Quick Coupler Removal 3.10.1 Boom Head-Mounted Winch Removal

2 6

3 4
5

MAL1280

1. Remove the lock bolt (1) holding the tilt cylinder rod
end pin to the quick coupler assembly. Remove the
Tilt Cylinder pin. MAL0880

2. Support the quick coupler assembly. Remove the


capscrew and locknut securing the head pin (2) to 1. Using a suitable lifting device, secure the winch
the boom head (3). assembly (4) with a nylon strap.
3. Inspect the above pins for nicks or surface corrosion. 2. Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (5).
Use fine emery cloth to fix minor nicks or corrosion. 3. Loosen and remove the mounting bolts, washers
If damaged or if it cannot be repaired the pin must be and nuts (6)(not shown).
replaced.
4. Lower the winch assembly (4) onto a suitable skid or
table.
3.9.2 Quick Coupler Installation
1. Assemble the quick coupler to the boom head. Line 3.10.2 Boom Head-Mounted Winch
up the quick coupler between the mounts on the Installation
boom head. The quick coupler should be centered in
1. Using a suitable lifting device, secure the winch
the boom head.
assembly (4) with a nylon strap.
2. Coat the quick coupler head pin with an anti-seize
2. Raise the winch assembly (4) into position behind
compound. Insert the quick coupler head pin through
the boom head.
the quick coupler and boom head. Secure with the
previous capscrew and locknut. 3. Apply Loctite® 242TM to the previously removed
3. Align the quick coupler with the tilt cylinder rod end mounting bolts.
and insert the tilt cylinder pin. Align the tilt cylinder 4. Install the mounting bolts, washers and nuts (6)(not
pin and screw in the locking bolt. Torque as required. shown). Torque to
200 lb-ft.
5. Connect the hydraulic hoses (5).

TL642C, TL943C 3-25


Boom

3.11 BOOM WEAR PADS


4
The wear pads on this machine are flat rectangular wear
pads with metal inserts.
A total of 30 wear pads are installed on the boom sections
of the TL642C and TL943C machines.

3.11.1 Wear Pad Inspection


1 1

Ma2070
• Maintain a total boom section clearance (4) of
Inspect all wear pads for wear. If the angle indicators (1) 0.070-0.130 in (1,78-3,30 mm) both the horizontal
on the end of the wear pads are visible, the wear pads and vertical directions.
can be reused. If the wear pads show uneven wear (front A
to back), they should be replaced. Replace wear pads as
a set if worn or damaged.
B
3.11.2 Wear Pad Installation and Lubrication
Note: Inspect all wear pads. Replace as necessary. MY3620

The following wear pad procedure must be followed to • The length of the wear pad bolt depends on the
insure the proper wear pad installation: number of shims, spacers and washers being used.
• The wear pad inserts and mounting bolts MUST be • The thickness of each threaded wear pad insert is
clean from any grease, oil or other contaminates 0.312 in (7,92 mm)(A).
before applying Loctite® 242TM and installing • The bolt length should be determined by measuring
mounting bolts. the distance from the face of the insert to the face of
• Apply Loctite® 242TM to all wear pad mounting bolts. the boom (B) including any spacer, shim(s) and
washer(s).
• Bolt thread engagement in the wear pad insert
3 should be 0.275 ± 0.040 in (6,98 ± 1,0 mm).
• One or two hardened washers are to be used on
each wear pad bolt except where noted otherwise.
2 DO NOT use more than two hardened washers.
1 • Use only one hardened washer if mounting bolts are
recessed.
• Wear Pad Bolt Torque:
3/8-24 Bolt, 32-37 lb-ft (43-50 Nm)
3/8-24 Hollow Bolt, 15-17 lb-ft (20-23 Nm)
1/2-20 Bolt, 76-86 lb-ft (103-116 Nm)
MAM1390 1/2 - 20 Hollow Bolt, 45-50 lb-ft (61-68 Nm)
• A spacer (1) with holes must be used before any • Torque wear pad bolts after shimming is completed.
shim (2) is used. • Lubricate the face and pockets of each wear pad
• If required, a shim (2) must inserted between the after being installed.
spacer (1) and wear pad support plate, block or Boom Section Wear Pad Pathway Lubrication:
boom section (3).
• Clean and lightly grease all wear pad pathways with
• The number of shims can vary at each shim point. CAT ADVANCED 3MOLY - NLGI Grade 2 grease.
• The bottom wear pads must be shimmed equally on • Clean and lightly grease the push beam guide bar
each side. pathways with CAT ADVANCED 3MOLY - NLGI
Grade 2 grease.

3-26 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

3.12 BOOM EXTEND AND RETRACT Following are some examples of dynamic shock loading
CHAINS which can impose abnormal loads above the endurance
limit of a leaf chain.

3.12.1 Boom Chain Inspection • High velocity movement of load, followed by


sudden, abrupt stops.
• Carrying loads in suspension over irregular
WARNING surfaces such as railroad tracks, potholes, and
rough terrain.
Worn pins, stretched or cracked links or corrosive
environments can cause chain failure. A chain failure • Attempting to “inch” loads which are beyond the
could result in uncontrolled boom movement, loss of rated capacity of the vehicle.
load or machine instability. The above load cycles and environmental conditions
make it impossible to predict chain life. It is therefore
Under normal operating conditions the boom extend/ necessary to conduct frequent inspections until
retract chains will need to be exposed and inspected replacement life can be predicted.
every 1000 hours of operation. Environmental conditions
and dynamic impulse/shock loads can drastically affect The boom chain’s normal life expectancy can be
normal operating conditions and require more frequent expressed as a maximum percent of elongation. This is
inspection intervals. generally 3%. As the chain flexes back and forth over the
sheave, the bearing joints (pins and inside link plates)
Environments in which material handling vehicles gradually incur wear due to articulation.
operate can vary widely from outdoor moisture to
temperature to mildly corrosive or highly corrosive
industrial atmospheres, in addition to abrasive
3.12.2 Expose Chains for Inspection
exposures such as sand and grit. Some effects can be The extend/retract chains are only partially visible
as follows: through the rear of the boom with all the sections
• Moisture - Corrosive rusting reduces chain retracted. It is possible to see a section of the retract
strength by pitting and cracking. chain as the boom is slowly extended. If there is ANY
question that extend/retract chains are damaged, the
• Temperature - Low temperature reduces chain chains should be removed and inspected. Refer to
strength by embrittlement. Going in and out of
Section 3.6, “Extend/Retract Chain Removal/
cold storage results in moisture from
condensation. Installation,” for detailed information. Replace chains if
necessary.
• Chemical Solutions or Vapors - Corrosive attack
on the chain components and/or the mechanical Note: DO NOT attempt to repair a chain. Replace a
connections between the chain components. stretched or damaged chain with a new part. Always
Cracking can be (and often is) microscopic. replace both the chain and the clevis. It is recommended
Going from microscopic cracking to complete that when any chain is replaced, that all chains and
failure can be either abrupt or may require an clevis’ be replaced at the same time.
extended period of time.
• Abrasives - Accelerated wearing and scoring of
the articulating members of the chain (pins and
plates), with a corresponding reduction in chain
strength. Due to the inaccessibility of the bearing
surfaces (pin surfaces and plate apertures),
wear and scoring are not readily noticeable to
the naked eye.

TL642C, TL943C 3-27


Boom

3.12.3 Inspection Guidelines Distorted or Battered Link Plates


Edge Wear Distorted or battered link plates (5) on a leaf chain can
cause tight joints and prevent flexing.
Check the chain for wear on the link plate edges
caused by running back and forth over the sheave.
The maximum reduction of material should not
exceed 5%. Measure and compare to a normal link 85
plate height by measuring a portion of chain that
does not run over the sheave. If the measured plate
height (1) is 5% less than the normal plate height
(2), discard and replace the chain.

MZ1466

1 2
Turning or Protruding Pins
Highly loaded chain, operating with inadequate
lubrication can generate abnormal frictional forces
MZ1463
between pin and link plates. When chain is allowed
to operate in this condition, a pin or series of pins,
Elongation can begin to twist out of a chain, resulting in failure.
It is important to measure the chain in the section Examine the pin head rivets to determine if the
that moves over the sheaves because it receives the “VEE” flats are still in correct alignment (6). Chain
most frequent articulation. Measuring the chain near with rotated/displaced heads (7) or abnormal pin
its clevis terminals could give an inaccurate reading. protrusion (8) should be replaced immediately.
The ends of the chains, near the clevis terminal, will
not have flexed as frequently, if at all, as the middle DO NOT attempt to repair the chain by welding or
of the chains. driving the pin(s) back into the chain. Once the press
fit integrity between outside plates and pins has
It is best to measure in 12 pin increments from pin been altered, it cannot be restored.
center to pin center. For example, if the links are one
inch from pin center to pin center, the distance Any wear pattern on the pin heads or the sides of the
should be 12 in (305 mm). If the links are 3/4 in link plates indicates misalignment in the system.
apart, the distance after 12 pins should be 9 in. This condition damages the chain as well as
increases frictional loading and should be corrected.
If the distance measured (3) is 3% greater than the
normal length (4), discard and replace the chain.

4
7
6
3
8
MZ1465

MY1360

3-28 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

Cracked Plates 3.12.4 Chain Lubrication


Inspect the chains very carefully, front and back as After inspection and before being returned to service,
well as side to side, for any evidence of cracked chains must be lubricated. Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids
plates. If any one crack is discovered, the chain and Lubricant Capacities,” for proper lubricant.
should be replaced in its entirety.
The lubricant must penetrate the chain joint to prevent
It is important, however to determine the cause of wear. Applying lubricant to the external surfaces will
the crack before installing a new chain so the prevent rust, but the chains should be articulated to
condition does not repeat itself. make sure the lubricant penetrates to the working
surfaces between the pins and links.
The types of cracks are:
To prepare the chain for lubrication, the chain plates
• Fatigue Cracking - should be brushed with a stiff brush or wire brush to
9
Fatigue cracks (9) are a clear the space between the plates so that lubricant can
result of repeated penetrate to the working surfaces.
cyclic loading beyond MZ1467
the chain’s endurance Lubricant may be applied with a narrow paint brush or
limit. directly poured on, but the chain should be well flooded
with lubricant and the boom should be extended and
• Stress Corrosion retracted to be sure that the lubricant penetrates to the
Cracking - The working surfaces. All surplus lubricant should be wiped
outside link plates 10
away from the external surfaces. DO NOT use a solvent
are particularly MZ1468
for this wiping operation.
susceptible to stress
corrosion cracking (10). Regular application of lubricant is necessary to make
sure that all working surfaces are adequately lubricated.
• Corrosion Fatigue Cracking - Corrosion In extremely dusty conditions, it may be necessary to
fatigue cracks are very similar to fatigue lubricate the chains more often. Refer to Section 2.6,
cracks in appearance. Corrosion fatigue is the “Service and Maintenance Schedules,” and Section 2.7,
combined action of an aggressive “Lubrication Schedules,” for detailed information.
environment and cyclic stress.
Lubrication of chains on machines working consistently
Other Modes of Failure in extreme hot or cold conditions requires special
• Ultimate Strength Failure - consideration. Contact the local Caterpillar dealer for
These types of failures are guidance.
caused by overloads far in 1
excess of the design load. MZ1469
Either fractured plates (1) or 2
enlarged holes (2) can
occur. If either of these
MZ1470
failures occurs, the chain
should be replaced immediately.
• Tight Joints
- All joints in
the chain
should flex
freely. Tight
3 MZ1471
joints (3)
resist flexing.
If the problem is caused by dirt or foreign substance
packed in the joints, clean and lubricate thoroughly
before re-installing the chain.
If the problem is caused by corrosion and rust or
bent pins, replace the chain.

TL642C, TL943C 3-29


Boom

3.13 FORKS
Forks should be cleaned and inspected prior to being
attached to carriage. If the following criteria is not met,
forks must be removed from service immediately.
Daily Inspection

3
2

7
5 4

6
1

9
8
11

10 MH6460

1. Inspect forks (1) for cracks, paying special attention


to heel (2) and mounting tubes (3).
2. Inspect forks for broken or bent tips (4) and twisted
blades (5) and shanks (6).
Yearly Inspection
1. Straightness of the upper face of blade (5) and the
front face of shank (6) should not exceed 0.5 percent
of the length of blade or height of shank.
2. Angle (7) between upper face of blade and front face
of shank should not exceed 93 degrees.
3. Thickness of blade (8) and shank (9) should not be
reduced to 90 percent of original thickness.
Note: Contact the local Caterpillar dealer with the fork
part number to find the manufactured dimensions of the
fork blade.
4. Ensure fork length (10) is adequate for intended
loads.
5. Fork markings should be legible, re-stamp if
required.
6. Compare fork tips (11) when mounted on a carriage.
Maximum difference in height of fork tips is 3 percent
of the length of the blade (10).

3-30 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

3.14 EMERGENCY BOOM LOWERING Hoses:


PROCEDURE • Two Hydraulic Hoses - Approximately 10 ft
(3,0 m) each, with a minimum I.D. of
0.375 in (9,5 mm) and a minimum rating of
WARNING 4000 psi (275,8 bar).
TL642C - Fittings:
To avoid instability of the machine, the extend/retract
cylinder MUST BE fully retracted prior to retracting the • Two -10 ORFS Caps
lift cylinder. If circumstances prevent retraction of the • Two -10 ORFS Plugs
extend/retract cylinder first, lower the lift cylinder the
Adaptors:
minimum amount necessary and resume retraction of
the extend/retract cylinder as soon as possible in • Two -10 ORFS 90° Adaptors
accordance with the machines load chart. TL943C - Fittings:
• Two -12 ORFS Caps

WARNING • Two -12 ORFS Plugs


Adaptors:
Properly support the boom before attempting to
• Two -12 ORFS 90° Adaptors
proceed with the emergency boom lowering
procedure. Note: The adaptor size may vary depending on the
hose ends of the auxiliary hydraulic power supply.

WARNING 3.14.2 Lowering Procedure

If possible, safely remove and/or secure the load on a. Retract the boom as follows:
the machine before starting the boom lowering 1. If equipped with Personal Work Platform, rescue
procedure. If load cannot be removed, the machine occupants prior to performing procedure.
load chart MUST be followed.
2. Properly support the boom before attempting to
proceed with the emergency boom lowering
3.14.1 Equipment and Supplies Required procedure.
Auxiliary Hydraulic Power Supply: 3. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
• Portable hydraulic unit or another machine with switch and steering wheel.
an auxiliary hydraulic power supply with a 4. Properly support the boom as required.
capacity to hold up to 22 gal (83 L) of hydraulic
5. Place a suitable receptacle under the tube/hose
oil from the machine during lowering process.
connections.
Note: If another machine is being used, the hydraulic 6. Remove the plastic cover from the main control
reservoir must be drained to accept a minimum of 22 gal
valve.
(83 L) of hydraulic oil before attempting this procedure.
• Standard Mechanic Tools.
WARNING
NOTICE Loss of hydraulic oil is limited to the amount trapped
within each tube/hose. Slowly loosen each hydraulic
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE. Auxiliary Hydraulic Power tube/hose fitting to release any possible hydraulic oil
Supply hydraulic oil must be compatible with hydraulic pressure that may be trapped between the main
oil shown in Section 2.4, “Fluids and Lubricant control valve and the counterbalance valve of the
Capacities.” extend/retract cylinder or the lift/lower cylinder.

TL642C, TL943C 3-31


Boom

1 3 2 9. Using the hoses and fittings specified, connect the


hoses between the auxiliary hydraulic power supply
and the extend/retract hoses of the affected
machine. Retract hose (3) is the supply and extend
4 hose (4) is the return. Connect the hoses in the
proper order to ensure that the cylinder is retracted,
not extended.
10. Remove the previously installed boom support.
11. Use the auxiliary power supply to slowly retract the
extend/retract cylinder.
12. Properly support the boom as required.
13. Loosen and remove the jumper hoses, caps, plugs
and reconnect the extend/retract cylinder hoses.
Torque as required.

b. Lower the boom as follows:


1. Place a suitable receptacle under the tube/hose
TL642C
connections.
MY8620
2. Disconnect the lift/lower cylinder hoses from the lift/
lower cylinder tubes (1 & 2). Install caps or plugs in
tubes to prevent fluid loss and to keep dirt and debris
from entering the hydraulic system.
3. Using the hoses and fittings specified, connect the
3 hoses between the auxiliary hydraulic power supply
and the lift/lower hoses of the affected machine. Lift
4
1 hose (1) is the return and lower hose (2) is the
2 supply. Connect the hoses in the proper order to
ensure that the boom is lowered, not raised.
4. Remove the previously installed boom support.
5. Use the auxiliary power supply to slowly lower the
boom.
6. Loosen and remove the jumper hoses, caps, plugs
and reconnect the lift/lower cylinder hoses.
7. Install the previously remove clamps securing the lift/
lower cylinder and the extend/retract tubes. Torque
as required.
8. Install the plastic cover over the main control valve.
TL943C
9. Transfer any hydraulic oil into a suitable, covered
MY8630
container, and label the container as “Used Oil.”
7. If access is required, loosen and remove any clamps Dispose of used oil at an approved recycling facility.
securing the lift/lower cylinder (1 & 2) and extend/ 10. Clean up all debris, hydraulic oil, etc., in, on, near
retract cylinder tubes (3 & 4) to the frame. and around the machine.
8. Disconnect the extend/retract cylinder tubes from 11. Remove the Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition
the extend/retract cylinder hoses (3 & 4). Install caps key switch and steering wheel.
or plugs in tubes to prevent fluid loss and to keep dirt
and debris from entering the hydraulic system.

3-32 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

3.15 TROUBLESHOOTING
This section provides an easy reference guide covering
the most common problems that occur during operation
of the boom.

Problem Cause Remedy


1. Boom will not extend or 1. Broken hydraulic hose(s) or 1. Locate break, replace hose(s)
retract tube(s) and/or connections or tube(s), tighten connections.
leaking.

2. Extend/retract hydraulic system 2. Refer to Section 8.4, “Hydraulic


not operating properly. Circuits.”

3. Faulty extend/retract cylinder. 3. Repair cylinder, Refer to Section


8.8.1, “General Cylinder
Removal Instructions.”

2. Boom shifts to right or left 1. Boom side wear pads 1. Shim wear pads to correct gap.
when extending. improperly shimmed or worn. Replace wear pads as needed.
Refer to Section 3.11, “Boom
Wear Pads.”

3. Excessive boom pivot pin 1. Insufficient lubrication. 1. Lubricate at regular intervals.


noise and/or wear. Refer to Section 2.7,
“Lubrication Schedules.”
Replace worn pins as needed.

2. Worn bearing(s). 2. Lubricate at regular intervals.


Refer to Section 2.7,
“Lubrication Schedules.”
Replace worn pins as needed.

4. Excessive Compensation 1. Insufficient lubrication. 1. Lubricate at regular intervals.


cylinder pivot pin noise and/ Refer to Section 2.7,
or wear. “Lubrication Schedules.”
Replace worn pins as needed.

2. Worn bushing(s). 2. Replace bushing(s) and


lubricate at regular intervals.

TL642C, TL943C 3-33


Boom

Problem Cause Remedy


5. Drooping chain, or jerky 1. Chain(s) tension not properly 1. Adjust chain(s).
boom extend or retract adjusted.
functions.
2. Chain(s) stretched or binding. 2. Replace chains as needed.
Refer to Section 3.8, “Boom
Adjustments.”

3. Wear pads loose, contaminated, 3. Replace wear pad. Refer to


excessively worn or damaged. Section 3.11, “Boom Wear
Pads.”

4. Contaminated, corroded or 4. Remove contamination and/or


rusted wear pad sliding corrosion from wear pad sliding
surfaces. surfaces and lubricate. If the
surfaces cannot be reconditioned,
replace the boom section(s).

5. Extend/Retract hydraulic system 5. Refer to Section 8.4, “Hydraulic


not operating properly. Circuits.”

6. Damaged boom section. 6. Replace the damaged boom


section. Refer to Section 3.3,
“Boom Assembly Maintenance.”

6. Boom will not raise or lower. 1. Broken hydraulic hoses or tubes 1. Locate break, replace hose(s)
and/or connection leaks. or tube(s), tighten connections.

2. Lift/lower hydraulic system not 2. Refer to Section 8.4, “Hydraulic


operating properly. Circuits.”

3. Faulty lift/lower cylinder. 3. Repair cylinder. Refer toSection


8.8.1, “General Cylinder
Removal Instructions.”

4. Seized boom pivot pin bearing. 4. Replace bearing.

7. Excessive Lift/Lower cylinder 1. Insufficient lubrication. 1. Lubricate at regular intervals.


pivot pin noise and/or wear. Refer to Section 2.6, “Service
and Maintenance Schedules.”
Replace worn pins as needed.
Refer to Section 8.8.1, “General
Cylinder Removal Instructions.”

2. Worn self-aligning bushing(s). 2. Replace bushing(s) and


lubricate at regular intervals.
Refer to Section 2.7,
“Lubrication Schedules.”

3-34 TL642C, TL943C


Boom

Problem Cause Remedy


8. Rapid boom pad wear. 1. Incorrect wear pad gap. 1. Check wear pad gaps and
correct as needed. Refer to
Section 3.11, “Boom Wear
Pads.”

2. Rapid cycle times with heavy 2. Reduce cycle times.


loads.

3. Contaminated, corroded or 3. Remove contamination and/or


rusted wear pad sliding corrosion from wear pad sliding
surfaces. surfaces and lubricate. If the
surfaces cannot be
reconditioned, replace the boom
section(s).

4. Operating in extremely dusty/ 4. Clean equipment frequently.


abrasive conditions.

9. Auxiliary hydraulics will not 1. Auxiliary hydraulic system not 1. Refer to Section 8.4, “Hydraulic
operate. operating properly. Circuits.”

10. Excessive chain wear. 1. Improper chain adjustment. 1. Adjust to correct tension. Refer
to Section 3.8, “Boom
Adjustments.”- Replace chains
as needed.

2. Chain sheave(s) not properly 2. Lubricate chain sheave. Refer


lubricated. to Section 2.6, “Service and
Maintenance Schedules.”

3. Chain sheave(s) not rotating 3. Lubricate chain sheave. Refer


freely. to Section 2.6, “Service and
Maintenance Schedules.”
Repair or replace chain
sheave(s) as needed.

4. Improper chain lubrication. 4. Lubricate at regular intervals.


Refer to Section 2.6, “Service
and Maintenance Schedules.”
Replace chains as needed.

TL642C, TL943C 3-35


Boom

3.16 PUSH BEAM TEMPORARY BRACKETS


Note: The drawings below are only suggested and can be subject to individual interpretation.
Temporary Extend Chain Bracket

5.00
3.125 Tube I.D. 1.3125in - O.D. 2.0in
0.1875
0.250

0.50 0.875

2.0
SEE NOTE A 1.3125
1/4

6.875

7.00

1.50

3/16

X Y

NOTE A: WELD FROM X-Y ONLY


2.1875

4.0

Temporary Retract Chain Bracket

5.00
1.50
3.125
0.1875
3/16 2.0
1.0
3/16
0.50 0.875
2.0
0.50 1.50
Drill 0.3125 Thru

2.50
0.50 3.0
A36 STEEL RECOMMENDED
3.0
ALL WELDS SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.1
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES MY4100

3-36 TL642C, TL943C


Section 4
Cab and Covers

Contents

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE


4.1 Operator Cab and Covers Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.1.1 General Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.1.1 General Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.2 Operator Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.2.1 Cab Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.2.2 Serial Number Decal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.3 Cab Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.3.1 Steering Column and Orbitrol Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.3.2 Service Brake Pedal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4.3.3 Throttle Pedal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.3.4 Boom Joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.3.5 Frame Level, Auxiliary Hydraulic (if equipped) and Outrigger Joysticks . 4-6
4.3.6 Windshield Wiper Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4.3.7 Heater/Air Conditioning System (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4.4 Cab Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4.5 Cab Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

TL642C, TL943C 4-1


Cab and Covers

4.1 OPERATOR CAB AND COVERS


COMPONENT TERMINOLOGY
To understand the safety, operation and maintenance
information presented in this section, it is necessary that
the operator/mechanic be familiar with the names and
locations of the major assemblies of the machine cab and
covers. The following illustration identifies the
components that are referred to throughout this section.

4.1.1 General Overview

FRAME LEVEL HEATER AND A/C


ACCESSORY
INDICATOR CONTROLS
CONTROL LEVER
(IF EQUIPPED)
(IF EQUIPPED)

BOOM CONTROL
STEERING WHEEL JOYSTICK
(TL642C)
BOOM CONTROL
INSTRUMENT PANEL JOYSTICK
(TL943C)

FRAME LEVEL
JOYSTICK
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL LEVER
OUTRIGGER JOYSTICKS
(IF EQUIPPED)
AUXILARY
HYDRAULIC
JOYSTICK
(TL642C)

IGNITION
SWITCH

SERVICE BRAKE
PEDAL
ACCELERATOR MAL2260
PEDAL

4-2 TL642C, TL943C


Cab and Covers

4.2 OPERATOR CAB 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
WARNING cool.

DO NOT service the machine without following all 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
safety precautions as outlined in the “Safety Note: It may be necessary to remove the main dash
Practices” section of this manual. panel to gain access to the appropriate hydraulic hoses.
Refer to Section 9.13, “Gauges and Display Monitor.”
4.2.1 Cab Safety 2

WARNING
The protection offered by this ROPS/FOPS will be
impaired if subjected to any modification or structural
damage, at which time replacement is necessary.
ROPS/FOPS must be properly installed using
fasteners of correct size and grade, and torqued to
their specified value.

WARNING 3
4
DO NOT weld, grind, drill, repair or modify the cab in
any way. Any modification or damage to cab structural
components requires cab replacement. Refer to the
Operation & Maintenance Manual. 4
To help ensure optimum safety, protection and
performance, replace the cab if it is damaged. Refer to
1
the appropriate parts manual for ordering information. MAL1430

4.2.2 Serial Number Decal 5. Label, disconnect and cap the four hoses from the
side of the steering valve (1). Cap the fittings on the
The cab serial number decal is located on the left side of steering valve. Label, disconnect and plug the load
the cab, behind the seat. Information specified on the sense hose at the front of the steering valve. Cap the
serial number plate includes the cab model number, the fitting on the steering valve.
cab serial number and other data. Write this information
6. Remove the steering wheel (2), disconnect and
down in a convenient location to use in cab
remove the travel select lever (3), disconnect the
correspondence.
instrument panel harness connector.
7. Remove the steering assembly through the dash
panel opening.
4.3 CAB COMPONENTS
8. Support the steering valve, and remove the four hex-
head capscrews and four lockwashers (4).
4.3.1 Steering Column and Orbitrol Valve
Note: DO NOT disassemble the orbitrol valve. The
a. Orbitrol Valve Removal orbitrol valve is not serviceable and must be replaced in
its entirety, if defective.
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in the (N)
NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake and
turn the engine OFF.
TL642C, TL943C 4-3
Cab and Covers

b. Orbitrol Valve Installation c. Service Brake Pedal Removal


1. Secure the steering valve to the steering column 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
with four hex-flange capscrews and four machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
lockwashers. place the transmission control lever in the (N)
2. Install the steering column through the dash panel NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake and
opening. Position steering valve to its original turn the engine OFF.
orientation in the cab. 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
3. Install the travel select lever, connect the instrument switch and steering wheel.
panel harness connector, install the steering wheel 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
assembly. Torque the steering wheel nut to 29-34 lb-ft cool.
(39-46 Nm). 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
4. Install new o-rings into the steering valve fittings.
Lubricate the o-rings with clean hydraulic oil.
5. Uncap and connect the previously labeled load
sense hose to the steering valve.
6. Uncap and connect the remaining previously labeled
four hoses to the steering valve.
Note: If necessary, install the main dash panel. Refer to
Section 9.13, “Gauges and Display Monitor.” 3
1
7. Properly connect the battery.
8. Carefully examine all connections one last time
before engine start-up. Rectify any faulty conditions.
2
9. Start the engine and check the operation of steering
system. Check for hydraulic fluid leaks. Check the
hydraulic fluid level in the tank and add fluid as MY0141

required.
5. Remove the bolt and lockwasher (1) securing the
10. Close and secure the engine cover. service brake pedal pivot pin (2).
11. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the 6. Pull the pivot pin from the service brake pedal
ignition key switch and the steering wheel. bracket (3).
7. Remove the service brake pedal from the cab.
c. Steering Test
Conduct a pressure check of the steering hydraulic d. Service Brake Pedal Installation
circuits at the main control valve. Refer to Section 8.3.1,
1. Position the service brake pedal in its mounting
“Pressure Checks and Adjustments.”
location within the cab.
4.3.2 Service Brake Pedal 2. Secure the brake pedal into position with the pivot pin.
3. Be sure the brake pedal has the correct range of motion.
a. Brake Valve Removal Secure pivot pin with bolt and lockwasher.
Refer to Section 8.7.2, “Service Brake Valve,” for removal 4. Properly connect the battery.
information. 5. Close and secure the engine cover.
b. Brake Valve Installation 6. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
Refer to Section 8.7.2, “Service Brake Valve,” for
installation information.

4-4 TL642C, TL943C


Cab and Covers

4.3.3 Throttle Pedal 4.3.4 Boom Joystick

a. Throttle Pedal Removal a. Joystick Removal


1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom, machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in the (N) place the transmission control lever in the (N)
NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake and NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake and
turn the engine OFF. turn the engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and steering wheel. switch and steering wheel.
3. Properly disconnect the battery. 3. Properly disconnect the battery.
TL642C TL943C

10
11 11
9

MAL0940

4. Lift the joystick’s rubber sleeve (11), remove the bolts


securing the boom joystick to the cab.

MAL1000
5. Lift the joystick from its mounting position.
6. Label, disconnect and cap the hydraulic hoses
4. Disconnect the electrical harness connector (8). attached to the boom joystick.
5. Remove the bolts (9) securing the throttle pedal to 7. Disconnect the electrical connectors.
the throttle pedal bracket (10).
8. Remove the joystick.
6. Remove the throttle pedal assembly from the cab.

b. Throttle Pedal Installation


1. Position the throttle pedal in its mounting location
within the cab.
2. Secure the throttle pedal into position with the pivot
pin.
3. Install the throttle pedal ball joint to the throttle pedal.
4. Properly connect the battery.
5. Verify proper throttle pedal operation.
6. Close and secure the engine cover.
7. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

TL642C, TL943C 4-5


Cab and Covers

b. Joystick Installation 4.3.5 Frame Level, Auxiliary Hydraulic


1. Uncap and connect the previously labeled hydraulic
(if equipped) and Outrigger Joysticks
hoses to their appropriate locations.
a. Joystick Removal
2. Connect the electrical connectors.
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
3. Install the bolts securing the joystick to the cab. machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
4. Properly connect the battery. place the transmission control lever in the (N)
5. Test the joystick functions: NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake and
turn the engine OFF.
a. Move the joystick handle rearward, activating the
boom lift function. The boom should RISE. 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and steering wheel.
b. Move the joystick handle forward, activating the
boom lower function. The boom should LOWER. 3. Properly disconnect the battery.
c. Move the joystick handle to the right, activating
15
the boom extend function. The boom should
EXTEND.
15 15
d. Move the joystick handle to the left, activating the
boom retract function. The boom should
RETRACT.
TL642C (TL943C

14 16
12 13 MAL0211

4. Remove the knob on the end of the joystick (15) if


necessary.
5. Remove the screws (16) securing the dash panel to
the cab. Remove the dash panel.
MAL0940 6. Remove any hardware securing the joystick to the
cab.
e. Depress the left side of the switch (12) to activate
the tilt up function or roll the left roller (13) down 7. Label, disconnect and cap the hydraulic fittings
to activate the tilt up function. The attachment attached to the joystick.
should TILT UP. 8. Remove the joystick from the cab.
f. Depress the right side of the switch (12) to
activate the tilt down function or roll the left roller
(13) up to activate the tilt down function. The
attachment should TILT DOWN.
g. If equipped, roll the right roller (14) up and/or
down to activate the Auxiliary Hydraulic function.
Note: Check the controls of the auxiliary attachments.
See the appropriate Operation & Maintenance Manual
for an approved list of attachments and control
instructions.
6. Close and secure the engine cover.
7. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

4-6 TL642C, TL943C


Cab and Covers

b. Joystick Installation 4.3.7 Heater/Air Conditioning System


1. Uncap and connect the previously labeled hydraulic
(if equipped)
hoses to their appropriate locations. Note: If machine is equipped with air conditioning,
2. Install the bolts securing the joystick to the cab. DO NOT loosen or disconnect any air conditioning hoses
until the air conditioning system has been properly
3. Install the dash panel to its original position with the drained by the local Caterpillar dealer or certified air
previously used hardware. conditioning service center.
4. Install the joystick knob (if necessary).
5. Properly connect the battery. a. Heater/AC Assembly Removal

6. Test the joystick functions: 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
Frame Level Joystick
place the transmission control lever in the (N)
a. Move the joystick handle to the right, activating NEUTRAL position, engage the park brake and shut
the right frame level function. The frame should the engine OFF.
rotate to the RIGHT.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
b. Move the joystick handle to the left, activating the
switch and the steering wheel.
left frame level function. The frame should rotate
to the LEFT. 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
Auxiliary Hydraulic Joystick (if equipped) cool.

Check the controls of the auxiliary attachments. See 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
the appropriate Operation & Maintenance Manual for 5. Place a suitable container beneath the radiator.
an approved list of attachments and control Slowly turn the radiator cap to the first stop, allow
instructions. any pressure to escape. Remove the radiator cap.
6. Place a funnel at the base of the radiator to channel
Outrigger Control Joysticks (if equipped) the drained coolant into the container. Loosen the
Move each joystick forward, the outrigger should drain petcock and allow the coolant to drain.
lower. Move each joystick rearward, the outrigger 7. Transfer the coolant to a container with a cover, and
should raise. label as “Used Antifreeze.” Dispose of the used
coolant at an approved recycling facility.
7. Close and secure the engine cover. 8. Tighten the radiator drain petcock.
8. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the 9. Remove the bolts that secure the seat to the cab.
ignition key switch and the steering wheel. Remove the seat.

4.3.6 Windshield Wiper Assembly


Refer to Section 9.10, “Window Wiper/Washer
Windshield Wiper Motor,” for removal and installation
information.

2
1

MY0190

10. Remove the bolts securing the front plate (1) to the
seat riser weldment (2).

TL642C, TL943C 4-7


Cab and Covers

11. Remove the bolts securing the seat riser weldment Note: When the engine is initially started, run it briefly at
to the cab. Remove the riser weldment. low idle and check the machine for any visual sign of
fluid leakage. STOP the engine immediately if any
HEATER WITH AIR
CONDITIONING SHOWN 3 leakage is noted, and make any necessary repairs
5
before continuing.
10. Wait for the engine to cool and check the coolant
level. Add coolant as required to bring the coolant to
the proper level.
6 11. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

7
MY4390 4.4 CAB REMOVAL
7 5 4

12. Loosen the hose and disconnect the heater air duct
hoses (3).
WARNING
The protection offered by this ROPS/FOPS will be
13. Loose the hose clamps securing the heater hoses
impaired if subjected to any modification or structural
(4).
damage, at which time replacement is necessary.
14. Label and remove both heater hoses. ROPS/FOPS must be properly installed using
15. Label and disconnect any electrical connections (5). fasteners of correct size and grade, and torqued to
their specified value.
16. Label and disconnect both air conditioning hoses
(6). Note: To help ensure safety and optimum performance,
17. Remove the bolts (7) securing the heater assembly replace the cab if it is damaged. Refer to the appropriate
to the cab. Remove the heater assembly. parts manual for ordering information.
Inspect the cab, its welds and mounts. If modification,
b. Heater/AC Assembly Installation damage, a cracked weld and/or fatigued metal is
Note: If machine is equipped with air conditioning, discovered, replace the cab. Contact the local Caterpillar
the air conditioning system must be charged by the local dealer with any questions about the suitability or
Caterpillar dealer or certified air conditioning service condition of a cab.
center. Note: Remove and label cab components as needed
1. Position the heater assembly to its original orientation before removing the cab from the machine. Label,
in the cab. Secure with the previous hardware. disconnect and cap hydraulic hoses. Transfer cab parts
to the replacement cab after the replacement cab is
2. Connect the previously labeled electrical
securely mounted on the machine.
connections.
3. Connect the previously labeled heater hoses to their 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface. Allow
appropriate locations. sufficient overhead and side clearance for cab
removal. Level the machine, fully retract the boom,
4. Connect the previously labeled air conditioning lower the boom, place the transmission control lever
hoses to their appropriate locations. in the (N) NEUTRAL position, engage the park brake
5. Install the seat riser weldment. and shut the engine OFF.
6. Install the front plate to the seat riser weldment. 2. Block all four wheels to help prevent the machine
7. Install the cab seat. from moving. Assure that there is sufficient overhead
and side clearance for cab removal.
8. Fill the cooling system completely with coolant,
allowing time for the coolant to fill the engine block. 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
The cooling system capacity is listed in Section 2.5, cool.
“Fluids and Lubricant Capacities.” 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
9. Properly connect the battery.

4-8 TL642C, TL943C


Cab and Covers

5. Place a funnel at the base of the radiator to channel 18. Remove the fuel tank from the cab. Refer to Section
the drained coolant into the container. Loosen the 7.6.2, “Fuel Tank.”
drain petcock and allow the coolant to drain. 1 2
6. Transfer the coolant to a container with a cover, and
label as “Used Antifreeze.” Dispose of the used
coolant at an approved recycling facility.
7. Tighten the radiator drain petcock.
8. Disconnect the cab heater hoses. Refer to Section
4.3.7, “Heater/Air Conditioning System (if
equipped).”
9. Remove the necessary dash panels to gain access
to the electrical wiring connections. Label and
disconnect the harnesses. Push the harness 3
connectors through the opening in the cab.
MY0610
10. If equipped, remove the boom joystick from is
mounting position. Refer to Section 4.3.4, “Boom 19. Open Cab: Route a sling with a minimum lifting
Joystick.” Label, disconnect and cap all hydraulic capacity of 1000 lb (453 kg) under the inner four
hoses attached to the boom joystick. Cap all fittings braces (1) and behind the center cross support
and openings to keep dirt and debris from entering above the wind shield or install two lifting eye bolts
the hydraulic system. (2) in the threaded holes on the roof of the cab
11. Remove the frame level and attachment tilt and above the B pillars (15).
auxiliary control joystick. Refer to Section 4.3.5, 20. Enclosed Cab: Install two lifting eye bolts (14) in the
“Frame Level, Auxiliary Hydraulic (if equipped) and threaded holes on the roof of the cab above the B
Outrigger Joysticks.” Label, disconnect and cap all pillars (3).
hydraulic hoses attached to the joystick. Cap all
fittings and openings to keep dirt and debris from
entering the hydraulic system.
12. Label, disconnect and cap all hydraulic hoses
attached to the steering orbitrol valve. Cap all fittings
and openings to keep dirt and debris from entering
the hydraulic system.
4
13. Label, disconnect and cap all hydraulic hoses 4
attached to the steering orbitrol valve. Cap all fittings
and openings to keep dirt and debris from entering
the hydraulic system.
14. Label, disconnect and cap all hydraulic hoses
attached to the service brake valve. Cap all fittings
and openings to keep dirt and debris from entering
the hydraulic system.
15. Push all the hydraulic hoses through the opening in
the cab.
16. Disconnect the throttle cable from the throttle MY4170

assembly. Refer to Section 4.3.3, “Throttle Pedal.”


5 5
17. Disconnect the engine air filter and hydraulic oil
reservoir breather from their brackets at the top of 21. Remove the two cab side-mount bolts in the cab (4).
the cab. Move the air filter and breather clear from 22. Remove the four cab-to-frame bolts, flat washers and
the cab so they do not become damaged during cab nuts (5).
removal.
23. Remove the mirrors and all other cab components
as needed, if not previously removed.

TL642C, TL943C 4-9


Cab and Covers

24. Carefully begin to lift the cab. Stop and check that all 4. Use a hoist or overhead crane and sling attached to
wiring, hydraulic hoses and fasteners are the cab. Carefully begin to align the cab with the
disconnected or removed. mounting holes in the frame. Stop and check that
25. When all wiring, hydraulic hoses and fasteners are wiring, hydraulic hoses, cables, etc., will not be
disconnected or removed, carefully and slowly lift the pinched or damaged as the cab is positioned.
cab and remove it from the frame. Readjust the Readjust the position of the sling as needed to help
position of the sling as needed to help balance the balance the cab during installation.
cab during removal.
26. When the cab is completely clear of the machine,
carefully lower it to the ground. Block up or support
the cab so that it does not move or fall. Assure that
no personnel enter the cab while it is being removed
from the machine.
27. Inspect the condition of the fittings, clamps, hydraulic 4 4
hoses, etc. Replace parts as indicated by their
condition.
28. Inspect and replace other machine parts that are
exposed with the cab removed. Repair or replace as
required.

4.5 CAB INSTALLATION


1. Block all four wheels to help prevent the machine
MY4170
from moving. Assure that there is sufficient overhead
and side clearance for cab installation.
1 2 5 5
5. Install the four cab-to-frame mount bolts, washers and
nuts (5). Torque to 280-305 lb-ft (379-414 Nm).
6. Install the two cab side mount bolts washers and
nuts (4). Torque to 680-720 lb-ft (922-976 Nm).
7. Install the engine air filter and hydraulic oil reservoir
breather to their brackets at the top of the cab.
8. Install the throttle cable to the throttle pedal
assembly. Refer to Section 4.3.3, “Throttle Pedal.”
9. Pull all the hydraulic hoses and electrical wires
3 through the cab.
MY0610
10. Uncap and reconnect the previously labeled
hydraulic hoses to their appropriate locations.
2. Open Cab: Route a sling with a minimum lifting 11. Reconnect the previously labeled electrical
capacity of 1000 lb (453 kg) under the inner four connections to their appropriate locations.
braces (1) and behind the center cross support
above the wind shield or install two lifting eye bolts 12. For machines equipped with the heater option,
(2) in the threaded holes on the roof of the cab reconnect the heater hoses to the cab heater. Refer
above the B pillars (3). to Section 4.3.7, “Heater/Air Conditioning System (if
equipped).”
3. Enclosed Cab: Install two lifting eye bolts (2) in the
threaded holes on the roof of the cab above the B 13. Install the fuel tank to the cab. Refer to Section
pillars (3). 7.6.2, “Fuel Tank.”

4-10 TL642C, TL943C


Cab and Covers

14. Fill the cooling system completely with coolant,


allowing time for the coolant to fill the engine block.
The cooling system capacity is listed in Section 2.5,
“Fluids and Lubricant Capacities.”
15. Properly connect the battery.
16. Start the engine and check the operation of all controls.
Check for hydraulic fluid leaks. Check the hydraulic
fluid level in the tank and add fluid as required.
Note: When the engine is initially started, run it briefly at
low idle and check the machine for any visual sign of
fluid leakage. STOP the engine immediately if any
leakage is noted, and make any necessary repairs
before continuing.
17. Wait for the engine to cool and check the coolant
level. Add coolant to the overflow bottle as required
to bring the coolant to the proper level.
18. Install the mirrors and all other cab components as
needed, if removed.
19. Close and secure the engine cover.
20. Unblock the wheels.
21. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

TL642C, TL943C 4-11


Cab and Covers

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

4-12 TL642C, TL943C


Section 5
Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

Contents

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE


5.1 Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.2 Axle Serial Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3 Axle Specifications and Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.4 Axle Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.4.1 Axle Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.4.2 Axle Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.4.3 Axle Assembly and Drive Shaft Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.5 Drive Shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5.1 Drive Shaft Inspection and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5.2 Drive Shaft Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5.3 Drive Shaft Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5.4 Drive Shaft Cleaning and Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5.5 Drive Shaft Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.6 Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.6.1 Removing Wheel and Tire Assembly from Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.6.2 Installing Wheel and Tire Assembly onto Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.7 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.8 Towing a Disabled machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.8.1 Manually Releasing the Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.8.2 Manually Resetting the Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

TL642C, TL943C 5-1


Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

5.1 AXLES, DRIVE SHAFTS, WHEELS


AND TIRES COMPONENT
TERMINOLOGY
To understand the safety, operation and maintenance
information presented in this section, it is necessary that
the operator/mechanic be familiar with the names and
locations of the major assemblies of the axles, drive shafts,
wheels and tires. The following illustration identifies the
components that are referred to throughout this section.

REAR STEERING
CYLINDER

REAR AXLE
ASSEMBLY

TRANSMISSION
DROP BOX

REAR AXLE WHEEL


HUBS

REAR DRIVE SHAFT

FRONT STEERING
CYLINDER

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

FRONT AXLE
ASSEMBLY

FRONT AXLE WHEEL


HUBS
MAL2140

5-2 TL642C, TL943C


Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

5.4 AXLE REPLACEMENT

WARNING 5.4.1 Axle Removal


DO NOT service the machine without following all The front and rear axle assemblies differ in that the front
safety precautions as outlined in Section 1, “Safety axle assembly is equipped with a parking brake
Practices,” of this manual. mechanism and a limited-slip feature; the rear axle has
neither. The following steps outline a typical axle removal
procedure, suitable for either the front or the rear axle
5.2 AXLE SERIAL NUMBER assembly.
The front and rear axle serial number plate is located on Cleanliness is extremely important. Before attempting to
a mounting pad on the front side of the center section of remove the axle, thoroughly clean the machine. Avoid
each axle. Information on the serial number plate is spraying water or cleaning solution on electrical
required in correspondence regarding the axle. components. If using a steam cleaner, seal all openings
before steam cleaning.
Supply information from the axle serial number plate
when communicating about an axle assembly or axle Note: Clear the work area of all debris, unnecessary
components. personnel, etc. Allow sufficient space to raise the
machine and to remove the axle.
5.3 AXLE SPECIFICATIONS AND
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in the (N)
For axle, oil specifications and maintenance information,
NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake,
refer to Section 2, “General Information and
straighten all wheels and shut the engine OFF.
Specifications.”
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
Detailed axle service instructions are provided in the
following publications: switch and steering wheel.
TL642C 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool.
• Service Manual - P/N 31200162
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
• Parts Manual - P/N 31200723
5. Block the front and rear of both tires on the axle that
TL943C
is not being removed. Ensure that the machine will
• Service Manual - P/N 31200239 remain in place during axle removal before
• Parts Manual - P/N 31200723 proceeding.
6. Raise the machine using a suitable jack or hoist.
Place suitable supports under both sides of the
frame and lower the machine onto the supports.
Ensure that the machine will remain in place during
axle removal.
7. Remove both wheel and tire assemblies from the
axle that is being removed. (Refer to Section 5.6.1,
“Removing Wheel and Tire Assembly from
Machine.”)

MY4180

2 1 1 1 2

TL642C, TL943C 5-3


Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

8. Place a suitable receptacle under the axle drain 3. Using a suitable jack, hoist or overhead crane and
plugs (1) and wheel hubs drain plugs (2). Remove sling, remove the axle from its support or holding
the drain plugs and allow the axle oil to drain into the stand. Balance the axle and prevent it from tipping,
receptacle. If necessary, rotate both wheel hubs and turning or falling while positioning it beneath the
allow the wheel hub oil to drain into the receptacle. machine. DO NOT raise or otherwise disturb the
9. Transfer the used oil into a suitable covered machine while installing the axle. Keep the axle
container, and label the container as “Used Oil.” supported and balanced on the jack, hoist or
Dispose of used oil at an approved recycling facility. overhead crane and sling throughout the installation
procedure.
10. Label, disconnect and cap the steering and brake
lines at the axle. Wipe up any spilled oil. 4. Position the axle under the frame, and align the axle
housings with the holes in the frame.
11. Support the axle that is being removed with a suitable
jack, hoist or overhead crane and sling. DO NOT 5. Install the four axle bolts and nuts. Tighten and
raise the axle or the machine. torque to 340-365 lb-ft (460-495 Nm) on the TL642.
Torque bolts to 530-560 lb-ft (718-759 Nm) on the
Note: The wheel and tire assemblies must be re-installed TL943.
later with the directional tread pattern “arrows” facing in
6. Move the cylinder into position on the axle cylinder
the direction of forward travel.
anchor. Insert a cylinder-mount pin through the
12. Remove the drive shaft assembly. Refer to Section cylinder and cylinder anchor. Secure the cylinder-
5.5.3, “Drive Shaft Removal.” mount pin with one capscrew and a new locknut.
13. On the front axle remove the capscrew and locknuts 7. Apply multi-purpose grease through the self-tapping
securing the lower position cylinder-mount pin to the lube fitting to lubricate the self-align bearing and the
front cylinder. Tap the cylinder mount pin out, and cylinder-mount pin.
move the cylinder to prevent it from interfering with 8. Install the drive shaft assemblies. (Refer to Section
axle removal. 5.5.5, “Drive Shaft Installation.”)
14. Remove the bolts and locknuts securing the axle to 9. If reinstalling an axle previously removed from the
the frame. machine, position the driveshaft yoke on the axle
15. Remove the axles from the machine using the jack, according to the alignment marks made earlier. If
hoist or overhead crane and sling supporting the installing a new axle, note the position of the
axle. DO NOT raise or otherwise disturb the driveshaft yoke at the transmission. Align the
machine while removing the axle. Balance the axle driveshaft yoke on the axle in the same plane as the
and prevent it from tipping, turning or falling while yoke on the transmission.
removing it from beneath the machine. Place the 3
axle on a suitable support or holding stand.

5.4.2 Axle Installation


1. Before proceeding, ensure that the machine will
remain in place during axle installation. Block the
front and rear of both tires on the axle that is already
installed on the machine. MY0230

2. If applicable, raise the machine using a suitable jack 4


4
or hoist. Place suitable supports beneath the frame 1
and lower the machine onto the supports, allowing
enough room for axle installation. Ensure that the 10. Tighten the axle oil drain plugs (1), loosen and
machine will remain in place during axle installation. remove the axle oil fill plug (3) and sight plugs (4).
(Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids and Lubricant
Capacities,” for proper oil and capacities.

5-4 TL642C, TL943C


Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

MT0220

11. Rotate wheel hubs 90 degrees so the drain plug


becomes the fill plug (2). Refer to Section 2.5,
“Fluids and Lubricant Capacities,” for proper oil and
capacities.
12. Install the wheel and tire assemblies. Refer to
Section 5.6.2, “Installing Wheel and Tire Assembly
onto Machine.”
13. Carefully remove the jack, hoist or overhead crane
and sling supporting the axle.
14. Carefully raise the machine using a suitable jack or
hoist. Remove the supports from beneath the frame
and lower the machine to the ground.
15. Remove the blocks from the front and rear of both
tires on the other axle.
Note: ALWAYS use new o-rings when servicing the
machine.
16. Install new o-rings into the fittings. Lubricate the
o-rings with clean hydraulic oil.
17. Uncap and connect the steering and brake lines at
their axle fittings.
18. Check the hydraulic reservoir oil level.
19. Start the engine. Turn the steering wheel several
times lock to lock, operate the frame tilt function
several times in both directions and check the
function of the brakes. Check for hydraulic leaks, and
tighten or repair as necessary.
Note: The service brake circuit will need to bled after
axle installation. Refer to Section 8.7.3, “Service Brake
Bleeding.”
20. Close and secure the engine cover.
21. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

TL642C, TL943C 5-5


Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

5.4.3 Axle Assembly and Drive Shaft Troubleshooting

Problem Cause Remedy


1. Excessive axle noise while 1. Oil level too low. 1. Fill oil to correct level. Refer to
driving. Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

2. Axle and/or wheel end housings 2. Drain axle and/or wheel end
filled with incorrect oil or oil level housings and fill to correct level
low. with hydraulic oil. Refer to
Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

3. Incorrect alignment of ring and 3. Correct alignment by adding or


pinion gears. removing shims as needed.

4. Incorrect pinion (input) shaft 4. Correct bearing preload by


bearing preload. adding or removing shims as
needed.

5. Worn or damaged bearings. 5. Replace bearings as needed.

6. Worn or broken gear teeth. 6. Replace gears as needed.

7. Contamination in the axle. 7. Drain axle and/or wheel end


housings and fill to correct level
with hydraulic oil. Refer to
Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

8. Axle housing damaged. 8. Replace damaged parts.

2. Intermittent noise when 1. Universal joint(s) worn or 1. Repair or replace universal


traveling. damaged. joints as needed.

2. Differential ring and/or pinion 2. Determine cause and repair as


gears damaged. needed.

3. Vibration or intermittent noise 1. Drive shaft universal joint 1. Tighten capscrews to correct
when traveling. assembly(ies) incorrectly torque.
tightened.

2. Drive shaft universal joint(s) 2. Repair or replace universal


worn or damaged. joints as needed.

3. Drive shaft(s) damaged/ 3. Replace drive shaft(s) as


unbalanced. needed.

5-6 TL642C, TL943C


Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

Problem Cause Remedy


4. Oil leaking from axle 1. Drain and/or inspection plugs 1. Replace o-rings as needed and
(differential housing and/or loose and/or o-rings damaged tighten plugs to 130 Nm
axle housings). or missing. (96 lb-ft).

2. Hose fittings loose. 2. Tighten fittings.

3. Axle shaft seal damaged or 3. Replace seal and/or joint


missing and/or worn or coupling fork shaft (axle shaft).
damaged shaft sealing
surfaces.

4. Input shaft multi-seal ring 4. Replace o-rings as needed and


damaged or missing and/or tighten plugs to 96 lb-ft
worn or damaged pinion (input) (130 Nm).
shaft sealing surfaces.

5. Axle casing to brake housing 5. Replace o-rings and seals.


and/or brake housing to
differential assembly o-rings
and/or seals worn or damaged.

6. Axle housing mounting nuts and 6. Tighten housing nuts and


capscrews loose. capscrews to 390 Nm
(288 lb-ft).

7. Differential and/or axle 7. Replace housing(s) as needed.


housing(s) damaged.

5. Oil leaking from wheel end 1. Oil level plugs loose and/or 1. Replace o-rings as needed and
housing (planet carrier). o-rings damaged or missing. tighten plugs to 130 Nm
(96 lb-ft).

2. O-ring between hub and 2. Replace o-ring.


housing (planet carrier)
damaged or missing.

3. Shaft seal damaged or missing 3. Replace seal and/or fork joint


and/or worn or damaged shaft shaft.
sealing surfaces.

4. Housing capscrews loose. 4. Tighten housing capscrews to


55 Nm (41 lb-ft).

5. Housing (planet carrier) damaged. 5. Replace housing (planet carrier).

6. Oil leaking from steering 1. Hose fittings loose. 1. Tighten fittings.


cylinder.
2. Steering cylinder o-rings and/or 2. Replace o-rings and seals.
seals worn or damaged.

3. Piston rod seal worn or 3. Replace piston rod seal.


damaged.

4. Cylinder tube damaged. 4. Replace cylinder tube.

TL642C, TL943C 5-7


Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

Problem Cause Remedy


7. Axle overheating. 1. Oil level too high. 1. Fill oil to correct level with
hydraulic oil. Refer to Section
2.5, “Fluids and Lubricant
Capacities.”

2. Axle and/or wheel end housings 2. Drain axle and fill to correct
filled with incorrect oil or oil level with hydraulic oil. Refer to
contaminated or oil level low. Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

3. Dragging park brake. 3. Adjust park brake cable as


needed.

8. High steering effort required. 1. Steering (hydraulic) system not 1. Refer to Section 8.4, “Hydraulic
operating properly. Circuits.”

2. Excessive joint housing swivel 2. Correct bearing preload by


bearing preload. adding or removing shims as
needed.

3. Worn or damaged swivel 3. Replace swivel bearings as


bearings. needed.

9. Slow steering response. 1. Steering (hydraulic) system not 1. Refer to Section 8.4, “Hydraulic
operating properly. Circuits.”

2. Steering cylinder leaking 2. Repair or replace steering


internally. cylinder as needed.

10. Excessive noise when brakes 1. Brake discs worn. 1. Check brake discs for wear.
are engaged. Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

2. Brake discs damaged. 2. Replace brake discs.

11. Brakes will not engage. 1. Brake (hydraulic) system not 1. Refer to Section 8.7.3, “Service
operating properly. Brake Bleeding.”

2. Brake piston o-rings and seals 2. Replace o-rings and seals.


damaged (leaking).

12. Brakes will not hold the 1. Brake discs worn. 1. Check brake discs for wear.
machine or braking power Refer to Section 5.7, “Brakes.”
reduced.
2. Brake (hydraulic) system not 2. Refer to Section 8.7.3, “Service
operating properly. Brake Bleeding.”

3. Brake piston o-rings and seals 3. Replace o-rings and seals.


damaged (leaking).

5-8 TL642C, TL943C


Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

5.5 DRIVE SHAFTS


TO AXLE

5.5.1 Drive Shaft Inspection and Service


Inspect areas where the drive shaft flange yokes and slip
yokes mount to the drive shafts. Attempt to turn each
drive shaft in both directions. Look for excessive
looseness, missing parts, cracks or other damage. Worn TO 1 2
TRANSMISSION
or damaged drive shafts and cross and bearing
assemblies may cause an excessive amount of vibration
or noise.
3
Note: To ensure optimum performance, the drive shaft MT0350
assemblies are specially balanced as a unit at the 4
factory. When servicing any flange yoke, slip yoke or
drive shaft tube, order a complete assembly if 7. Remove the four bolts (1) and two straps (2)
components are bent or damaged. Refer to the securing the bearing cross to the transmission
appropriate parts manual for ordering information. output shaft flange. Discard bolts.
8. Remove the four bolts (3) and two straps (4)
Note: Any bolt removed from the drive shaft assembly
securing the bearing crosses to the axle. Discard
MUST be replaced. Do Not re-torque.
bolts.
5.5.2 Drive Shaft Maintenance 9. Remove the front drive shaft assembly.
Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids and Lubricant Capacities,” 10. Repeat the above procedure on the rear drive shaft.
for information regarding the lubrication of the grease
fittings on the drive shafts. 5.5.4 Drive Shaft Cleaning and Drying
5.5.3 Drive Shaft Removal 1. Disassemble and clean all parts using an approved
cleaning fluid. Allow to dry.
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom, 2. Remove any burrs or rough spots from all machined
place the transmission control lever in (N) NEUTRAL, surfaces. Re-clean and dry as required.
engage the park brake and shut the engine OFF. 5.5.5 Drive Shaft Installation
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key 1. Raise the drive shaft assembly into position. The
switch and steering wheel. slip-yoke end of the drive shaft mounts toward the
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to axle. If reinstalling a drive shaft previously removed,
cool. align the flange yokes according to the alignment
4. Properly disconnect the battery. marks made during removal.
5. Block the wheels. 2. Apply Loctite® 243TM to all mounting bolts.
6. The drive shaft assembly is a balanced assembly. 3. Install the two straps (2) and four new bolts (1)
Mark the yoke and axle, transmission and the shaft securing the bearing crosses to the transmission.
and slip yoke so that these components can be Torque bolts to 55-60 lb-ft (75-81 Nm).
returned to their original positions when reinstalled. 4. Install the two straps (2) and four new bolts (1)
Yokes at both ends of the drive shaft must be in the securing the bearing crosses to the axle. Torque
same plane to help prevent excessive vibration. bolts to 55-60 lb-ft (75-81 Nm).
5. Repeat the above procedure on the rear drive shaft.
6. Properly connect the battery.
7. Close and secure the engine cover.
8. Unblock the wheels.
9. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

TL642C, TL943C 5-9


Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

5.6 WHEELS AND TIRES 4. Place a suitable jack under the axle pad closest to
the wheel being removed. Raise the machine and
position a suitable support beneath the axle. Allow
WARNING sufficient room to lower the machine onto the
support and to remove the wheel and tire assembly.
Mismatched tire sizes, ply ratings or mixing of tire 5. Lower the machine onto the support.
types (radial tires with bias-ply tires) may compromise
machine stability and may cause machine to tip over. 6. Remove lug nuts and lug washers in an alternating
pattern.
It is recommended that a replacement tire to be the same 7. Remove the wheel and tire assembly from the
size, ply and brand as originally installed. Refer to the machine.
appropriate parts manual for ordering information. If not
using an approved replacement tire, It is recommended 5.6.2 Installing Wheel and Tire Assembly
that replacement tires have the following characteristics: onto Machine
• Equal or greater ply/load rating and size of original. 5
• Tire tread contact width equal or greater than
original.
• Wheel diameter, width and offset dimensions equal
to the original.
• Approved for the application by the tire manufacturer
(including inflation pressure and maximum tire load).
The rims installed have been designed for stability
requirements which consist of track width, tire pressure
and load capacity. Size changes such as rim width,
center piece location, larger or smaller diameter, etc.,
MY4190
without written factory recommendations, may result in
unsafe condition regarding stability. Note: If the machine is equipped with directional tire
Foam filled tires have a positive effect on the weight, assemblies, the wheel and tire assemblies must be
stability and handling characteristics of the machine, installed with the directional tread pattern “arrows” facing
especially under load. The use of hydrofill as a tire-fill in the direction of forward travel (5).
substance is not recommended because of possible Note: Verify valve stems face outward on all wheel and
environmental impact. tire assemblies.
Large-bore valve stems are used to help expedite tire 1. Position wheel onto studs on wheel end of axle.
inflation and deflation. An inner tube may be used if a tire
does not provide an airtight seal. Check tire inflation 2. Install wheel lug washers.
pressures when the tires are cold. When mounting a tire 3. Start all nuts by hand to prevent cross threading. DO
on the wheel, the tire must be mounted on the wheel NOT use a lubricant on threads or nuts.
respective of the directional tread pattern of the tire; this 1 8
produces a left or right tire and wheel assembly.

5.6.1 Removing Wheel and Tire Assembly 6 3


from Machine
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, fully
retract the boom, lower the boom, place the
9 10
transmission control lever in (N) NEUTRAL, engage
the park brake and shut the engine OFF.
2. Place an Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition
key switch and steering wheel. 4 5
3. Loosen but DO NOT remove the lug nuts on the
wheel and tire assembly to be removed.
7 2 MY4200

5-10 TL642C, TL943C


Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

4. Tighten lug nuts in an alternating pattern as 3. Carefully tighten each release screw a 1/4 turn at a
indicated in figure. Torque to 350-400 lb-ft time in sequence until all have been turned on full
(475-542 Nm). turn 360°.
5. Remove machine from supports. 4. Repeat steps 1 thru 3 for the other side of the
6. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the differential.
ignition key switch and the steering wheel. Note: After the machine has been towed to a secure
location, reactivate the parking brake. Carefully follow
the procedures from start to finish. Consult your local
service distributor or service department if you are
5.7 BRAKES
unsure about any part of the procedure, or for specific
Check the brake disks for wear every 1,000 hours of instructions concerning your particular situation.
operation or yearly.
5.8.2 Manually Resetting the Park Brake
For more information on brake disk inspection, refer to
the appropriate axle repair manual; Note: Block the wheels of the machine BEFORE
attempting to reset the machine’s park brake. Once the
TL642C
park brake is released the machine’s park brake AND
• Service Manual - P/N 31200162 service brakes are inoperable.
TL943C 5 5
• Service Manual - P/N 31200239

5.8 TOWING A DISABLED MACHINE


Towing a disabled machine should only be attempted as
a last resort, after exhausting all other options. Make
every effort to repair the machine, and move it under its 5
own power, before using the emergency towing 5 MZ1020

procedures outlined below.


Note: Block the wheels of the machine BEFORE 1. Loosen each release screw (5), only 1/4 turn at a
attempting to release the park brake. Once the park time, in sequence, until each screw has lost contact
brake is released the machine’s park brake AND service with the guide pin.
brakes are inoperable. 2. Remove the screws along with the nuts and seals.
Replace the seals, lubricate the screws with a
5.8.1 Manually Releasing the Park Brake silicone-based grease and re-install the screws
5 5 along with the nuts.
3. Adjust the nut of the screw heads in relation to the
arm by 1.26 in (32 mm).
4. Repeat steps 1 thru 3 for the other side of the
differential.
5. After repairs to the machine have been made, start
the machine and check the park brake and service
brakes for proper function.
5
5 MZ1020

1. Loosen the nuts of the screws (5) for the manual


release of the braking units. Draw the nuts back
approximately 6 mm.
2. Tighten the screws until they are gently seated on
the driving plate
TL642C, TL943C 5-11
Axles, Drive Shafts, Wheels and Tires

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

5-12 TL642C, TL943C


Section 6
Transmission

Contents

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE


6.1 Transmission Assembly Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.2 Transmission Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.3 Transmission Specifications and Maintenance Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.4 Transmission Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.4.1 Transmission Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.4.2 Transmission Inspection and Internal Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6.4.3 Transmission Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6.4.4 After Transmission Service or Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.5 Transmission Cooler Thermal By-Pass Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.5.1 Thermal By-pass Valve Cartridge Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.5.2 Thermal Bypass Valve Cartridge Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6.6 Torque Convertor Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6.6.1 Torque Convertor Diaphragm Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6.6.2 Torque Convertor Diaphragm Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6.7 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6.7.1 Transmission Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

TL642C, TL943C 6-1


Transmission

6.1 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY


COMPONENT TERMINOLOGY
To understand the safety, operation and maintenance
information presented in this section, it is necessary that
the operator/mechanic be familiar with the names and
locations of the major assemblies of the transmission.
The following illustration identifies the components that
are referred to throughout this section.

TRANSFER CASE BREATHER

SHIFT SOLENOIDS

TRANSFER CASE OIL


TRANSFER CASE OIL TRANSMISSION
FILL PLUG
DRAIN PLUG OIL DRAIN PLUG
TRANSMISSION OIL SHIFT SOLENOIDS
FILL TUBE AND
TRANSMISSION FILTER BREATHER

TRANSMISSION OIL
DIPSTICK

MAL1920

6-2 TL642C, TL943C


Transmission

6.4 TRANSMISSION REPLACEMENT

WARNING Cleanliness is of extreme importance. Before attempting


to remove the transmission, thoroughly clean the exterior
DO NOT service the machine without following all of the transmission to help prevent dirt from entering
safety precautions as outlined in Section 1, “Safety during the replacement process. Avoid spraying water or
Practices,” of this manual. cleaning solution onto or near the transmission shift
solenoids and other electrical components.
Note: These instructions cover only the routine
maintenance, removal, installation and troubleshooting 6.4.1 Transmission Removal
of the transmission. Refer to the local Caterpillar dealer
and the applicable Transmission Service Manual for
assistance with comprehensive transmission diagnosis,
repair and component replacement.
WARNING
NEVER lift a transmission alone; enlist the help of at
least one assistant or use a suitable hoist or overhead
crane and sling with a minimum lifting capacity of
6.2 TRANSMISSION SERIAL NUMBER 1000 lb (454 kg).
Note: The engine/transmission must be removed from
the machine before being able to separate the
1 transmission from the engine.
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in (N)
NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to cool.
4. Refer to Section 7.9.1, “Engine/Transmission
Removal,” for detailed removal instructions.
MAL1910
5. If not previously removed, remove the implement
pump. Refer to Section 8.6.1, “Pump Replacement.”
The transmission serial number plate is located on the
side of the transmission behind the oil dipstick.
Information on the serial number plate is required in
correspondence regarding the transmission.

6.3 TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONS


AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
For transmission, oil specifications and maintenance
information, refer to Section 2, “General Information and
Specifications.” MAL1930

Detailed transmission parts and service information can 3 2


be found in SIS Web.
6. Place a suitable receptacle under the transmission
drain plug (2). Remove the transmission drain plug
and allow the transmission oil to drain into the

TL642C, TL943C 6-3


Transmission

receptacle. Repeat the drain procedure with the 4. Turn the engine over slowly by hand and align each
transfer case (3). of the four torque convertor diaphragm bolts through
7. Transfer the used oil into a suitable container. Label the access cover in the bell housing. Install them
the container “Used Oil.” Dispose of used oil at an one at a time. DO NOT fully tighten until all of the
approved recycling facility. Clean and reinstall the capscrews and locknuts are in place. Torque to
drain plugs. 26-39 lb-ft (35-59 Nm). Replace access cover.

8. Remove the access cover from the bottom of the 5. If previously removed, install the implement pump.
engine bell housing. This will allow access to remove Refer to Section 8.6.1, “Pump Replacement.”
the six bolts holding the torque convertor diaphragm 6. Refer to Section 7.9.2, “Engine/Transmission
to the engine flywheel. Installation,” for detailed installation instructions.
9. Turn the engine over slowly by hand and align each 7. Fill the transmission. Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids
of the six torque convertor diaphragm bolts to be and Lubricant Capacities,” for proper capacity.
accessed. Remove them one at a time. 8. Properly connect the battery.
10. Connect a lifting strap or chain to the lifting eye at
Note: Check transmission oil level with engine at idle
the top of the transmission, and to a suitable hoist or
and transmission oil cold.
overhead crane.
11. Carefully separate the transmission from the engine. 9. Apply park brake, shift transmission control lever to
Avoid causing damage to the transmission or the (N) NEUTRAL position and lower the forks or
surrounding parts. attachment to the ground.

12. Lift the transmission clear of the machine, and lower 10. Open engine cover.
it onto suitable supports or secure it to a stand built 11. Remove the transmission dipstick (5) and check the
especially for transmission or engine service. Secure oil level. The oil level should be at the MAX line.
the transmission so that it will not move or fall. 12. Replace the transmission dipstick.

6.4.2 Transmission Inspection and Internal 13. If oil is low, Remove fill plug (4) and add oil as
Repair required.
14. Replace fill plug.
If replacing the entire transmission, transfer the
transmission temperature switch, mounting bracket and 15. Close and secure engine cover.
all fittings to the replacement transmission. The gear shift 16. Recheck all drain plugs, lines, connections, etc., for
solenoids are included with a new transmission. leaks, and tighten where necessary.

6.4.3 Transmission Installation

WARNING
NEVER lift a transmission alone; enlist the help of at
least one assistant or use a suitable hoist or overhead
crane and sling.
1. Install two guide studs near the top of the engine bell
housing.
2. Use a hoist or overhead crane and sling attached to
the lifting eye at the top of the transmission. Raise
and position the transmission behind the engine.
3. Align the torque converter, align the transmission
bolt holes with the two studs in the bell housing.
Install the twelve bolts and washers and torque to
53 lb-ft (72 Nm). Remove the two alignment studs
and install and torque the last two transmission
mounting bolts.

6-4 TL642C, TL943C


Transmission

6.4.4 After Transmission Service or 6.5 TRANSMISSION COOLER THERMAL


Replacement BY-PASS VALVE
In general:
1. Check the transmission oil level and add oil as 6.5.1 Thermal By-pass Valve Cartridge
required. Removal
2. Disconnect and clean all transmission cooler hoses. 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
When possible, remove transmission lines from the machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
machine for cleaning. place the transmission control lever in the (N)
3. Drain and flush the entire transmission cooling NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake, and
system. shut the engine OFF.
4. Thoroughly clean transmission filter screens and 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
cases, and replace transmission filter elements. switch and steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool.
4. Properly disconnect the battery.

2
4

MAL1930

MAL2170 5. Place a suitable container under the transmission


drain plug (1). Remove the transmission drain plug,
5. Fill the transmission. Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids and allow the transmission oil to drain into the
and Lubricant Capacities,” for proper capacity. receptacle.
6. Properly connect the battery. 6. Remove the transmission oil filter (2) and dispose of
Note: Check transmission oil level with engine at idle properly. Clean the filter mounting surface. Cover or
and transmission oil cold. cap the oil filter mount.
7. Apply park brake, shift transmission control lever to 7. Transfer the used transmission oil into a suitable,
the (N) NEUTRAL position and lower the forks or covered container, and label the container as “Used
attachment to the ground. Oil.” Dispose of used oil at an approved recycling
facility. Clean and reinstall the transmission and drop
8. Open engine cover. box drain plugs.
9. Remove the transmission dipstick (5) and check the 8. Place a suitable container beneath the transmission
oil level. The oil level should be at the MAX line. cooler fittings on the hydraulic cooler. Transfer any
10. Replace the transmission dipstick. transmission oil into a properly labeled container.
11. If oil is low, Remove fill plug (4) and add oil as Dispose of properly.
required.
12. Replace fill plug.
13. Close and secure engine cover.
14. Recheck all drain plugs, lines, connections, etc., for
leaks, and tighten where necessary.

TL642C, TL943C 6-5


Transmission

6.5.2 Thermal Bypass Valve Cartridge


5 4 Installation
1. Remove the plug and install the new cartridge (5) in
the thermal by-pass valve (4).
2. Uncap and connect the previously labeled
transmission oil cooler hoses (3) to the thermal
bypass valve.
3. Clean the transmission oil filter mounting surface.
4. Apply a thin film of clean hydraulic oil to the new
transmission filter gasket. Install the new filter and
torque to 20-25 lb-ft (27-34 Nm).
5. Fill the transmission. Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids
and Lubricant Capacities,” for proper capacity.
6. Properly connect the battery.
MAL2180
3 Note: Check transmission oil level with engine at idle
9. Label, disconnect and cap the transmission oil and transmission oil cold.
cooler hoses (3) at the thermal bypass valve (4). 7. Apply park brake, shift transmission control lever to
Cap all fittings and openings to prevent dirt and the (N) NEUTRAL position and lower the forks or
debris from entering. attachment to the ground.
10. Loosen and remove the cartridge (5) from the side of 8. Open engine cover.
the thermal bypass valve. Plug the opening to
9. Remove the transmission dipstick (5) and check the
prevent dirt and debris from entering the system.
oil level. The oil level should be at the MAX line.
10. Replace the transmission dipstick.
11. If oil is low, Remove fill plug (4) and add oil as
required.
12. Replace fill plug.
13. Close and secure engine cover.
14. Recheck all drain plugs, lines, connections, etc., for
leaks, and tighten where necessary.

6-6 TL642C, TL943C


Transmission

6.6 TORQUE CONVERTOR DIAPHRAGM

6.6.1 Torque Convertor Diaphragm


Removal
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the travel select lever in the (N) NEUTRAL
position, engage the parking brake, and shut the
engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and steering wheel.
Note: In order to remove the engine drive plate, the
engine and transmission must be separated.
3. Refer to Section 6.4.1, “Transmission Removal,” and
Section 7.9.1, “Engine Removal.”
8
7

6
5

MAL1950

4. Remove the six bolts holding the diaphragm to the


flywheel.
5. With the drive plate and torque converter removed,
loosen and remove the six bolts (5) holding the
support ring (6) and diaphragm (7) to the torque
converter (8).
6. Replace diaphragm if damaged.

6.6.2 Torque Convertor Diaphragm


Installation
1. Install the new diaphragm on the torque converter
and install the six bolts. Torque as required.
2. Mount the diaphragm/converter assembly to the
transmission. Torque as required.
3. Refer to Section 6.4.3, “Transmission Installation,”
and Section 7.9.2, “Engine Installation,” for the
remainder of the installation.
4. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

TL642C, TL943C 6-7


Transmission

6.7 TROUBLESHOOTING
This section provides an easy reference guide covering
the most common problems that may occur during
operation of the transmission.
Note: Contact the local Caterpillar dealer if internal
transmission repair is required during the warranty
period.
The transmission should be checked, serviced and
repaired only by experienced service technicians who are
aware of all safety instructions and particular component
features.

6.7.1 Transmission Troubleshooting

Problem Cause Remedy


1. Transmission will not engage 1. Oil level too high or low. 1. Fill transmission to correct level
or will not shift properly. with hydraulic oil. Refer to
Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

2. Transmission control lever not 2. Refer to Section 9.6, “Electrical


functioning properly and/or a System Schematics.”
fault in the wiring
harness.Transmission control
lever not functioning properly
and/or a fault in the wiring
harness.

3. Transmission valve body 3. Refer to Section 9.6, “Electrical


solenoids not functioning System Schematics.”
properly.

4. Pilot-operated shift valves not 4. Clean the valve spool and


operating properly. housing. Replace return spring
as needed.

5. Pump output pressure low. 5. Refer to Section 6.7.1,


“Transmission Troubleshooting,”
Problem 2. “Low or no pump
flow or pressure.”

6. Clutch piston o-rings damaged. 6. Replace o-rings.

7. Clutch discs worn or damaged. 7. Replace clutch discs.

8. Coupling shafts or gear teeth 8. Replace couplings.


damaged.

6-8 TL642C, TL943C


Transmission

Problem Cause Remedy


2. Low or no pump flow or 1. Low oil level. 1. Fill transmission to correct level
pressure. with hydraulic oil. Refer to
Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

2. Transmission filled with 2. Drain transmission and fill to


incorrect oil, or oil correct level with hydraulic oil.
contaminated. Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

3. Pump suction pipe screen 3. Clean, repair and/or replace


clogged. suction pipe.

4. Central shaft damaged. 4. Replace central shaft.

5. Pump worn or damaged. 5. Repair or replace pump


assembly.

3. Low clutch pressure. 1. Incorrect oil level. 1. Fill transmission to correct level
with hydraulic oil. Refer to
Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

2. Main pressure valve stuck open. 2. Clean the valve spool and
housing.

3. Broken or worn coupling shaft or 3. Replace coupling and/or o-rings.


piston o-rings.

4. Pressure reducing valve stuck 4. Clean the valve spool and


open. housing.

4. Lack of power. 1. Park or service brake dragging. 1. Refer to Section 8.4, “Hydraulic
Circuits.”

2. Low engine rpm causes 2. Adjust the engine rpm to


converter stall. specifications. Refer to Engine
Service Manual.

3. Pump output pressure is low. 3. Refer to Section 6.7.1,


“Transmission Troubleshooting,”
Problem 2. “Low or no pump
flow or pressure.”

4. Clutch discs worn or damaged. 4. Replace clutch discs.

5. Transmission overheating. 5. Refer to Section 6.7.1,


“Transmission Troubleshooting,”
Problem 5. “Transmission
overheating (oil above 248° F
(120° C)).”

TL642C, TL943C 6-9


Transmission

Problem Cause Remedy


5. Transmission overheating 1. Low oil level. 1. Fill transmission to correct level
(oil above 248° F (120° C)). with hydraulic oil. Refer to
Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

2. Clogged radiator. 2. Remove debris from the


radiator.

3. Transmission filled with 3. Drain transmission and fill to


incorrect oil, or oil correct level with hydraulic oil.
contaminated. Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

4. Excessive “roading.” 4. Stop and idle the engine.

5. Restriction in oil cooler hoses. 5. Replace cooler hoses.

6. Pump worn or damaged. 6. Repair or replace pump


assembly.

7. Thermal by-pass valve 7. Replace thermal by-pass valve


damaged or flow restricted. cartridge. Refer to Section 6.5,
“Transmission Cooler Thermal
By-Pass Valve.”

6. Grinding or “clunking” noise 1. Oil level too low. 1. Fill oil to correct level. Refer to
from transmission. Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

2. Transmission filled with 2. Drain transmission and fill to


incorrect oil. correct level with hydraulic oil.
Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.”

3. Incorrect clutch engagement. 3. Refer to Section 9.12.2,


“Transmission Solenoid Valves.”

4. Internal damage. 4. Repair or replace parts as


needed.

5. Broken drive plate. 5. Replace drive plate. Refer to


Section 7.10, “Engine Indicator
Lamps.”

6. Loose drive plate mounting 6. Tighten capscrews.


capscrews.

6-10 TL642C, TL943C


Transmission

Problem Cause Remedy


7. Oil leaking from transmission. 1. Oil leaking from vent (high oil 1. Remove drain plug and drain oil
level). as needed, until oil is at correct
level. Refer to Section 2.5,
“Fluids and Lubricant
Capacities.” Replace o-rings as
needed and tighten plugs to
130 Nm (96 lb-ft).

2. Drain plug loose and/or o-rings 2. Replace o-rings as needed and


damaged or missing. tighten plug to 35 Nm (26 lb-ft).

3. Hose fittings loose. 3. Tighten fittings.

4. Oil leaking at valve bodies 4. Replace gaskets and/or tighten


(possible valve body gaskets capscrews to 9,5 Nm (7 lb-ft).
damaged or missing and/or
mounting capscrews not tight).

5. Housing capscrews loose. 5. Tighten capscrews to 46 Nm


(34 lb-ft).

6. Oil leaking at pump (possible 6. Replace o-rings and/or tighten


pump-to-housing o-rings capscrews to 115 Nm (85 lb-ft).
missing or damaged, and/or
pump mounting capscrews not
tight).

7. Oil leaking at converter bell 7. Replace converter and/or input


(possible converter leak and/or shaft seal.
input shaft seal damage).

8. Oil leaking at output shaft 8. Replace output shaft seal.


(output shaft seal damaged).

9. Housing damaged. 9. Replace housing as needed.

TL642C, TL943C 6-11


Transmission

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

6-12 TL642C, TL943C


Section 7
Engine

Contents

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE


7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.1.1 Disclaimer and Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.1.2 Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.2 Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7.3 Specifications and Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7.4 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.4.1 Surge Tank Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.4.2 Thermostat Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.4.3 Radiator Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7.5 Engine Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
7.6 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7.6.1 Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7.6.2 Fuel Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7.6.3 After Fuel System Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.7 Engine Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.7.1 Exhaust System Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.7.2 Exhaust System Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
7.7.3 Exhaust System Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
7.7.4 Exhaust System Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
7.8 Air Cleaner Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
7.8.1 Air Cleaner Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
7.8.2 Air Cleaner Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
7.9 Engine Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
7.9.1 Engine/Transmission Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
7.9.2 Engine/Transmission Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
7.10 Engine Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

TL642C, TL943C 7-1


Engine

7.1 INTRODUCTION

WARNING
DO NOT service the machine without following all safety
precautions as outlined in Section 1, “Safety Practices,” of
this manual.

WARNING
Engine fuel lines are pressurized. DO NOT attempt repairs
unless specific training has been completed.

7.1.1 Disclaimer and Scope


These instructions are written for worldwide use. In
territories where legal requirements govern engine smoke
emission, noise, safety factors, etc., apply all instructions,
data and dimensions provided herein in such a way that
after maintenance, service and repair of the engine,
engine operation does not violate local regulations.
Note: These instructions cover only the routine
maintenance, removal, installation and troubleshooting
of the engine. Refer to the local Engine Distributor and
the applicable Engine Service Manual for assistance
with comprehensive engine diagnosis, repair and
component replacement. A gradual running-in (break-in)
of a new engine is not necessary. Full load can be
applied to a new engine as soon as the engine is put into
service and the coolant temperature is at least 140° F
(60° C). Extended light-load operation during the early
life of the engine is not recommended. DO NOT run the
engine at high, no-load speeds. DO NOT apply an
overload to the engine.

7-2 TL642C, TL943C


Engine

7.1.2 Component Terminology


To understand the safety, operation and maintenance
information presented in this section, it is necessary that
the operator/mechanic be familiar with the names and
locations of the engine components. The following
illustration identifies the components that are referred to
throughout this section.

S/N THG00150 & AFTER


S/N THH00150 & AFTER

THERMOSTAT
FUEL FILTER

OIL FILTER

TURBOCHARGER MAL1970

FUEL INJECTOR
ALTERNATOR STARTER
PUMP

S/N THL00150 & AFTER


S/N SXH00150 & AFTER

TURBOCHARGER
THERMOSTAT

FUEL INJECTOR ENGINE CONTROL


PUMP MODULE (ECM)

ALTERNATOR
FUEL FILTER

WATER PUMP

MAL1960

OIL FILTER STARTER

TL642C, TL943C 7-3


Engine

7.2 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER TL943C - THH00150 & After


• Full Service Manual (Not Available at Publication)
The serial number is stamped on top of the engine.
Information contained in the serial number is required in • Operation & Maintenance Manual
correspondence with the engine manufacturer. (P/N SEBU8727)
• Specifications (P/N UENR0619)
7.3 SPECIFICATIONS AND • System Operation Testing and Adjusting
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION (P/N UENR0620)

For engine, coolant and oil specifications, and • Disassembly and Assembly (Not Available at
maintenance information, refer to Section 2, “General Publication)
Information and Specifications.” • Parts Manual (Not Available at Publication)
Refer to Section 9.16, “Engine Diagnostic and Event • Schematic - Electrical (Not Available at Publication)
Codes,” for diagnostic codes and descriptions.
• Troubleshooting (P/N UENR0611)
Detailed engine service instructions are provided in the
following publications: TL943C - SXH00150 & After

TL642C - THG00150 & After • Full Service Manual (Not Available at Publication)

• Full Service Manual (Not Available at Publication) • Operation & Maintenance Manual
(P/N SEBU8180-01)
• Operation & Maintenance Manual
(P/N SEBU8727) • Specifications (P/N RENR9961)

• Specifications (P/N UENR0619) • System Operation Testing and Adjusting


(P/N RENR9965)
• System Operation Testing and Adjusting
(P/N UENR0620) • Disassembly and Assembly (P/N KENR6216-01)

• Disassembly and Assembly (Not Available at • Parts Manual (Not Available at Publication)
Publication) • Schematic - Electrical (P/N RENR9964-02)
• Parts Manual (Not Available at Publication) • Troubleshooting (P/N SENR9969-05)
• Schematic - Electrical (Not Available at Publication)
• Troubleshooting (P/N UENR0611)
TL642C - THL00150 & After
• Full Service Manual (KENR6217)
• Operation & Maintenance Manual
(P/N SEBU8180-01)
• Specifications (P/N RENR9961-01)
• System Operation Testing and Adjusting
(P/N RENR9965)
• Disassembly and Assembly (KENR6216-01)
• Parts Manual (Not Available at Publication)
• Schematic - Electrical (RENR9964-02)
• Troubleshooting (P/N SENR9969-05)

7-4 TL642C, TL943C


Engine

7.4 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


1
7.4.1 Surge Tank Cap
A 14 psi (1 Bar) cap is used on the surge tank. An
incorrect or malfunctioning cap can result in the loss of
coolant and a hot-running engine.

7.4.2 Thermostat Replacement


Before considering thermostat replacement, check the
coolant level, fan belt tension and instrument cluster
temperature indicator.
• If the engine seems to take a long time to warm
up, the thermostat may be stuck in the open posi- MAL1030
tion and requires replacement. TYPICAL THERMOSTAT

• If the engine runs hot, check the temperature of 7. Remove the capscrews securing the thermostat
the upper radiator hose. housing (1) to the engine.
• If the hose is not hot, the thermostat may be 8. Remove the thermostat housing, old gasket and
stuck in the closed position. thermostat. Clean all gasket surfaces. DO NOT let
• If the engine has overheated, performance may any debris into the thermostat opening.
suffer, indicating other damage including a leak-
Note: ALWAYS use the correct thermostat and install a
ing cylinder head gasket, cracked cylinder head
new gasket. NEVER operate the engine without a
or block, and/or other internal engine damage.
thermostat, or engine damage will result.
a. Thermostat Removal
b. Thermostat Installation
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
1. Install the engine thermostat, thermostat gasket and
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
thermostat housing. Secure with the two capscrews.
place the transmission control lever in the (N)
NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake, and 2. Connect the Engine Water Temperature sender.
shut the engine OFF. 3. Properly connect the battery.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key 4. Open the surge tank cap, and fill the system
switch and steering wheel. complete to the “Full Cold” level with coolant.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to Replace and tighten surge tank cap.
cool. 5. Run the engine to operating temperature. Visually
4. Properly disconnect the battery. check for leaks with the engine running. Check the
coolant level in the surge tank and fill, or drain, as
5. Slowly turn the surge tank cap and allow any
necessary.
pressure to escape. Remove the surge tank cap.
6. Close and secure the engine cover.
6. Place a funnel at the base of the radiator to channel
the drained coolant into the container. Loosen the 7. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
drain plug and slowly remove to allow the coolant to ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
drain. Transfer the coolant into a properly labeled
container. Dispose of properly if coolant needs to be
replaced. Replace the radiator drain plug.

TL642C, TL943C 7-5


Engine

7.4.3 Radiator Assembly Replacement


Before considering radiator or oil cooler replacement for
other than obvious damage, conduct a cooling system 5
pressure test check the coolant specific gravity, coolant
level, fan belt tension and dash panel temperature
indicator.
4
• If the engine runs hot, check the temperature of
the upper radiator hose.
• If the hose is not hot, the thermostat may be
stuck in the closed position.
• If the engine has overheated, performance may
suffer, indicating other damage including a leaking
cylinder head gasket, cracked cylinder head or
block, and/or other internal engine damage. 4

a. Radiator/Oil Cooler Removal


S/N THG00150 & After
S/N THH00150 & After
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the 3
2 1 MAL1980
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom, 3
place the transmission control lever in the (N)
NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake, and 8. Place a funnel at the base of the radiator to channel
shut the engine OFF. the drained coolant into a container. Loosen the
drain cock (1) to allow the coolant to drain. Transfer
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
the coolant into a properly labeled container.
switch and steering wheel.
Dispose of properly if coolant needs to be replaced.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to Tighten the radiator drain cock.
cool.
9. Remove drip shield plate (2).
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
10. Loosen and remove the nuts and washers from two
5. Remove the engine cover. isolator mounts at the bottom of the radiator (3).
6. Slowly turn the surge tank cap and allow any 11. Place a suitable container beneath the hydraulic oil
pressure to escape. Remove the surge tank cap. cooler fittings.Transfer any hydraulic oil into a
7. Place a suitable container beneath the radiator properly labeled container. Dispose of properly.
drain. 12. Label, disconnect and cap the four hydraulic cooler
hoses (4). Cap all fittings and openings to prevent
dirt and debris from entering the hydraulic system.
13. Loosen and remove the nut and washer (5) from the
top of the radiator.

7-6 TL642C, TL943C


Engine

21. Loosen and remove the three bolts from the radiator
6 fan shroud (12). Pull the fan shroud back and over
the fan assembly.
9 22. Carefully lift the radiator assembly out of the engine
7 compartment.
8 Note: If more clearance is needed to remove the
radiator, the engine fan may be removed for easier
access.
12
b. Radiator Assembly Installation
11

3 MAL2000

MAL1990
3

9 10 1. Place the radiator assembly in the engine


14. Label, disconnect and cap the hose attached to the compartment and secure using the previously used
surge tank (6). Remove the surge tank and mounting hardware (3).
plate. 6
15. Loosen the clamp (7) on the charge air cooler inlet
hose attached to the engine. 9
7
16. Loosen the clamps on both hoses attached to the
charge air cooler (8). Work the hoses and tubes off 8
the charge air cooler. Position the hoses and tubes
out of the way to allow radiator removal, or remove
the hoses and tubes from the engine. Plug and/or 12
cap the openings on the charge air cooler and tubes
to prevent dirt and debris from entering system.
11
17. Loosen the clamps on both hoses attached to the
radiator (9). Work the hoses off the radiator. Position
the hoses out of the way to allow radiator removal, or
remove the hoses from the engine. Inspect the
hoses, and replace if necessary. Plug and/or cap the
openings on the radiator and hoses to prevent dirt
and debris from entering system. 8
18. Place a suitable container beneath the transmission
cooler fittings.Transfer any transmission oil into a
properly labeled container. Dispose of properly. MAL1990

19. Label, disconnect and cap both transmission cooler 9 10


hoses at the radiator (10). Cap all fittings and
openings to prevent dirt and debris from entering the 2. Install the engine fan if previously removed.
transmission. 3. Install the radiator fan shroud (12) with the
20. Remove the fan guard (11). previously removed hardware.

TL642C, TL943C 7-7


Engine

4. Install the previously removed fan guard (11). coolant level in the surge tank and fill, or drain, as
5. Uncap and connect both transmission cooler hoses necessary.
at the radiator (10). 16. Close and secure the engine cover.
6. Uncap and install both radiator hoses (9) to the 17. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
radiator and tighten clamps. ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
7. Uncap and install both charge air cooler tubes (8) to
the radiator and tighten clamps. a. Radiator/Oil Cooler Removal

8. Tighten the clamp (7) on the charge air cooler inlet S/N THL00150 & After
hose attached to the engine. S/N SXH00150 & After
9. Install the surge tank (6) and mounting plate. Uncap 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
and connect the previously removed surge tank machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
hoses. place the transmission control lever in the (N)
NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake, and
shut the engine OFF.
5
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
4 cool.
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
5. Remove the engine cover.
6. Slowly turn the radiator cap to the first stop and allow
any pressure to escape. Remove the radiator cap.
7. Place a suitable container beneath the radiator
drain.
4
5

4
2 MAL1980

10. Install the previously removed nut and washer (5) to


the isolator mount at the top of the radiator.
Note: Verify proper clearance between the fan and the
fan shroud (12).
11. Uncap and connect the previously labeled hydraulic
oil cooler hoses to the hydraulic oil cooler fittings (4). 4
12. Install the previously removed drip shield plate (2).
13. Open the surge tank cap, and fill the system
complete to the “Full Cold” level with coolant.
Replace and tighten surge tank cap. Refer to
Section 2.5, “Fluids and Lubricant Capacities,” for 3 MAL2040
2 1
proper capacities. 3
14. Properly connect the battery. 8. Place a funnel at the base of the radiator to channel
15. Run the engine to operating temperature. Visually the drained coolant into a container. Loosen the
check for leaks with the engine running. Check the drain cock (1) to allow the coolant to drain. Transfer
the coolant into a properly labeled container.

7-8 TL642C, TL943C


Engine

Dispose of properly if coolant needs to be replaced. the hoses out of the way to allow radiator removal, or
Tighten the radiator drain cock. remove the hoses from the engine. Inspect the
9. Remove drip shield plate (2). hoses, and replace if necessary. Plug and/or cap the
openings on the radiator and hoses to prevent dirt
10. Loosen and remove the nuts and washers from two and debris from entering system.
isolator mounts at the bottom of the radiator (3).
18. Place a suitable container beneath the transmission
11. Place a suitable container beneath the hydraulic oil cooler fittings.Transfer any transmission oil into a
cooler fittings.Transfer any hydraulic oil into a properly labeled container. Dispose of properly.
properly labeled container. Dispose of properly.
19. Label, disconnect and cap both transmission cooler
12. Label, disconnect and cap the four hydraulic cooler hoses at the radiator (10). Cap all fittings and
hoses (4). Cap all fittings and openings to prevent openings to prevent dirt and debris from entering the
dirt and debris from entering the hydraulic system. transmission.
13. Loosen and remove the nut and washer (5) from the 20. Remove the fan guard (11).
top of the radiator.
21. Loosen and remove the two remaining bolts from the
6
radiator fan shroud (12). Pull the fan shroud back
and over the fan assembly.
9 22. Carefully lift the radiator assembly out of the engine
compartment.
8
Note: If more clearance is needed to remove the
radiator, the engine fan may be removed for easier
12 access.

11 b. Radiator Assembly Installation

12

3 MAL2000

MAL2050 3
9 10
1. Place the radiator assembly in the engine
14. Label, disconnect and cap the hose attached to the compartment and secure using the previously used
surge tank (6). Remove the surge tank and mounting hardware (3).
plate.
15. TL943C Only - Loosen the clamp (7) on the charge
air cooler inlet hose attached to the radiator.
16. TL943C Only - Loosen the clamps on both hoses
attached to the charge air cooler (8). Work the hoses
and tubes off the charge air cooler. Position the
hoses and tubes out of the way to allow radiator
removal, or remove the hoses and tubes from the
engine. Plug and/or cap the openings on the charge
air cooler and tubes to prevent dirt and debris from
entering system.
17. Loosen the clamps on both hoses attached to the
radiator (9). Work the hoses off the radiator. Position

TL642C, TL943C 7-9


Engine

6
5
9

8
4

12

11

4
12

3 MAL2040
MAL2050 2 1
9 10 3

2. Install the engine fan if previously removed. 10. Install the previously removed nut and washer (5) to
the isolator mount at the top of the radiator.
3. Install the radiator fan shroud (12) with the
previously removed hardware. Note: Verify proper clearance between the fan and the
fan shroud (12).
4. Install the previously removed fan guard (11).
5. Uncap and connect both transmission cooler hoses 11. Uncap and connect the previously labeled hydraulic
at the radiator (10). oil cooler hoses to the hydraulic oil cooler fittings (4).

6. Uncap and install both radiator hoses (9) to the 12. Install the previously removed drip shield plate (2).
radiator and tighten clamps. 13. Open the surge tank cap, and fill the system
7. TL943C Only - Uncap and install both charge air complete to the “Full Cold” level with coolant.
cooler tubes (8) to the radiator and tighten clamps. Replace and tighten surge tank cap. Refer to
Section 2.5, “Fluids and Lubricant Capacities,” for
8. TL943C Only - Tighten the clamp (7) on the charge proper capacities.
air cooler inlet hose attached to the engine.
14. Properly connect the battery.
9. Install the surge tank (6) and mounting plate. Uncap
and connect the previously removed surge tank 15. Run the engine to operating temperature. Visually
hoses. check for leaks with the engine running. Check the
coolant level in the surge tank and fill, or drain, as
necessary.
16. Close and secure the engine cover.
17. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

7.5 ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


The engine electrical system, including the starter,
alternator and primary wiring, is described in Section 9.6,
“Electrical System Schematics.”

7-10 TL642C, TL943C


Engine

7.6 FUEL SYSTEM 7.6.2 Fuel Tank


Note: The fuel tank is a one piece unit. It is located on the
7.6.1 Diesel Fuel rear of the cab. If it is determined that the fuel tank must be
removed, the fuel must be drained before tank removal.
Fuel represents a major portion of machine operating
Always dispose of fuel properly.
costs and therefore must be used efficiently. ALWAYS
use a premium brand of high-quality, clean diesel fuel. a. Fuel Tank Removal
Low cost, inferior fuel can lead to poor performance and
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
expensive engine repair.
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
Note: Use only diesel fuel designed for diesel engines. place the transmission control lever in the (N)
Some heating fuels contain harmful chemicals that can NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake, and
seriously affect engine efficiency and performance. shut the engine OFF.
Note: Due to the precise tolerances of diesel injection 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
systems, keep the fuel clean, and free of dirt and water. switch and steering wheel.
Dirt and water in the fuel system can cause severe 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
damage to both the injection pump and the injection cool.
nozzles. Use ASTM #2 diesel fuel with a minimum Cetane
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
rating of 40. #2 diesel fuel gives the best economy and
performance under most operating conditions. Fuels Note: If replacing the tank, remove all internal and
with Cetane numbers higher than 40 may be needed in external components from the old tank, and retain for
high altitudes or extremely low ambient temperatures to use on the replacement tank.
help prevent misfiring and excessive smoking.
Note: Have a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher
Inform the owner/operator of the machine to use #2 near the work area.
diesel fuel, unless ambient temperatures are below 32° F
(0° C). When temperatures are below 32° F (0° C), a 6
blend of #1 diesel and #2 diesel fuels (known as 5
“winterized” #2 diesel) may be used.
Note: #1 diesel fuel may be used, however, fuel
economy will be reduced.Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities,”
THG00150 & After
THH00150 & After
Use a ultra low sulfur content fuel with a cloud point (the
temperature at which wax crystals form in diesel fuel) at
least 10° below the lowest expected fuel temperature.
The viscosity of the fuel must be kept above
1
1.3 centistrokes to provide adequate fuel system
3
lubrication.
THL00150 & After 4
SXH00150 & After 2
MY4230
Use a low sulfur content fuel with a cloud point (the
temperature at which wax crystals form in diesel fuel) at 5. Remove fuel tank drain plug (1), and drain fuel into
least 10° below the lowest expected fuel temperature. an approved, clean and suitable container. Dispose
The viscosity of the fuel must be kept above of fuel properly if contaminated.
1.3 centistrokes to provide adequate fuel system
lubrication. 6. Label, disconnect and cap the supply fuel line (2)
from the bottom of the fuel tank.
7. Label, disconnect and cap the return fuel line (3)
from the bottom of the fuel tank.
8. Disconnect the fuel gauge harness (4).

TL642C, TL943C 7-11


Engine

9. Remove screws securing fuel sender (5) to the tank. 2. With the fuel tank removed from the machine, plug
Remove fuel sender from tank. all openings except one elbow fitting. Install the
10. Remove the bolts on the fuel tank hold down bar (6). elbow fitting, and apply approximately 1-1.5 psi
(7-10 kPa) of air pressure through the elbow. Check
11. Lift the empty fuel tank from the rear of the cab the reservoir for leaks by applying a soap solution to
the exterior and look for bubbles to appear at the
b. Disassembly cracked or damaged area.
The fuel tank is a one-piece unit and cannot be
disassembled. The fuel level indicator can be removed and f. Fuel Tank Installation
reused on the new replacement tank. Dispose of the old 1. Set fuel tank in its original orientation at the rear of
tank according to local regulations concerning hazardous the cab.
materials disposal.
2. Install the fuel tank hold down bar.
c. Cleaning and Drying 3. Install the fuel sender with new gasket into the fuel
tank and secure with screws. DO NOT overtighten.
If contaminated fuel or foreign material is in the tank, the
tank can usually be cleaned. 4. Connect the previously labeled fuel hoses to their
appropriate locations. Secure with clamps.
Note: If a leak is suspected in the fuel tank, contact your
local Service Department. 5. Connect the fuel gauge harness.
6. Fill the fuel tank according to specifications.Refer to
To clean the fuel tank:
Section 2.5, “Fluids and Lubricant Capacities.”
1. Have a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher near
7. Check fuel tank for leaks.
the work area.
8. Properly connect the battery.
2. Remove the fuel or oil tank drain plug, and safely
drain any fuel into a suitable container. Dispose of 9. Close and secure the engine cover.
fuel properly. 10. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
3. Clean the fuel tank with a high-pressure washer, or ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
flush the tank with hot water for five minutes and
drain the water. Dispose of contaminated water 7.6.3 After Fuel System Service
properly. 1. Drain and flush the fuel tank if it was contaminated.
4. Add a diesel fuel emulsifying agent to the tank. Refer 2. Vent air from the fuel system in accordance with the
to the manufacturer’s instructions for the correct instructions found in the appropriate Operation &
emulsifying agent-to-water mixture ratio. Refill the Maintenance Manual.
tank with water, and agitate the mixture for 10
minutes. Drain the tank completely. Dispose of 3. Fill the fuel tank with fresh, clean diesel fuel as required.
contaminated water properly.
7.7 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
5. Refill the fuel tank with water until it overflows.
Completely flush the tank with water. Empty the fuel
tank, and allow it to dry completely. 7.7.1 Exhaust System Removal
S/N THG00150 & After
d. Assembly
S/N THH00150 & After
The fuel level indicator can be removed and reused on the 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
new replacement tank. Dispose of the old tank according machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
to local regulations concerning hazardous materials place the transmission control lever in the (N)
disposal regulations. NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake, and
shut the engine OFF.
e. Inspection
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
Note: If a leak is suspected in the fuel tank, contact your switch and steering wheel.
local Service Department.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids and
1. Inspect the fuel tank thoroughly for any cracks, the exhaust system to cool.
slices, leaks or other damage.
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
7-12 TL642C, TL943C
Engine

13. Loosen and remove clamp (16) from between the


2 DPF muffler (17) and turbo charger.
14. Loosen and unlatch both DPF muffler clamps (18).
15. Remove the DPF muffler (17).

1 7.7.2 Exhaust System Installation


Note: Keep all clamps loosened until entire exhaust
system is in place.
1. Install the DPF muffler (17) and secure with the
previously loosened clamps (19).
2. Install clamp (16) securing the DPF muffler (17) to
12
the turbo charger(18).
3. Connect the two tube fitting connections (15) to the
10 DPF muffler.
4 6
4. Connect the three DPF muffler sensor connections
(14) and secure.
3
13 5 8 5. Install exhaust pipe (13) and install clamp (12).
MAL2010
9
6. Install new flex pipe (8) and install clamp (11).
11 7
7. Install exhaust pipe (7) and install clamp (10).
5. Remove the exhaust heat shield (1).
8. Install exhaust pipe (6) and install clamp (9).
6. Loosen and remove clamps (2, 3, 4 & 5) securing
9. Install clamps (2, 3, 4 & 5) securing the exhaust pipe
the exhaust pipe sections (6, 7 & 8) to the frame
sections (6, 7 & 8) to the frame mounted brackets.
mounted brackets.
10. Adjust the muffler and exhaust pipes for proper
7. Loosen clamp (9) and remove exhaust pipe (6).
clearance then tighten all clamps.
8. Loosen clamp (10) and remove exhaust pipe (7).
11. Install the exhaust heat shield (1).
9. Loosen clamp (11) and remove and discard flex pipe
12. Properly connect the battery.
(8).
13. Start engine and check for exhaust leaks at all
10. Loosen clamp (12) and remove exhaust pipe (13).
exhaust connections. Adjust as needed.
14 14. Close and secure the engine cover.
15
15. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
17 ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

15 7.7.3 Exhaust System Removal


S/N THL00150 & After
16 S/N SXH00150 & After
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in the (N)
18 NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake, and
shut the engine OFF.
18 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
MAL2030
switch and steering wheel.
11. Disconnect the three DPF muffler sensor 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids and
connections (14). Remove any nylon ties. the exhaust system to cool.
12. Disconnect the two tube fitting connections (15) on 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
the DPF muffler.

TL642C, TL943C 7-13


Engine

4. Install clamp (7) securing the exhaust pipe (8) to the


4 frame at the side of the engine pod.
2 11 10 5. Install exhaust pipe (6) and secure with clamp (9).
6. Install clamp (5) securing the exhaust pipe (6) to the
frame at the bottom rear corner of the engine pod.
3 13 7. Install the muffler (3) to the exhaust pipe (6).
12 8. Install the tail pipe (4) to the muffler (3).
2
9. Install the clamps (2) securing the tail pipe (4),
1 muffler (3) and exhaust pipe (6) to the frame
7 mounted brackets.
5
6 10. Adjust the muffler, exhaust and tail pipes for proper
clearance then tighten all clamps.
MAL2020 11. Install the exhaust heat shield (1).
9 8 12. Properly connect the battery.
5. Remove the exhaust heat shield (1). 13. Start engine and check for exhaust leaks at all
6. Loosen and remove both clamps (2) securing the exhaust connections. Adjust as needed.
muffler (3) to the frame mounted brackets. 14. Close and secure the engine cover.
7. Remove the tail pipe (4) from the muffler. 15. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
8. Remove the muffler (3). ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

9. Loosen and remove clamp (5) securing the exhaust


7.8 AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY
pipe (6) to the frame at the bottom rear corner of the
engine pod.
10. Loosen and remove clamp (7) securing the exhaust
pipe (8) to the frame at the side of the engine pod.
CAUTION
11. Loosen and remove clamps (9&10) from the exhaust NEVER run the engine with only the inner safety
pipe (8). element installed.
12. Loosen and remove clamps (11) from the exhaust Note: Refer to the appropriate Operation &
flex pipe (12). Maintenance Manual for your machine for the correct
13. Remove the exhaust pipe (6 & 8) and flex pipe (12). element change procedure.
Discard flex pipe.
7.8.1 Air Cleaner Assembly Removal
Note: Removal of the turbo charger heat shields may be
required to access exhaust pipe bolts. 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
14. Disconnect and remove the three bolts securing the place the transmission control lever in the (N)
flange pipe (13) to the turbo charger. Remove the NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake, and
flange pipe from the turbo charger. shut the engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
7.7.4 Exhaust System Installation
switch and steering wheel.
Note: Keep all clamps loosened until entire exhaust 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
system is in place. cool.
1. Install the flange pipe (13) with a new seal to the 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
turbo charger.
2. Install new flex pipe (12) and clamp (11&10) to the
flange pipe (13) at the turbo charger.
3. Install the exhaust pipe (8) to the flex pipe (12).

7-14 TL642C, TL943C


Engine

7.9 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

16
7.9.1 Engine/Transmission Removal

WARNING
17 NEVER lift the engine/transmission alone; enlist the
help of at least one assistant or use a suitable hoist or
14
overhead crane and sling with a minimum lifting
capacity of 2000 lb (454 kg).
15
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in the (N)
NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake, and
shut the engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
MAL1560 switch and steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
5. Remove the clamp (14) securing the air intake elbow cool.
(15) to the air cleaner assembly (16). Pull the air
intake elbow off the air cleaner. 4. Thoroughly clean the transmission and surrounding
area, including all hoses and fittings, before
6. Remove the capscrews and nuts securing the air proceeding.
cleaner mounting bracket (17) to the air cleaner
mounting plate. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 5. Properly disconnect and remove the battery.
Properly disconnect and remove the second battery
7.8.2 Air Cleaner Assembly Installation if equipped.
6. Remove the engine cover. Mark the position of the
Note: Apply Loctite® 242TMto the capscrew threads
cover to help with cover adjustment when being
before installation.
reinstalled.
1. Install the air cleaner assembly (16) to the cab 7. Remove the oil pan cover underneath the engine
mounting plate with the previously removed compartment.
hardware (17).
8. Remove the transmission-to-axle drive shafts. Refer
2. Place the loosened clamp (14) over the air outlet to Section 5.4, “Axle Replacement.”
elbow (15) and install elbow on the air cleaner
assembly. 9. Drain the hydraulic oil reservoir. Refer to Section
8.5.1, “Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Draining.”
3. Adjust and tighten the clamp.
10. Drain and remove the radiator assembly. Refer to
4. Properly connect the battery. Section 7.4.3, “Radiator Assembly Replacement.”
5. Close and secure the engine cover. 11. Remove the heater hoses attached to the engine (if
6. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the equipped).
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
Note: The engine harness is routed and attached to the
engine using hold-down clamps and plastic wire ties at
various places on the engine. Before removing the
engine/transmission, ensure that the harness has been
completely separated (disconnected) from the engine.
Move the harness clear of the engine, and with the help
of an observer, ensure that the engine/transmission
clears the harness during removal.
12. Label and disconnect all electrical wire connections
on the engine/transmission.
TL642C, TL943C 7-15
Engine

13. Label and disconnect all hoses on the engine and 21. Place engine/transmission on a flat, level surface.
transmission. Plug and/or cap all fittings and
openings to keep dirt and debris from entering the 7.9.2 Engine/Transmission Installation
hydraulic system.
1. Secure the engine/transmission with a lifting strap or
14. Label, disconnect and cap the fuel inlet line at the in- chain from the front and rear engine lift brackets
line fuel filter. (1 & 2) and to the transmission lift bracket (3). Lift the
15. Label, disconnect and cap the two remaining fuel engine/transmission clear of the ground.
hoses on the engine. Note: Apply Loctite® 242TM to the engine/transmission
16. S/N THG00150 & After mount brackets bolts before installation.
S/N THH00150 & After
2. Lift the engine/transmission and slowly push and
Remove the DPF muffler assembly. Refer to Section
lower into the engine bay. Have an assistant ensure
7.7.1, “Exhaust System Removal.”
that the engine/transmission clears the frame, hose
S/N THL00150 & After and harness components during engine installation.
S/N SXH00150 & After Position engine/transmission brackets over the
Remove exhaust assembly. Refer to Section 7.7.3, frame mounts.
“Exhaust System Removal.”
3. Align the engine/transmission mount holes, install
17. Loosen the clamp on the air suction pipe at the the bolts and lower into place. Torque to
engine turbocharger and pull the air suction tube 125-140 lb-ft (169-190 Nm).
away from the turbocharger.
4. Remove the lift brackets (1 & 3)
1
5. S/N THG00150 & After
2 S/N THH00150 & After
Install the DPF muffler assembly and exhaust. Refer
to Section 7.7.2, “Exhaust System Installation.”
S/N THL00150 & After
3 S/N SXH00150 & After
Install the exhaust assembly. Refer to Section 7.7.4,
“Exhaust System Installation.”
6. Install the air suction pipe to the turbocharger and
tighten clamp.
7. Uncap and connect the fuel inlet line at the in-line
fuel filter.
8. Uncap and connect the two remaining fuel hoses on
the engine.
9. Connect all the previously labeled electrical wire
connections on the engine/transmission.
MAL2160
10. Uncap and connect all the previously labeled hoses
18. Use a suitable hoist or overhead crane, secure the to the engine/transmission. Torque as required.
engine/transmission with a lifting strap or chain from 11. Install both heater hoses to the engine and tighten
the front and rear engine lift brackets (1 & 2) and to clamps (if equipped).
the transmission lift bracket (3).
12. Install the complete radiator assembly. Refer to
Note: The lifting brackets (1 & 3) are NOT included with Section 7.4.3, “Radiator Assembly Replacement.”
the engine/transmission.
13. Fill the hydraulic oil reservoir. Refer to Section 8.5.2,
19. Remove the four bolts and washers securing the “Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Filling.”
engine/transmission mounts. 14. Install the transmission-to-axle drive shafts. Refer to
20. Slowly lift and pull the engine/transmission out of the Section 5.5.5, “Drive Shaft Installation.”
machine. Have an assistant ensure that the engine/ 15. Install the engine cover and adjust.
transmission clears all frame components during
removal. 16. Install and properly connect the battery.

7-16 TL642C, TL943C


Engine

17. Check that all hydraulic system, electrical system,


cooling system, fuel system and exhaust system
connections are correct and connected tightly.
Note: Have an assistant stand by with a Class B fire
extinguisher.
18. Start the engine and run to normal operating
temperature then shut off the engine. While the
engine is cooling, check for leaks.
19. Allow the engine to cool. Check the surge tank
coolant level, and top off with a mixture of ethylene
glycol and water. Replace the surge tank cap.
20. Check for leaks from the engine, main hydraulic
pump and lines, transmission, hydraulic reservoir
and fuel tank. Check the levels of all fluids and
lubricants. Fill as required.
Note: During the full throttle check:
• DO NOT operate any hydraulic function.
• DO NOT steer or apply any pressure to the steering
wheel.
• Keep the transmission in (N) NEUTRAL.
21. Obtain and connect an appropriate engine analyzer
or tachometer. Check the engine rpm at full throttle.
22. Purge the hydraulic system of air by operating all
boom functions through their entire range of motion
several times. Check the hydraulic oil level.
23. Check for proper operation of all components.
24. Turn the engine OFF.
25. Install the oil pan cover underneath the engine
compartment.
26. Close and secure the engine cover.
27. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

TL642C, TL943C 7-17


Engine

7.10 ENGINE INDICATOR LAMPS

Engine Check
Warning Engine Indication Description Engine Status Operator Action
(orange) (red)
When the ignition is turned to the ON Key on but engine has If any of the indicators
position, the indicators will illuminate yet to be cranked. will not illuminate
for 2 seconds and then go OFF. during indicator
ON ON
During the indicator check, the after check, the fault must
treatment indicators will also be be investigated
checked. immediately.
With the engine running, there are no Engine is running with no None
OFF OFF active warnings, diagnostics or detected faults.
events.
Level 1
Should the warning indicator Engine is running The fault should be
ON illuminate during engine running, this normally but has one or investigated as soon
OFF
SOLID indicates that an Active diagnostic more faults with engine as possible.
(Electrical fault) is present. management system.
Level 2
Should the warning indicator Engine is running but Stop the engine and
illuminate and the check engine there are active investigate the code.
FLASH OFF indicator flash during engine running, diagnostic or event
this indicates that an active codes. Derate to engine
diagnostic is present. power may be applied.
Level 3
Level 3 warning if both the warning Engine continues to Stop the engine
indicator and the check engine operate, but the level of immediately.
indicator are illuminated, this issue importance of the Investigate the fault.
indicates one of the following warning has increased.
conditions: If shut down is not
ON 1. One or more of the shutdown enabled, the engine
FLASH
SOLID values for the engine protection could be damaged if
strategy has been exceeded. continued to be
2. A serious active diagnostic code operated.
has been detected.
3. After a short time period, the
engine may shut down.

7-18 TL642C, TL943C


Section 8
Hydraulic System

Contents

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE


8.1 Hydraulic Component Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.2 Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8.3 Hydraulic Pressure Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8.3.1 Pressure Checks and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8.4 Hydraulic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8.4.1 Hydraulic Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8.4.2 Tilt Circuit Port Relief Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8.4.3 Hydraulic Schematic - TL642C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
8.4.4 Hydraulic Schematic - TL943C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8.5 Hydraulic Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8.5.1 Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8.5.2 Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8.5.3 Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8.6 Engine Implement Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8.6.1 Pump Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8.7 Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8.7.1 Main Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8.7.2 Service Brake Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8.7.3 Service Brake Bleeding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8.7.4 Steering Orbitrol Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
8.7.5 Steer Select Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
8.7.6 Outrigger Valve (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8.8 Hydraulic Cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
8.8.1 General Cylinder Removal Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
8.8.3 Cylinder Pressure Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
8.8.4 Steering Cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
8.9 Cylinder Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
8.9.1 TL642C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
8.9.2 TL943C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

TL642C, TL943C 8-1


Hydraulic System

8.1 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT


TERMINOLOGY
To understand the safety, operation and service
information presented in this section, it is necessary that
the operator/mechanic be familiar with the name and
location of the hydraulic components of the machine. The
following illustration identifies the components that are
referred to throughout this section.

COMPENSATION
CYLINDER
LIFT/LOWER
CYLINDER
EXTEND/RETRACT
CYLINDER
(inside boom)

OUTRIGGER
CYLINDERS
(if equipped)

MAIN CONTROL
VALVE

HYDRAULIC FLUID
RESERVOIR

IMPLEMENT
PUMP

FRAME LEVEL
CYLINDER

MAL2490
TILT CYLINDER

8-2 TL642C, TL943C


Hydraulic System

8.2 SAFETY INFORMATION Some hydraulic functions are actuated by interfacing with
electrical system components (switches, solenoids and
sensors). When the hydraulic system is not functioning
WARNING properly, check the electrical aspect of the malfunctioning
circuit also. Refer to Section 9.7, “Circuit Breakdowns,” in
DO NOT service the machine without following all this manual.
safety precautions as outlined in Section 1, “Safety
Practices,” of this manual.

Petroleum-based hydraulic fluids are used in this 8.3 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE DIAGNOSIS
machine. The temperature of hydraulic fluid increases
during the operation of various hydraulic functions. A 8.3.1 Pressure Checks and Adjustments
heated petroleum-based hydraulic fluid presents a fire
hazard, especially when an ignition source is present. When diagnosing trouble in the hydraulic system, use the
Hydraulic fluid has a flash point that ranges from hydraulic testing information in Section 8.4.1, “Hydraulic
300-600° F (150-318° C) and an auto-ignition temperature Pressures.”
of 500-750° F (262-402° C). In general, follow the steps below whenever conducting
Accordingly, periodically inspect all hydraulic system pressure checks and performing adjustments:
components, hoses, tubes, lines, fittings, etc. Carefully 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface. Engage
examine any deterioration and determine whether any the park brake, place the transmission control lever
further use of the component would constitute a hazard. in (N) NEUTRAL, level the boom and turn the engine
If in doubt, replace the component. OFF.
Operate the hydraulic controls after the engine has 2. The test port is located at the top right corner of the
stopped to relieve trapped pressure. main control valve. Install a pressure gauge capable
of measuring at least 10% more pressure than that
Note: Residual pressure may remain in hydraulic
which the circuit being checked operates under.
cylinders, hoses, valve bodies, components, etc. If the
hydraulic lines going to or coming from a component are 3. Start the engine. Operate machine functions several
taut, slowly and cautiously relieve (“bleed off”) pressure. times to allow hydraulic oil to reach operating
temperature. The hydraulic oil temperature should
Whenever you disconnect a hydraulic line, coupler, fitting be between 100-120°F (38-49° C). If a temperature
or other component, slowly and cautiously loosen the part gauge or thermometer is unavailable, the hydraulic oil
involved. A hissing sound or slow seepage of hydraulic reservoir should be warm to the touch.
fluid may occur in most cases. After the hissing sound
has ceased, continue removing the part. Any escaping oil 4. Refer to Section 8.4.1, “Hydraulic Pressures,” for
should be directed into an appropriate container. Cap or testing procedures.
otherwise block off the part to prevent further fluid seepage. 5. Fully depress the accelerator pedal if required. Place
Hydraulic system maintenance will, at times, require that and hold the joystick in the position needed to
the engine be operated. Always follow safety precautions. operate the particular machine function being
checked. Continue holding the joystick in position
A major cause of hydraulic component failure is until pressure readings are taken.
contamination. Keeping the hydraulic fluid as clean as
possible will help avoid downtime and repairs. Sand, grit 6. Check the pressure gauge reading. It should read as
and other contaminants can damage the finely machined specified in the Pressure Readings column of the
surfaces within hydraulic components. If operating in an charts found in Section 8.4.1, “Hydraulic Pressures.”
exceptionally dirty environment, change filters and If the reading is not as specified, turn the engine
inspect the fluid more often. When servicing the system, OFF and check other components in the system.
cap or plug hydraulic fittings, hoses and tube assemblies. Verify that all related hydraulic components and
Plug all cylinder ports, valves and the hydraulic reservoir, electrical switches, sensors, solenoids, etc. are
and pump openings until installation occurs. Protect operating correctly.
threads from contamination and damage. 7. Adjust the relief valve by turning the adjustment
screw. Turning clockwise will increase the pressure;
turning the screw counterclockwise will decrease the
pressure.

TL642C, TL943C 8-3


Hydraulic System

8. Start the engine and check the pressure again. Turn b. Adjusting Hydraulic Pressure
the engine OFF. If there is pressure reading in the
1. Shut the machine off. Remove the cap on the relief
gauge, bleed it off then disconnect or remove the
(if necessary).
pressure gauge from the machine.
2. Start the machine and loosen the jam nut on the
relief. Turn the relief clockwise to increase pressure
or counter-clockwise to decrease pressure. Set to
8.4 HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS the correct pressure.
This section covers the hydraulic circuits and includes 3. Tighten the jam nut and recheck the pressure at full
listings for all hydraulic function pressures, where and throttle. If the reading is within specification, shut the
how to check those pressures and a hydraulic schematic. machine off, install the safety cap and remove the
gauge from the test port.
Electrical and hydraulic functions are often related. Verify
that the electrical components of the circuit are 4. If the proper pressure cannot be set, use the
functioning properly whenever troubleshooting the accompanying hydraulic schematic and/or the
hydraulic circuit. electrical schematic to help troubleshoot and correct
the problem.
Always check the following before beginning to
troubleshoot a circuit that is not functioning correctly.
8.4.2 Tilt Circuit Port Relief Adjustment
1. Check the hydraulic oil level in the reservoir. Oil level
should be to the middle of the sight glass with all The following procedure is specific to the tilt circuit only
cylinders retracted. and should be performed and verified if the main and/or
load sense circuits pressures are in question.
2. Check hoses, tubes, fittings and other hydraulic
components for leaks, bends, kinks, interference, etc. 1. Remove any attachment from the quick coupler
assembly. Refer to the Operation & Maintenance
3. Check for air in the hydraulic system. Erratic machine Manual for attachment removal information.
performance and/or spongy cylinder operation are
signs of air in the hydraulic system. 2. Raise the boom for access to the compensation
cylinder.
If air in the hydraulic system is suspected, you will
hear air leakage when hydraulic fittings are loosened
and see air bubbles in the hydraulic fluid. 1
Loose fittings, faulty o-rings or seals, trapped oil,
leaks, system opened for service, etc., can cause air
in the system. Determine what is causing air to enter 2
the system and correct it. Bleed air from the system.

8.4.1 Hydraulic Pressures

a. Checking Pressures
MY4500
1. Start the machine and warm the hydraulic system to
operating temperature. 3. Slowly loosen and remove the retract (1) hose from
2. Shut off the machine and install a digital or a the compensation cylinder.
5000 psi (345 bar) gauge to the appropriate test port 4. Install a tee fitting to the retract (1) port of the
on the priority valve. compensation cylinder. Reconnect the previously
3. Start the machine, run the engine and follow the removed retract (1) hose to the tee fitting.
procedures in Section 8.4.2, Note:. “1. All pressures 5. Slowly loosen and remove the extend (2) hose from
must be checked in numerical order.,” Section d, the compensation cylinder.
“Pressure Specifications - TL943C,” or Section d, 6. Install a tee fitting to the extend (2) port of the
“Pressure Specifications - TL943C.” compensation cylinder. Reconnect the previously
removed extend (2) hose to the tee fitting and cap
the open port.

8-4 TL642C, TL943C


Hydraulic System

7. Install a digital or a 5000 psi (345 bar) gauge to the TL642: 4150 - 4450 psi (286,5 - 306,5 bar)
retract (1) port tee fitting on the compensation TL943: 3911 - 4211 psi (270 - 290 bar)
cylinder. 20. If pressure is correct, proceed to step 23.
8. Start the machine and warm the hydraulic system to 21. The relief on the (B) port is non-adjustable and must
operating temperature. be replaced. Replace and repeat steps 17 and 18.
9. Tilt the forks down to allow the tilt cylinder to fully 22. Verify pressure is correct.
retract.
23. Shut engine OFF.
10. Monitor the gauge and slowly raise the boom. The
gauge should read: 24. Slowly remove the gauge, line and tee fitting from
TL642C: 4150 - 4450 psi (286,5 - 306,5 bar) the compensation cylinder (1 & 2). Reinstall each
TL943C: 3911 - 4211 psi (270 - 290 bar) hose and torque as required.

11. If pressure is correct, proceed to step 14. 25. Install any previously removed attachment.

TL642C B

A
B

TL943C

MAL2240

12. The relief on the (A) port is non-adjustable and must


be replaced. Replace and repeat steps 9 and 10.
13. Verify pressure is correct.
14. Shut engine OFF.
15. Remove the digital or the 5000 psi (345 bar) gauge
from the retract (1) port tee fitting on the
compensation cylinder and cap the open port.
16. Remove the cap and install a digital or a 5000 psi
(345 bar) gauge to the extend (2) port tee fitting on
the compensation cylinder.
17. Start the machine and if needed, warm the hydraulic
system to operating temperature.
18. Tilt the forks up to allow the tilt cylinder to fully
extend.
19. Monitor the gauge and slowly lower the boom. The
gauge should read:

TL642C, TL943C 8-5


Hydraulic System

c. Pressure Specifications - TL642C


Note: 1. All pressures must be checked in numerical order.

Adjustment
Hydraulic Circuit Test Port Function Used to Test Pressure Range
Location
Connect gauge to BV port, run
Pressure Reducing 440-460 psi
1 BV (A) engine at high idle, lock 2 (PR)
Cartridge (30,3-31,7 Bar)
steering.
Connect gauge to CF1 port, run
Relief Valve 2550-2650 psi
2 CF1 (B) engine at high idle, lock 1 (RV1)
Cartridge (176-1183 Bar)
steering.
Connect gauge to EF1 port, run
3900-4100 psi
3 Main Relief Valve EF1 (C) engine at high idle, stall boom 3
(272-279 Bar)
retract.
Connect gauge to EF1 port, run
3650-3950 psi
4 Boom Extend EF1 (C) engine at high idle, stall boom No Adjustment
(258,5-265,5 Bar)
retract.
Connect gauge to EF1 port, run 3950-4050 psi
5 Tilt EF1 (C) No Adjustment
engine at high idle, stall tilt up. (272-279 Bar)
Connect gauge to EF1 port, run
3900-4000 psi
6 Boom Lift EF1 (C) engine at high idle, stall boom No Adjustment
(272-279 Bar)
down.
Connect gauge to EF1 port, run
2850-3150 psi
7 Auxiliary EF1 (C) engine at high idle, stall No Adjustment
(204,4-210,3 Bar)
auxiliary in each direction.

MAIN CONTROL VALVE


3 B C
PRIORITY
VALVE

1
(RV1)

2 A
(PR)
MAL2190 MAL2210

8-6 TL642C, TL943C


Hydraulic System

d. Pressure Specifications - TL943C


Note: All pressures must be checked in numerical order.

Hydraulic Adjustment
Test Port Procedure Pressure Range
Circuit Location
Connect gauge to P1 port and adjust
standby pressure to 250 psi (see step
2). Adjust main compensator to 3950
Load Sense PLS/GLS 3550-3650 psi
1 psi (see step3). Connect additional 6
Relief (A) (245-252 Bar)
gauge to GLS port, stall lift up or sway,
adjust load sense relief setting at
right.
Connect gauge to P1 port, run engine 250-265 psi
2 Standby P1 (B) 1*
at high idle, no function. (17,2-18,3 Bar)
Connect gauge to P1 port, run engine 3825-3875psi
3 Main P1 (B) 2*
at high idle, stall lift up or sway. (264-267 Bar)
Connect gauge to JS1 port, run 500 - 550 psi
4 Pilot JS1 (C) 4
engine at high idle, stall steering. (34,5 - 38,0 Bar)
Connect gauge to BV1 port, run 1050-1150 psi
5 Service Brakes BV1 (D) 5
engine at high idle, stall steering. (72,4-79,3 Bar)
Priority Load PLS/GLS Connect gauge to PLS/GLS port, run 2350-2450 psi
6 3
Sense (A) engine at high idle, stall steering. (162-169 Bar)
PLS/GLS Connect gauge to PLS/GLS port, run No 3600-3700 psi
7 Boom Extend
(A) engine at high idle, stall boom extend. Adjustment (248-255 Bar)
PLS/GLS Connect gauge to PLS/GLS port, run No 3600-3700 psi
8 Boom Retract
(A) engine at high idle, stall boom retract. Adjustment (248-255 Bar)
PLS/GLS Connect gauge to PLS/GLS port, run No 3600-3700 psi
9 Boom Lift
(A) engine at high idle, stall boom lift up. Adjustment (248-255 Bar)
Connect gauge to PLS/GLS port, run
PLS/GLS No 2900-3100 psi
10 Auxiliary engine at high idle, stall auxiliary in
(A) Adjustment (200-214 Bar)
each direction.
*Set Screw Adjustment on opposite side of Pump Compensator.

S/N THG00150 & After S/N THL00150 & After


S/N THH00150 & After S/N SXH00150 & After
MAIN CONTROL VALVE 6 HYDRAULIC
54 MANIFOLD 54
A
3

MAL2230
D D
C B C
2 B
A 2
MAL2200 1 1

TL642C, TL943C 8-7


8-8
8.4.3
ADJ. TILT ON JOY
SOLENOID VALVE
T
OPTIONAL REMOTE
HYDRAULIC QUICK ATTACH
P
STEER SELECT
VALVE
LEGEND P T

MAIN PRESSURE & RETURN LINES A B


B1 B2
PILOT LINES
A1 A2

DRAIN LINES LIFT CYLINDER CROWD CYLINDER TILT CYLINDER

P T

TE
(TEST PORT)
QA CYLINDER

FRONT STEERING CYLINDER


REAR STEERING CYLINDER
5000 C2 C3
5000
Hydraulic System

PSI PSI

AUXILIARY
SERVICE BRAKE HYD. PORTS
VALVE
REAR C1 C4
COMPENSATING
SERVICE CYLINDER
L R
BRAKES
JOYSTICK

P1 P2
P
LEFT RIGHT,
OUTLET DWN UP,
QA EXTD. QA RET.
Hydraulic Schematic - TL642C

INLET AUXILIARY HYD.


T PORTS @ BOOM NOSE
1 2 3 4

OUTLET
SWAY CYLINDER

STEERING ORBITROL
GREEN

RED
PURPLE
YELLOW
LP T LS
.040 .050

SERVICE
BRAKE

PARK
BRAKE

AUX. HYD.
PORTS "QD'S"
THIS
LOC'N
ON STD.
MACHINE

EF1
EF CF CF1 LS JS

T 4300 3000
PSI PSI

4000 3800 4300 3000


PSI PSI PSI PSI
COM 2600 PSI
HYDRAULIC
OIL COOLER
RV
. P B B B B B
T
RV2

.
A A A A A
M RETURN
PR TILT

.
CV FILTER
OR 550 PSI SWAY AUX.

25 PSI
B 8=75
LIFT CROWD
.
.120 PB
450 PSI 10 MICRON
SV
BREATHER
P1 P BV TP PRIORITY/BRAKE MAIN
VALVE CONTROL VALVE
(W/O POWER BEYOND)
IMPLEMENT PUMP
1.97 CU.IN./REV

MAL0020J

TL642C, TL943C
8.4.3
LEFT OUTRIGGER RIGHT OUTRIGGER
CYLINDER CYLINDER

TL642C, TL943C
5000 5000
PSI PSI

B B

LOD ROD

PUMP TANK

T LOU ROU

3800 4300 4300 3000 3000


4000 PSI
PSI PSI PSI PSI
PSI

P A A
PB
OUTRIGGER
SEE VALVE
SHT #1

HOIST CROWD TILT SWAY AUX

MAIN
Hydraulic Schematic - TL642C (Continued)

CONTROL VALVE
WITH POWER BEYOND
(SEE STD VALVE SHT #1
FOR REMAINING CONNECTIONS)

JOYSTICK

P
LEFT AND RIGHT
T OUTRIGGER JOYSTICK
1 2 3 4
T

YELLOW
GREEN
RED
BLUE

SEE SHT #1
JS PORT 1 2 1 2
ON PRIORITY/BRAKE VALVE
SEE SHT #1 LOD LOU ROD ROU

HYDRAULIC
OIL COOLER

RETURN
FILTER
25 PSI

B8=75

OUTRIGGER OPTION
10 MICRON
BREATHER

MAL0030J
Hydraulic System

8-9
8-10
8.4.4
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

PARK BRAKES FRONT STEER STEER MODE REAR STEER LIFT TELESCOPE TILT COMPENSATION QUICK-ATTACH CIRCUIT
CYLINDER SELECT VALVE CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER OPTION

H H

STEER
SERVICE BRAKES ORBITAL FRAME AUXILIARY
L R
SWAY
JOYSTICK CYLINDER
STANDARD AUXILIARY

G G

5A 5B 5A 5B

P
Hydraulic System

T 1 2 3 4

SERVICE BRAKE VALVE


LP T LS

AUXILIARY

F T1 F
PFLS PF 1a 1A 1B 2a 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B
4050 PSI 4050 PSI 4050 PSI 4050 PSI 4050 PSI 2700 PSI 2700 PSI
2400 PSI
5B 5A

T
-6 AUX DECOMPRESSION

LS
3600
PSI
Hydraulic Schematic - TL943C

"A" "A"

E E

-6
INLET
"B" "B"

-8
SUMP

1b 2b PILOT

CONTROL VALVE - TILT ON JOY

D D
ANTI-STALL VALVE

JOYSTICK

BLS PLS GLS SLS PB JS1 JS BV1 BV P P1 X


P

LS
1100
T

500 PSI PSI 250 PSI


C 1 2 1 2 C

4050 PSI

T P
B 65 PSI
PUMP-SIDE VALVE OUT OUT

A B A B
COOLER
D
S L
25 PSI

FILTER
B B

ANTI-STALL, 4K/5K VALVE VERSION

OUTRIGGER CIRCUIT-OPTIONAL ON TL943C

BREATHER

A A

RESERVOIR

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2270F
IN

TL642C, TL943C
Hydraulic System

8.5 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR 3. Fill the reservoir with hydraulic oil. Refer to Section
2.5, “Fluids and Lubricant Capacities.”
1 4. Properly connect the battery.
5. Close and secure the engine cover.
6. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

2 8.5.3 Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Removal/


Installation
If it is determined that the hydraulic oil reservoir must be
removed, the hydraulic oil must be drained before the
reservoir is removed. Always dispose of hydraulic oil
MAL2120
properly.
The hydraulic reservoir (1) is located on the frame
a. Reservoir Removal
between the engine compartment and the cab.
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
8.5.1 Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Draining machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the (N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom, engine OFF.
place the transmission control lever in
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
engine OFF. switch and the steering wheel.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
switch and the steering wheel. cool.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
cool. 5. Drain the hydraulic oil reservoir. Refer to Section
4. Properly disconnect the battery. 8.5.1, “Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Draining.”
5. Attach a drain hose to the hydraulic oil reservoir 6. Label, disconnect and cap all hydraulic hoses
drain valve (2). attached to the hydraulic oil reservoir. Cap all fittings
and openings to keep dirt and debris from entering
Note: If equipped with extreme cold weather the hydraulic system.
components, the hydraulic oil heating element must be
7. Remove the bolts securing the hydraulic oil reservoir
removed to drain the hydraulic tank. Proper precautions
to the frame.
must be used to ensure any hydraulic oil being drained is
contained and disposed. 8. Remove the hydraulic oil reservoir.
6. Open the drain valve on the hydraulic oil reservoir b. Disassembly
and drain the hydraulic oil into a suitable container.
The hydraulic oil reservoir is a one-piece unit and cannot
7. Transfer the used hydraulic oil into a suitable
be disassembled. The hydraulic oil level sight-glass and
covered container, and label as "Used Oil". Dispose
hydraulic oil filler cap can be removed and reused on the
of used oil at an approved recycling facility. Close the
new replacement reservoir. Dispose of the old reservoir
drain valve and remove the drain hose.
according to local regulations concerning hazardous
8. Wipe up any hydraulic fluid spillage in, on, near and materials disposal.
around the machine and the work area.
c. Cleaning and Drying
8.5.2 Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Filling
If contaminated hydraulic oil or foreign material is in the
1. Be sure the reservoir is clean and free of all debris. tank, the tank can usually be cleaned.
2. Install a new hydraulic oil filter. Note: If a leak is suspected in the hydraulic oil reservoir,
contact your local Caterpillar dealer.

TL642C, TL943C 8-11


Hydraulic System

To clean the hydraulic oil reservoir: 8.6 ENGINE IMPLEMENT PUMP


1. Have a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher near
the work area. For internal service instructions contact your local
distributor.
2. Remove the hydraulic oil reservoir drain plug, and
safely drain any hydraulic oil into a suitable
8.6.1 Pump Replacement
container. Dispose of hydraulic oil properly.
3. Clean the hydraulic oil reservoir with a high-pressure a. Pump Removal
washer, or flush the tank with hot water for five
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
minutes and drain the water. Dispose of
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
contaminated water properly.
place the transmission control lever in (N) NEUTRAL,
engage the park brake and shut the engine OFF.
d. Inspection
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
1. Inspect the hydraulic oil reservoir thoroughly for any switch and the steering wheel.
cracks, slices, leaks or other damage.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
2. With the hydraulic oil reservoir removed from the cool.
machine, plug all openings except one elbow fitting.
Install the elbow fitting, and apply approximately 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
1-1.5 psi (7-10 kPa) of air pressure through the 5. Drain the hydraulic reservoir. Refer to Section 8.5.1,
elbow. Check the reservoir for leaks by applying a “Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Draining.”
soap solution to the exterior and look for bubbles to
appear at the cracked or damaged area. 2

e. Reservoir Installation
1. Place the hydraulic oil reservoir into its original
orientation.
2. Secure the hydraulic oil reservoir to the frame with
the previous mounting hardware.
3. Uncap and connect the previously labeled hydraulic
hoses to their appropriate locations.
4. Install the hydraulic fluid level sight-glass using
special designed and drilled capscrews and gaskets.
5. Install hydraulic filter bracket and hydraulic filter.
6. Fill the hydraulic oil reservoir according to MAL2280
specifications. Refer to Section 2.5, “Fluids and
Lubricant Capacities.” 6. Thoroughly clean the pump (2) and surrounding
area, including all hoses and fittings before
7. Check the hydraulic oil reservoir for leaks.
proceeding.
8. Properly connect the battery.
Note: Cap all hoses as you remove them to prevent
9. Close and secure the engine cover. unnecessary fluid spillage.
10. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
7. Label, disconnect and cap the hydraulic hoses
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
attached to the pump.
8. Remove the four bolts and washers securing the
pump to the transmission. Remove the o-ring
located between the transmission and the pump.
Wipe up any hydraulic oil spillage.

8-12 TL642C, TL943C


Hydraulic System

b. Pump Installation 8.7 CONTROL VALVES


1. Place the pump and a new, oiled o-ring into position
on the transmission. Align the pump shaft with the 8.7.1 Main Control Valve
internal transmission gear, so that the machined
The main control valve is mounted on the frame behind
teeth mesh together.
the cab underneath a protective cover.
2. Align the bolt holes with the pump mount holes.
The main control valve assembly consists of separate
Secure the pump to the transmission with the four
working sections with their own valve assemblies, each
bolts and washers. Torque as required.
providing a specific hydraulic function.
3. Uncap and connect the previously labeled hydraulic
hoses to their appropriate locations.
4. Fill the hydraulic reservoir. Refer to Section 8.5.2, TL642C
“Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Filling.”
5. Prime the pump by filling the case drain port with fresh,
filtered hydraulic oil from a clean container before
installing the case drain connector and hose.
6. Check all routing of hoses and tubing for sharp
bends or interference with any rotating members. All
tube and hose clamps must be tight.
7. Properly connect the battery.
8. Start the engine and run at approximately one-third
to one-half throttle for about one minute without
TL943C
moving the machine or operating any hydraulic
functions.
9. Inspect for leaks and check all fluid levels. The
hydraulic reservoir oil level must be to the middle of
the sight gauge.
10. Close and secure the engine cover. MAL2240

11. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the


ignition key switch and the steering wheel. a. Main Control Valve Removal
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
c. Pump Test machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
Refer to Section 8.3.1, “Pressure Checks and place the transmission control lever in (N) NEUTRAL,
Adjustments.” engage the park brake and shut the engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool.
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
5. Remove the main control valve protective cover.
6. Thoroughly clean the main control valve and
surrounding area, including all hoses and fittings,
before proceeding.
7. Drain the hydraulic fluid reservoir. Refer to Section
8.5.1, “Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Draining.”
8. Place a suitable container to catch hydraulic fluid
drainage beneath the frame.

TL642C, TL943C 8-13


Hydraulic System

Note: Slowly remove the hydraulic hoses attached to Disassemble each Valve Section
the main control valve to relieve any possible trapped
1. Carefully separate the load sense outlet section from the
pressure in the hydraulic line.
lift/lower section.
9. Label, disconnect and cap all the hydraulic hoses, 2. Remove the o-rings from between the two sections.
tubes and wires at the main control valve.
3. Carefully separate each remaining sections, being
10. Wipe up any hydraulic fluid spillage in, on, near and careful not to lose the load sense shuttle ball.
around the machine and the work area.
4. Remove both end caps from each end of the valve
11. Remove the three bolts, washer and nuts (3) sections then remove each control spool.
securing the main control valve to the frame.
5. Remove any check valves, compensator valves,
b. Main Control Valve Disassembly anti-cavitation valves or shock valves from individual
valve section if equipped.
6. Keep all parts being removed from individual valve
3 sections tagged and kept together.

c. Main Control Valve Parts Cleaning


Clean all components with a suitable cleaner, such as
triclorethylene, before continuing. Blow dry.

d. Main Control Valve Parts Inspection


Inspect all parts and internal passageways for wear,
damage, etc. If inner surfaces of any component DO NOT
display an ultra-smooth, polished finish, or are damaged
in any way, replace the damaged part. Often, dirty
hydraulic fluid causes failure of internal seals, damage to
the polished surfaces within the component, and wear of
MAL0080 and/or harm to other parts.

1. To disassemble the individual sections of the main e. Main Control Valve Assembly
control valve, remove the nut from end of each of the
Note: ALWAYS replace seals, o-rings, gaskets, etc.,
three the tie rods (3). Pull the tie rods out through the
with new parts to help ensure proper sealing and
sections.
operation. Lubricate seals and o-rings with clean
2. Disassemble each section assembly as required. hydraulic oil.
Some sections include a pre-adjusted relief valve that
regulates pressure in a specific circuit. Assemble each Valve Section

Note: DO NOT adjust any of the relief valve assemblies! 1. Reassemble any check valves, compensator valves,
Tampering with a relief valve will irrevocably alter anti-cavitation valves or shock valves from each
pressure in the affected circuit, requiring recalibration or a individual valve section if equipped.
new relief valve. 2. Install the control spool being careful not to nick or
scratch the valve section bore or the control spool.
3. Install the end caps on each end of the valve section.

Assemble the Main Control Valve.


1. Place the four tie rods through the end main control
valve section.
2. Stand the end main control valve section on end.

8-14 TL642C, TL943C


Hydraulic System

3. Install the proper o-rings and load sense shuttle on g. Main Control Valve Test
the inner face of the end main control valve section.
Conduct a pressure check of the hydraulic system in its
Align the next valve section over the three tie rods
entirety. Adjust pressure(s) as required. Refer to Section
and slide onto the end main control valve section.
8.3.1, “Pressure Checks and Adjustments.”
4. Using the proper o-rings and load sense shuttle,
repeat step three for the remaining valve sections 8.7.2 Service Brake Valve
and lastly the inlet end valve section.
5. Install each nut on the three tie rods. Torque to 32 lb- a. Service Brake Valve Removal
ft (43 Nm) for the TL642C and to 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
42 lb-ft (57 Nm) for the TL943C. machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in (N) NEUTRAL,
f. Main Control Valve Installation engage the park brake and shut the engine OFF.
1. Install the main control valve onto the frame, aligning 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
the bolts with the holes in the end sections of the switch and the steering wheel.
main control valve. Slide the main control valve into
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
position, and tighten the bolts.
cool.
2. Prime the main control valve by filling the inlet
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
openings with fresh, filtered hydraulic oil from a
clean container, before attaching the hoses. 5. Label, disconnect and cap all hose attached to the
service brake valve.
3. Use new oiled o-rings as required. Uncap and
connect all previously labeled hoses, clamps, etc. to 6. Remove the service brake pedal. Refer to Section
the main control valve. 4.3.2, “Service Brake Pedal.”
4. Check the routing of all hoses, wiring and tubing for
sharp bends or interference with any rotating 1
members, and install tie wraps and/or protective
conduit as required. Tighten all tube and hose
clamps.
5. Fill the hydraulic fluid reservoir. Refer to Section
8.5.2, “Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Filling.”
6. Properly connect the battery.
7. Start the engine and run at approximately one-third
to one-half throttle for about one minute without
moving the machine or operating any hydraulic
functions.
8. Inspect for leaks and check the level of the hydraulic
fluid in the reservoir. Shut the engine OFF.
Note: Check for leaks and repair as required before
continuing. Add hydraulic fluid to the reservoir as needed. MAL1070

9. Wipe up any hydraulic fluid spillage in, on, near and 7. Remove the four capscrews, four nuts and four
around the machine, work area and tools. lockwashers mounting the service brake valve (1) to
the service brake bracket.
10. Install the main control valve protective cover.
11. Close and secure the engine cover. Note: DO NOT disassemble the service brake valve.
The service brake valve is not serviceable and must be
12. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the replaced in its entirety, if defective.
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

TL642C, TL943C 8-15


Hydraulic System

b. Service Brake Valve Installation 8.7.3 Service Brake Bleeding


1. Install the service brake valve with the four Carefully bleed the brake lines as soon as the brake valve
capscrews, four lockwashers and four nuts onto the is installed in the machine. Air in the system will not allow
service brake bracket. the brakes to apply properly. There are four brake
2. Install the service brake pedal. Refer to Section bleeder locations on the axles. Work with an assistant to
4.3.2, “Service Brake Pedal.” perform this procedure.
1. Place the travel select lever in (N) NEUTRAL,
Note: ALWAYS replace seals, o-rings, gaskets, etc.,
engage the park brake, and start the engine.
with new parts to help ensure proper sealing and
operation. Lubricate seals and o-rings with clean
hydraulic oil.
3. Use new oiled o-rings as required. Uncap and
connect the previously labeled hoses to the service 2
brake valve.
4. Check the routing of all hoses, and tubing for sharp
bends or interference with any rotating members,
and install tie wraps and/or protective conduit as
required. Tighten all tube and hose clamps.
5. Properly connect the battery.
6. Start the engine and run at approximately one-third MY0150

to one-half throttle for about one minute, without 2. Remove the plastic cap from the brake bleeder (2).
moving the machine or operating any hydraulic Attach one end of a length of transparent tubing over
functions. the brake bleeder. Place the other end of this tubing
7. Inspect the service brake valve and connections for in a suitable transparent container that is partially
leaks, and check the level of the hydraulic fluid in the filled with hydraulic oil. The end of the tubing must be
reservoir. Shut the engine OFF. below the oil level in the container.
Note: Check for leaks, and repair as required before 3. DO NOT open the brake bleeder without holding the
continuing. Add hydraulic fluid to the reservoir as tubing firmly on the bleeder. There is pressure at the
needed. brakes. Carefully open the bleeder with a 12 mm
wrench. Have the assistant depress the brake pedal.
8. Wipe up any hydraulic fluid spillage in, on, near and Close the brake bleeder when air bubbles no longer
around the machine, work area and tools. appear in the oil. Release the brake pedal. Remove
9. Close and secure the engine cover. the tubing from the brake bleeder.
10. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the 4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the remaining brake
ignition key switch and the steering wheel. bleeders.
5. Conduct a pressure and function check of the
service brake. Refer to Section 8.4.1, “Hydraulic
Pressures.”

8-16 TL642C, TL943C


Hydraulic System

8.7.4 Steering Orbitrol Valve 8.7.5 Steer Select Valve

MZ0370

The steering orbitrol valve (3) is located at the base of the


steering wheel shaft, concealed by the lower dash cover. MAL2290
5 4
The valve is not serviceable and must be replaced in its
entirety if defective. For detailed information refer to The machine can be used in the two-wheel front steer,
Section 4.3.1, “Steering Column and Orbitrol Valve.” four-wheel circle steer or four-wheel crab steering mode.
The steer select valve (4) controls the direction of
hydraulic fluid flow to the steering cylinder mounted on
each axle. The steer select valve is attached to a
mounting plate inside the frame near the left front corner
of the cab.
Pressure reducing valve/solenoid (5) is installed on the
TL943C Only.
Verify the correct operation of the steer select valve
solenoids before considering replacement of the valve.
Refer to Section 9.6, “Electrical System Schematics,” and
Section 9.13, “Gauges and Display Monitor.” The housing
of the steer select valve is not serviceable and must be
replaced if defective.

a. Steer Select Manifold and Valve Removal


1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in (N) NEUTRAL,
engage the park brake and shut the engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool.
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
5. Label, disconnect and cap the hydraulic hoses and
the electrical plugs connected to the steering select
valve.
6. Remove the bolts holding the steer select valve to
the mounting plate on the frame.
7. Remove the steer select manifold with the attached
steer select valve from the machine.
8. Wipe up any hydraulic fluid spillage in, on, near and
around the machine.

TL642C, TL943C 8-17


Hydraulic System

b. Steer Select Manifold and Valve Disassembly, 6. Inspect for leaks and check the level of the hydraulic
Cleaning, Inspection and Assembly fluid in the reservoir. Shut the engine OFF.
1. Place the steer select assembly on a suitable work Note: Check for leaks and repair as required before
surface. continuing. Add hydraulic fluid to the reservoir as
2. Separate the steer select valve from the manifold by needed.
removing the four socket head capscrews. Discard 7. Wipe up any hydraulic fluid spillage in, on, near and
the four o-rings. around the machine, work area and tools.
3. Remove the solenoid valves and cartridges from the 8. Close and secure the engine cover.
steer select housing.
9. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
4. Clean all components with a suitable cleaner before ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
inspection.
5. Inspect the solenoid cartridges for proper operation. d. Steering Test
Check by shifting the spool to ensure that it is Refer to Section 8.4.1, “Hydraulic Pressures.”
functioning properly. Check that the spring is intact.
Inspect the cartridge interior for contamination. 1. Conduct a pressure check of the steering hydraulic
circuit.
6. Inspect internal passageways of the steer select
manifold and valve for wear, damage, etc. If inner 2. Check each steering mode for proper function.
surfaces of the manifold DO NOT display an ultra-
smooth, polished finish, or components are 8.7.6 Outrigger Valve (if equipped)
damaged in any way, replace the manifold or
appropriate part. Often, dirty hydraulic fluid causes a. Outrigger Valve Removal
failure of internal seals and damage to the polished 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
surfaces within the secondary function manifold. machine, fully retract the boom, raise the boom,
Note: ALWAYS replace seals, o-rings, gaskets, etc., place the transmission control lever in
with new parts to help ensure proper sealing and (N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
operation. Lubricate seals and o-rings with clean engine OFF.
hydraulic oil. 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
7. Install the solenoid valves and cartridges in the steer
select housing. 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool.
8. Attach the steer select valve to the manifold using
four new, oiled o-rings and the four socket head 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
capscrews.

c. Steer Select Valve and Manifold Installation 5


1. Install the steer select valve to the mounting plate
under the left front side of the frame using the two
bolts.
2. Connect all the hydraulic hoses, fittings, solenoid
wire terminal leads, etc., to the steer select valve
3. Check the routing of all hoses, wiring and tubing for
sharp bends or interference with any rotating
members, and install tie wraps and/or protective
conduit as required. Tighten all hose clamps.
4. Properly connect the battery. OAL0070

5. Start the engine and run at approximately 1/3-1/2 5. Remove the cover over the outrigger valve (5).
throttle for about one minute without moving the
machine or operating any hydraulic functions.

8-18 TL642C, TL943C


Hydraulic System

6. Label, disconnect and cap the hydraulic hoses 8.8 HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
connected to the outrigger control valve. Cap all
fittings to keep dirt & debris from entering the
hydraulic system. 8.8.1 General Cylinder Removal
Instructions
7. Remove the bolts holding the outrigger control valve
to the frame. 1. Remove any attachment from the machine. Park the
machine on a firm level surface and fully retract the
b. Outrigger Valve Installation boom. Allow sufficient work space around the
hydraulic cylinder being removed. Support the boom
1. Install the outrigger valve onto the machine frame. if the lift/lower cylinder is being removed. Place the
2. Uncap and connect the previously labeled hydraulic transmission control lever in (N) NEUTRAL, engage
hoses to the outrigger valve. the park brake, shut the engine OFF and chock
wheels.
3. Check the routing of all hoses, wiring and tubing for
sharp bends or interference with any rotating 2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
members, and install tie wraps and/or protective switch and the steering wheel.
conduit as required. Tighten all hose clamps. 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
4. Properly connect the battery. cool.
5. Start the engine and run at approximately 1/3-1/2 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
throttle for about one minute without moving the 5. Label, disconnect and cap or plug hydraulic hoses in
machine or operating any hydraulic functions. relation to the cylinder.
6. Inspect for leaks and check the level of the hydraulic 6. Attach a suitable sling to an appropriate lifting device
fluid in the reservoir. Shut the engine OFF. and to the cylinder. Make sure the device used can
Note: Check for leaks and repair as required before actually support the cylinder.
continuing. Add hydraulic fluid to the reservoir as 7. Remove the lock bolt and/or any retaining clips
needed. securing the cylinder pins. Remove the cylinder pins.
7. Wipe up any hydraulic fluid spillage in, on, near and 8. Remove the cylinder.
around the machine, work area and tools. 9. Wipe up any hydraulic fluid spillage in, on, near and
8. Close and secure the engine cover. around the machine, work area and tools.
9. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
a. General Cylinder Disassembly
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
1. Clean the cylinder with a suitable cleaner before
disassembly. Remove all dirt, debris and grease
from the cylinder.
2. Clamp the barrel end of the cylinder in a soft-jawed
vise or other acceptable holding equipment if
possible.

WARNING
Significant pressure may be trapped inside the cylinder.
Exercise caution when removing a counterbalance valve
or a pilot-operated check valve from a cylinder.

Note: Avoid using excessive force when clamping the


cylinder in a vise. Apply only enough force to hold the

TL642C, TL943C 8-19


Hydraulic System

cylinder securely. Excessive force can damage the 8. Remove the set screw from the piston head (5).
cylinder tube. 9. If equipped, remove the piston head (5) mounting
1 nut (6).
Note: It may be necessary to apply heat to break the
bond of the sealant between the piston and the rod
before the piston can be removed.
Some cylinder parts are sealed with a special organic
6
2 sealant and locking compound. Before attempting to
disassemble these parts, remove any accessible seals
5 from the area of the bonded parts. Wipe off any hydraulic
oil, then heat the part(s) uniformly to break the bond. A
temperature of 300-400° F (149-204° C) will destroy the
bond. Avoid overheating, or the parts may become
distorted or damaged. Apply sufficient torque for removal
while the parts are still hot. The sealant often leaves a
white, powdery residue on threads and other parts, which
must be removed by brushing with a soft brass wire brush
prior to reassembly.
10. Remove the piston head (5) from the rod (3) and
4
carefully slide the head gland (4) off the end of the
rod.
3
11. Remove all seals, back-up rings and o-rings from the
piston head and all seals, back-up rings and o-rings
MY4300
from the head gland.
3. If applicable, remove the counterbalance valve (1) Note: The head gland bearing will need to be inspected
from the side of the cylinder barrel (2). to determine if replacement is necessary.
Note: DO NOT tamper with or attempt to adjust the DO NOT attempt to salvage cylinder seals, sealing rings
counterbalance valve cartridge. If adjustment or or o-rings. ALWAYS use a new, complete seal kit when
replacement is necessary, replace the counterbalance rebuilding hydraulic components. Consult the parts
valve with a new part. catalog for ordering information.
4. Extend the rod (3) as required to allow access to the
base of the cylinder. b. Cylinder Cleaning Instructions

Note: Protect the finish of the rod at all times. Damage 1. Discard all seals, back-up rings and o-rings. Replace
to the surface of the rod can cause seal failure. with new items from seal kit to ensure proper
cylinder function.
5. Using a pin spanner wrench, unscrew the head
2. Clean all metal parts with an approved cleaning
gland (4) from the tube (2). A considerable amount
solvent such as trichlorethylene. Carefully clean
of force will be needed to remove the head gland.
cavities, grooves, threads, etc.
Carefully slide the head gland down along the rod
toward the rod eye, away from the cylinder barrel. Note: If a white powdery residue is present on threads
or parts, it can be removed by using a soft brass wire
Note: When sliding the rod and piston assembly out of
brush. Wipe clean with Loctite® Cleaner prior to
the barrel, prevent the threaded end of the barrel from
reassembly.
damaging the piston. Keep the rod centered within the
barrel to help prevent binding.
6. Carefully pull the rod assembly (3) along with the
head gland (4) out of the cylinder barrel.
7. Fasten the rod eye in a soft-jawed vise, and place a
padded support under and near the threaded end of
the rod to prevent any damage to the rod.

8-20 TL642C, TL943C


Hydraulic System

8.8.2 Cylinder Inspection “Cylinder Torque Specifications” for torque


specifications for the head gland.
1. Inspect internal surfaces and all parts for wear,
damage, etc. If the inner surface of the cylinder 8. If applicable, install new counter balance valve into
barrel does not display a smooth finish, or is scored block on the cylinder barrel.
or damaged in any way, replace the barrel.
d. General Cylinder Installation
2. Remove light scratches on the piston, head gland,
rod or inner surface of the cylinder barrel with a 400- 1. Grease the bushings at the ends of the hydraulic
600 grit emery cloth. Use the emery cloth in a rotary cylinder. Using an appropriate sling, lift the cylinder
motion to polish out and blend the scratch(es) into into it’s mounting position.
the surrounding surface. 2. Align cylinder bushing and install pin, lock bolt or
3. Check the piston rod assembly for run-out. If the rod retaining clip.
is bent, it must be replaced. 3. Connect the hydraulic hoses in relation to the labels
or markings made during removal.
c. General Cylinder Assembly Instructions
4. Before starting the machine, check fluid level of the
1. Use the proper tools for specific installation tasks. hydraulic fluid reservoir and if necessary fill to full
Clean tools are required for installation. mark with hydraulic oil.
2. Install new seals, back-up rings and o-rings on the 5. Properly connect the battery.
piston and new seals, back-up rings, o-rings and
6. Start the machine and run at low idle for about one
bearing on the head gland.
minute. Slowly activate hydraulic cylinder function in
Note: The extend/retract cylinder has a spacer that both directions allowing cylinder to fill with hydraulic
MUST be installed over the rod AFTER the head gland oil.
and BEFORE the piston head. 7. Inspect for leaks and check level of hydraulic fluid in
3. Fasten the rod eye in a soft-jawed vise, and place a reservoir. Add hydraulic fluid if needed. Shut the
padded support under and near the threaded end of engine OFF.
the rod to prevent any damage to the rod. 8. Wipe up any hydraulic fluid spillage in, on, near and
around the machine, work area and tools.
Note: Protect the finish on the cylinder rod at all times.
Damage to the surface of the rod can cause seal failure. 9. Close and secure the engine cover.
4. Lubricate and slide the head gland over the cylinder 10. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
rod. Install the piston head on to the end of the ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
cylinder rod. Loctite® 243TM and install the set screw
in the piston head. Refer to Section 8.9, “Cylinder
Torque Specifications” for torque specifications for
the piston head and the set screw.
Note: Avoid using excess force when clamping the
cylinder barrel in a vise. Apply only enough force to hold
the cylinder barrel securely. Excessive force can damage
the cylinder barrel.
5. Place the cylinder barrel in a soft-jawed vise or other
acceptable holding devise.
Note: When sliding the rod and piston assembly into the
cylinder barrel, prevent the threaded end of the cylinder
barrel from damaging the piston head. Keep the cylinder
rod centered within the barrel to prevent binding.
6. Carefully insert the cylinder rod assembly into the
cylinder barrel.
7. Screw the head gland into the cylinder barrel and
tighten with a spanner wrench. Refer to Section 8.9,

TL642C, TL943C 8-21


Hydraulic System

8.8.3 Cylinder Pressure Checking


Attach a 5000 psi (345 bar) gauge to the test port on the
P1 port on the hydraulic manifold to check the system
pressure. For more information, refer to Section 8.4.1,
“Hydraulic Pressures.”
Note: If a hydraulic cylinder pressure is greater than the
main control valve pressure, increase the main control
valve pressure by adjusting the main relief. Generally,
one half turn clockwise will be adequate to check an
individual circuit. Activate the circuit and if pressure is
obtained turn the main relief counter clockwise one half
turn. Re-check the main relief setting and adjust if
necessary.

8.8.4 Steering Cylinders

STEERING CYLINDER

AXLE CENTER SECTION

MY4310

The steer cylinder is attached to each axle center


housing. Steer cylinder service instructions are provided
in the following publications:

8-22 TL642C, TL943C


Hydraulic System

8.9 CYLINDER TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

8.9.1 TL642C

a. Lift/Lower Cylinder

Head Piston Head Valve Set Screw


N/A N/A 44 lb-ft (60 Nm) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)

b. Extend/Retract Cylinder

Head Nut Valve Set Screw


300-400 lb-ft 745-825 lb-ft 105-115 lb-ft
11 lb-ft (15 Nm)
(407-542 Nm) (1010-1118 Nm) (142-115 Nm)

c. Tilt Cylinder

Head Nut Valve Valve Plug Set Screw


2025-2075 lb-ft 10-15 lb-ft
N/A 44 lb-ft (60 Nm) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)
(2745-2813 Nm) (14-20 Nm)

d. Compensation Cylinder

Head Nut Set Screw


550-600 lb-ft (745-813 Nm) 2025-2075 lb-ft (2745-2813 Nm) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)

e. Frame Level Cylinder

Head Nut Set Screw


100 lb-ft (165 Nm) 800-1000 lb-ft (1085-1356 Nm) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)

f. Outrigger Cylinder (if equipped)

Head Nut Set Screw


N/A 1300-1350 lb-ft (1763-1830 Nm) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)

TL642C, TL943C 8-23


Hydraulic System

8.9.2 TL943C

a. Lift/Lower Cylinder

Head Bolt Plate Valve Valve Screw Set Screw


* 100 lb-ft 44 lb-ft 10-12 lb-ft
(See Note) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)
(135 Nm) (60 Nm) (14-16 Nm)

* Apply Anti-Seize To threads on the Lift/Lower Cylinder Head before assembly.


Note: The capscrews for the bolt plate need to be torqued in sequence in an alternating pattern starting at 150 lb-ft to
300 lb-ft to the final 380 lb-ft. Check the final torque in a circular pattern a minimum of two times.

b. Extend/Retract Cylinder

Head Nut Valve Set Screw


1020-1250 lb-ft 40-45 lb-ft
100 lb-ft (135 Nm) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)
(1383-1695 Nm) (54-61 Nm)

c. Tilt Cylinder

Head Nut Valve Set Screw


1125-1375 lb-ft 40-45 lb-ft
200 lb-ft (271 Nm) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)
(1525-1864 Nm) (54-61 Nm)

d. Compensation Cylinder

Head Nut Set Screw


200 lb-ft (271 Nm) 1250-1300 lb-ft (1694-1762 Nm) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)

e. Frame Level Cylinder

Head Nut Set Screw


100 lb-ft (165 Nm) 720-800 lb-ft (976-1085 Nm) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)

f. Outrigger Cylinder (if equipped)

Head Nut Set Screw


N/A 1300-1350 lb-ft (1763-1830 Nm) 11 lb-ft (15 Nm)

8-24 TL642C, TL943C


Section 9
Electrical System

Contents

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE


9.1 Electrical Component Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
9.1.1 General Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
9.1.2 General Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
9.2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9.3 Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9.4 Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9.4.1 Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9.4.2 Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9.4.3 Main Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
9.4.4 Accessory Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
9.5 Accessory Module - TL943C Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
9.5.1 Joystick Tilt & Auxiliary Function Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
9.5.2 Joystick Tilt & Auxiliary Function Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
9.6 Electrical System Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
9.6.1 S/N THG00150 & After S/N THH00150 & After . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
9.6.2 S/N THL00150 & After S/N SXH00150 & After . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
9.7 Circuit Breakdowns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
9.7.1 Constant Power Circuit from Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
9.7.2 Start and Charge Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
9.8 Engine Start Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
9.8.1 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
9.9 Charging Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
9.9.1 Alternator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
9.10 Window Wiper/Washer Windshield Wiper Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
9.10.1 Windshield/Rear Window Washer Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
9.11 Cab Heater/AC and Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
9.11.1 Cab Heater/AC Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
9.12 Switches, Solenoids and Senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
9.12.1 Priority Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
9.12.2 Transmission Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
9.12.3 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
9.12.4 Fuel Level Sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
9.13 Gauges and Display Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
9.13.1 3-N-1 Digital Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
9.14 Dash Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
9.14.1 Ignition Key Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
9.14.2 Dash Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
9.14.3 Rheostat Switch (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34

TL642C, TL943C 9-1


Electrical System

9.15 Hand Held Analyzer - TL943C Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34


9.15.1 Analyzer Usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
9.15.2 Analyzer Joystick Software Version P1.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
9.15.3 Personality Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
9.15.4 Tilt/Auxiliary Calibration Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
9.15.5 Joystick Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
9.16 Engine Diagnostic and Event Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
9.16.1 Engine Diagnostic Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
9.16.2 Pump Controller Software Version P1.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48

9-2 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

9.1 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT


TERMINOLOGY
To understand the safety, operation, and service
information presented in this section, it is necessary that
the operator/mechanic be familiar with the name and
location of the electrical components of the machine. The
following illustration identifies the components that are
referred to throughout this section.

9.1.1 General Overview


S/N THG00150 & After
S/N THH00150 & After
3 IN 1 GAUGE DASH SWITCHES

ACCESSORY POWER
DISTRIBUTION UNIT
(behind dash panel)

JOYSTICK MODULE
CONTROL UNIT
(behind dash panel)
HEATER/AC CONTROLS
(if equipped)

MAL2300

IGNITION
SWITCH ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(ECM)

ALTERNATOR

GLOW PLUG
CONTROLLER

BATTERY

STARTER

MAIN POWER
POWER RELAY DISTRIBUTION
MODULE UNIT
PUMP
CONTROLLER
(THH00150 & After) MAL2311

TL642C, TL943C 9-3


Electrical System

9.1.2 General Overview


S/N THL00150 & After
S/N SXH00150 & After
3 IN 1 GAUGE DASH SWITCHES

OPTIONAL POWER
DISTRIBUTION UNIT
(behind dash panel)

HEATER/AC CONTROLS
(if equipped)

MAL2331

IGNITION
SWITCH
BATTERY

ENGINE CONTROL
ALTERNATOR MODULE
(ECM)

VEC CONTROL
MODULE

MAL1670

POWER MODULE
RELAYS (3)

STARTER
MAL1680

9-4 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

9.2 SPECIFICATIONS 9.4.2 Cab


4
Electrical system specifications are listed in Section 2,
“General Information and Specifications.”

9.3 SAFETY INFORMATION

WARNING
DO NOT service the machine without following all
safety precautions as outlined in Section 1, “Safety
Practices,” of this manual. MAL2300

9.4 FUSES AND RELAYS The accessory power distribution unit is located in the
cab. For access, remove the screws securing the load
chart panel (4) to the dash.
9.4.1 Engine Compartment

MAL2510
S/N THG00150 & After
S/N THH00150 & After

MAL2500
S/N THL00150 & After
S/N SXH00150 & After

The starter relays (1), VEC control module (2) and 150
amp in-line fuse (3) are located in the engine
compartment.

TL642C, TL943C 9-5


Electrical System

9.4.3 Main Distribution Unit

XXXXXXX
XXXXXX
F8 F3
25 10
F15 F4
20 10
POWER DISTRIBUTION

F16 F14 F13 F1


20 20 20 15
F9 F7
25 15
F10
10
F11 F2
10 5
F12 F5
15 15
F6
10

MAL1100

FUSE/BREAKER LEGEND
NO. FUNCTION AMP RATING
F1 TRANS/PARK BRK PWR 15
F2 ALTERNATOR EXCITE 5
F3 ENGINE ECU IGNITION PWR 10
F4 GAGE (INST PANEL) PWR 10
F5 SPARE ACCESSORY PWR 15
F6 AUX ELECTRIC PWR 10
F7 HORN PWR 15
F8 SPARE BATTERY PWR 25
F9 ENGINE ECU BATTERY PWR 25
F10 STEER/FRAME LEVEL PWR 10
F11 REAR AXLE STABILITY/TILT PWR 10
F12 KEY BATTERY PWR 15
F13 OPTION PWR 3 20
F14 OPTION PWR 4 20
F15 OPTION PWR 1 20
F16 OPTION PWR 2 20

9-6 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

9.4.4 Accessory Power Distribution Unit

F1
R1 R5
F2

F3
R2 R6
F4

F5
R3 R7
F6

F7
R4 R8
F8

MAL2540

FUSE/BREAKER LEGEND
No. FUNCTION Amp Rating
F1 WIPER 20
F2 ROOF WIPER 5
F3 OPTION 15
F4 OPTION 25
F5 HEATER 20
F6 LIGHTS 30
F7 BEACON 10
F8 DASH FAN 10
R1 WIPER RELAY
R2 HEATER BLOWER RELAY
R3 AUXILIARY ELECTRIC 1 RELAY
R4 AUXILIARY ELECTRIC 2 PRELAY
R5 OPTION RELAY 15
R6 OPTION RELAY 25
R7 LIGHTS RELAY
R8 BEACON/FAN RELAY

TL642C, TL943C 9-7


Electrical System

9.5 ACCESSORY MODULE - b. Disassembly


TL943C ONLY DO NOT disassemble the Accessory Module. The
module is not serviceable. Replace the module if found to
9.5.1 Joystick Tilt & Auxiliary Function be defective.
Module
c. Inspection and Replacement
Inspect the module terminals for continuity. Replace the
module if continuity is not found.

d. Accessory Module Installation


1. Attach the Accessory Module to the cab with the
3 previously removed hardware
2. Reconnect the electrical harnesses to the Accessory
Module.
3. Install the right hand side panel to the dash with the
previously removed hardware.
MAL1110 4. Properly connect the battery.
The Accessory Module is located behind the right hand 5. Close and secure engine cover.
side panel (3) of the dash and controls the joystick tilt and 6. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
auxiliary functions. ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

a. Accessory Module Removal


1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool.
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
5. Remove the hardware securing the right hand side
panel to the dash.
6. Disconnect the electrical harnesses attached to the
Accessory Module.
7. Remove the bolts securing the Accessory Module to
the cab and remove the Accessory Module.

9-8 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

9.5.2 Joystick Tilt & Auxiliary Function Module

J1 (Black) J2 (Grey)

XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX

MAL1120

CONNECTOR PIN TAG NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE


1 KEY IGN IGNITION Power Input
2 ACC MOD GND ACCESSORY MODULE GROUND Power Input
3 TRIG JOYSTICK TRIGGER FOR DE-CLUTCH Digital Input
4 DCLUTCH IN TRANSMISSION DE_CLUTCH INPUT Digital Input
5 D12 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT Digital Input
J1 6 ROLLER SEL ROLLER/JOYSTICK SELECT Digital Input
(Black) 7 TILT UP TILT UP VALVE Digital Output
8 TILT DOWN TILT DOWN VALVE Digital Output
9 AUX A AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC VALVE A Digital Output
10 AUX B AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC VALVE B Digital Output
11 DCLUTCH TRANSMISSION DE-CLUTCH OUTPUT Digital Output
12 GND FAULT GROUND RELY FAULT SIGNAL Digital Output
1 5 EXC TILT +5V ANALOG EXCITATION VOLTAGE Power Output
2 TILT SIG A FORK TILT SIGNAL A Analog Input
3 TILT GRD ANALOG GROUND Power Output
4 5 EXC AUX +5V ANALOG EXCITATION VOLTAGE Power Output
5 AUX SIG A AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC SIGNAL A Analog Input
J2 6 AUX GND ANALOG GROUND Power Output
(Grey) 7 TILT SIG B FORK TILT SIGNAL B Analog Input
8 AUX SIG B AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC SIGNAL B Analog Input
9 CAN L/904 CANBUS HIGH Serial I/O
10 CAN L/905 CANBUS LOW Serial I/O
11 TX RS-232 TRANSMIT Serial Output
12 RX RS-232 RECEIVE Serial Input

TL642C, TL943C 9-9


TL642C, TL943C 9-10
MAL2340E
A
B
C
D

KEY BAT PWR


1
SWITCH
KEY/IGN

KEY START
4

KEY IGN
2

(SHIELD/020)
C
KEY ACC (CAN L/905,GREEN)
(SHIELD/020)

B
SHIELD (SHIELD/020) (CAN H/904, YELLOW)
C A
(CAN L/905, GREEN)

8
8

(CAN L/905)
(CAN H/904, YELLOW)

CAN L B (SHIELD/020)
CAN H (CAN H/904) C
3 31 30 29

A (CAN L/905,GREEN)
SHIELDED B
(CAN H/904, YELLOW)
CABLE A
(D BLU, 18 GA GXL)
FUL LVL FUL LVL
12
1
GAUGE
STONERIDGE

DASH GND DASH GND (BLK, 18 GA GXL)


5
2
3 2

GAGE PWR GAGE PWR (RED, 18 GA GXL)


5 4

ENG STOP LT ENG STOP LT (ORG, 18 GA GXL)


TRANS TMP SW (D BLU, 18 GA GXL)
3 4 5

TRANS TMP SW
6 22 13
D1

ENG WARN LT ENG WARN LT (ORG, 18 GA GXL)


WAIT TO START LT WAIT TO START LT (WHT, 18 GA GXL)
ECM IGN ECM IGN (ORG, 18 GA GXL)
6 7 8

21 20 28
D2

HORN PWR HORN PWR


HORN HORN
7 11
3
(RED, 18 GA GXL)

HORN
2
(RED, 18 GA GXL)
(RED, 18 GA GXL)
(RED, 18 GA GXL)

GND FAULT
17

7
7

DASH PANEL HARNESS

PRK BRK SOL PRK BRK SOL


ENG STOP

16
ENG WARN
MAIN DASH PANEL

STR CRB STR CRB


TRANS TMP WRN
WAIT TO START

STEER/SWAY PWR
STR AW STR AW
10 8 9

TRAN/BRK PWR TRAN/BRK PWR


23

DCLUTCH IN
ST RLY ST RLY
14
7

STEER/SWAY PWR
4
3

6
9

7
6
3

7
4
3

6
1

SHIFT PWR 1 SHIFT PWR 1


TILT UP
2
5
10

8
2

TILT DN
PARK BRAKE

DCLUTCH
STEER MODE

AUX A
AUX B
ACC MOD GND DASH GND
15 25 26 27 18 19 24

CONNECTOR 1 SHEET 4

6
6

DPF REGEN

DEF (OPT)

HEST (OPT)

120 OHM

A
B

A
B
C

C
CAN TERMINATOR

AUX A
AUX B
TILT UP
TILT DN
KEY IGN

DCLUTCH

GND FAULT
DCLUTCH IN

PRK BRK SOL


ACC MOD GND
A
B
C
1001133557
REGEN HARNESS

REGEN FORCE SW REGEN FORCE SW


5
5

REGEN INH SW REGEN INH SW


(SHIELD/020)

REGEN DIS LAMP REGEN DIS LAMP


DPF SOOT LAMP DPF SOOT LAMP
(CAN L/905,GREEN)

HEST LAMP HEST LAMP


(CAN H/904, YELLOW)

PLUGGED DEF LAMP


SHIFTER GND PLUGGED
REGEN PWR REGEN PWR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SEE SHEET 3
4

4
SW3
SW1
F

1
4
N

TRANS SOL Y1
2
3

ON PAGE 2

TRANS SOL
TRANS SOL Y3
TRANS SOL Y6
PRK BRK SOL
HOBBS

TRANS SOL Y5
REVERSE SOL
PLUGGED
2
3
TURNER SHIFTER

1
4
N

PLUGGED
F

REVISIONS CONTINUED SHIFT PWR 1


KEY SW SIG
SW4

PLUGGED
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SW2

N
F4
F3
F2
F1

R3
R2
R1
GEAR

CAB

3
3

TILT UP
TILT DN

26 27
TRANS SOL Y1
TRANS SOL Y3
TRANS SOL Y5
TURNER

E4, E3
E4, E2
E4, E1
E6, E3
E5, E3
E5, E2
E5, E1

TRANS SOL
SHIFT PWR 1
KEY SW SIG
REVERSE SOL
NO SOLENOIDS INGAUGED
TRANSMISSION LEGEND

PRK BRK SOL

1 3 5 4 8 7 2 9
ACTIVATED TRANS SOLENOIDS

TRANS SOL Y6

6
ON-IDLE
IVR
THR SGN/915 THR SGN/915

CAB CONTROL HARNESS


THR RTN/914 THR RTN/914
THR SUP/911 THR SUP/911
IVS IVS
SHIFTER GND ON-IDLE
WILLIAMS
CONTROLS

SP ACCY PWR IVR


A B C D E F
THROTTLE

REGEN FORCE SW

2
2

REGEN INH SW

30 31 14 15 13 29 12 17 18 19
PLUGGED 3 87a
TWIST
12 TURNS
PER FOOT

TRAN/BRK PWR TRAN/BRK PWR 1 30


REVERSE REVERSE 4 87
RELAY

REVERSE SOL 5 86
REGEN DIS LAMP
REVERSE

SHIFTER GND 2 85
DPF SOOT LAMP
HEST LAMP

11 10 20 21 22
STAB/TILT PWR PLUGGED 3 87a

25
SHIFTER GND 1 30
TRANS TMP SW TRANS TMP SW 4 87
SP BAT PWR KEY START 5 86
REGEN PWR SHIFTER GND 2 85
TEST RELAY
WARN LIGHT

23 16 28

CONNECTOR 2 SHEET 4
AC CLUTCH

24
1

RED

2
STAB/TILT PWR

TILT
AC CLUTCH
SP BAT PWR

YEL

1
STD JOY PWR
SP ACCY PWR

1
SHIFTER GND

SPEED
STAB/TILT PWR

DT06-4S
SHIFTER GND
TILT UP
TILT DN TILT UP RED

1 2 3 4
UP
TILT

ROLLER OPTION
STD JOY PWR BLK
STD JOY PWR GRY

SHIFTER HARNESS

TO TILT ON JOYSTICK
TILT DN BLU

JOYSTICK

TILT
SEE

STANDARD

DOWN
PLUGGED PLUG

TL6 ONLY
PLUGGED PLUG

1 2 3 4 5 6
SHEET 2

A
B
C
D
a. Cab Schematic
S/N THH00150 & After
S/N THG00150 & After 9.6.1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SCHEMATICS 9.6
Electrical System
TL642C, TL943C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BEACON WORKLIGHTS
OPTIONS 1
2 2
3 3 STOP LT
OPTIONS VEC WORKLIGHT/
BEACON 4 STOPLIGHT
WIPER HEATER/BLOWER
S/W LT PWR SWITCH
F1 20 WIPER PWR OPTION
A 5
HEATER PWR 6 DOME/BCN GND
b. Options Schematic

F5 20

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85
B

87a
87a
KEY ACC STOP LT STOP LT
AUX ELECTRICS C
BCN PWR BCN PWR BCN PWR

1 3
F7 10
D
F8 10 D FAN PWR DOME
E
1 1 F6 30 DOME LT DOME LT DOME LT DOME LT LIGHT
LIGHTS BCN/FAN

GREEN-4
F
2 2 CAB LT PWR CAB LT PWR CAB LT PWR
G

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
S/W LT PWR S/W LT PWR

4 6 2
H S/W LT PWR
3 3 BCN LT
AUX ELEC1
SW1 86 WORK LT WORK LT DOME/BCN GND

8
D A A B
BEACON D

30
87
86
85

87a
4 4 OPTION (15A) OPTION (25A)
HEATER GND
B
CAB LT GND CAB LT GND CAB LT GND
C CAB LTS

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
DOME/BCN GND DOME/BCN GND DOME/BCN GND

7 5
D CAB LT GND LEFT
6 5 AUX ELEC2
A B

5 6 AUX ELEC PWR


E
SW1 87A CAB LIGHTS

BLUE-3

30
87
86
85
F

87a
7 7

F4
F3
F2
SW2 86 CAB LTS
G
SW2 87A CAB LT GND RIGHT
A B

25
15
BLACK-1 GRAY-2
H G F E D C B A H G F E D C B A
OPTIONS
FUSE LEGEND
F1 20A WIPER PWR
WINDSHIELD
F2 5A 5A ROOF WIPER PWR WASHER
DASH BLOWER HEATER M WIPER MOTOR
F3 15A 15A OPTION PWR 2 FAN MOTOR VALVE MOTOR
F4 25A 25A OPTION PWR M
F5 20A HEATER/BLOWER PWR M M M
WIPER
F6 30A LIGHT PWR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

25A OPT
PLUGGED
QC GND
F7 10A BEACON PWR H

15A OPT 2
OPT PWR 1
OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4
OPT GND 1
OPT GND 2
D FAN GND

AUX SW GND

MAST
LW

25A OPT GND


B

SWING
EXTRA
F8 10A DASH FAN PWR

SW2 86
SW1 86
15A OPT 2 GND

SW2 87A
SW1 87A
PLUGGED
PLUGGED
PLUGGED

SIDESHIFT
P

AUX SW GND
5A ROOF WIPER PWR
5A ROOF WIPER GND
A B A B C D
AUX
ELECTRIC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
OPTION

HEATER GND
HEATER PWR

HTR CNTRL B
EMPTY
EMPTY
WASHER

WIPER HI
WIPER LO

WIPER LO
WIPER HI
WIPER PWR

WIPER PARK

WIPER PARK
WASHER

C C

D FAN PWR
D FAN GND
HEATER HI

MAST
HEATER MED
HEATER LOW
HEATER GND

SWING
EXTRA
SW2 86
SW1 86

SW2 87A
SW1 87A
PLUGGED
PLUGGED
PLUGGED

SIDESHIFT
25A OPT
25A OPT GND

AUX SW GND
15A OPT 2
ROOF WIPER

15A OPT 2 GND


MOTOR

A
B

A
OPTION
25 A
M D FAN PWR D FAN PWR
HEATER PWR HEATER PWR
WIPER PWR WIPER PWR
HEATER GND HEATER GND

OPTION 2 B
15 A
8K OHM
D FAN GND D FAN GND
PLUGGED PLUGGED

A B C D E F
HTR TEMP
BLOWER
ENCLOSED CAB A B C

(RED)
M H
OPTION A/C SWITCH RESISTOR LOCATED
L B
C
APPROX 10" BEHIND
HEATER TEMP SWITCH

5A ROOF WIPER PWR


5A ROOF WIPER GND
CONNECTION IN
ENCLOSED CAB
RLY 87 A OPTIONS HARNESS
HTR CNTRL A
HEATER GND

AUX ELEC PWR


HEATER PWR

25A OPT GND B CONDENSER FANS


24 KOHM,1W

FAN SW C

(ON ROOF)
HEATER PWR

M 17A M
A 87
86 85
30

B THERMOSTATIC
(BLACK)
B
PRESSURE SWITCH (RED/WHITE)
QUICK CONNECT SWITCH A/C
1
AC CLUTCH PRS SW AC SW
2

~
SEE SHEET 1
3
AC SW
4

5 87 a
6 A/C
86 85
30 RELAY

AUX RLYS PWR


7

25A OPT
25A OPT GND
25A OPT GND

REVISIONS CONTINUED
FROM PAGE 1

A A

OPT GND 2

SIDESHIFT
PLUGGED
OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4
OPT GND 1

SWING
MAST

EXTRA
OPT PWR 1
QC PWR 1
QC GND 5
QC PWR 2
QC GND 7
KEY ACC
WORK LT
STOP LT

AUX RLYS PWR


6 5 19 17 15 8 10 12 14 16 18 7 9 11 13 2 1 4 3

OPTIONS HARNESS

CONNECTOR 3 SHEET 4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2350E
Electrical System

9-11
9-12
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ACCESSORY MODULE OPTION


CONNECTOR PIN TAGNAME DESCRIPTION TYPE
1 KEY IGN IGNITION POWER INPUT 1 5 EXC TILT +5 ANALOG EXCITATION VOLTAGE POWER OUTPUT
2 ACC MOD GND ACCESSORY MODULE GROUND POWER INPUT 2 TILT SIG A FORK TILT SIGNAL A ANALOG INPUT
3 TRIG JOYSTICK TRIGGER FOR DE-CLUTCH DIGITAL INPUT 3 TILT GND ANALOG GROUND POWER OUTPUT
4 DCLUTCH IN TRANSMISSION DE-CLUTCH INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 4 5 EXC AUX +5 ANALOG EXCITATION VOLTAGE POWER OUTPUT
5 DI2 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 5 AUX SIG A AUX HYD SIGNAL A ANALOG INPUT
6 ROLLER SEL ROLLER / JOYSTICK SELECT DIGITAL INPUT 6 AUX GND ANALOG GROUND POWER OUTPUT
D J1 (BLACK) J2 (GREY) D
7 TILT UP TILT UP VALUE DIGITAL OUTPUT 7 TILT SIG B FORK TILT SIGNAL B ANALOG INPUT
Electrical System

8 TILT DN TILT DOWN VALVE DIGITAL OUTPUT 8 AUX SIG B AUX HYD SIGNAL B ANALOG INPUT
9 AUX A AUX HYD VALVE A DIGITAL OUTPUT 9 CAN H/904 CANBUS HIGH SERIAL I/O
10 AUX B AUX HYD VALVE B DIGITAL OUTPUT 10 CAN L/905 CANBUS LOW SERIAL I/O
11 DCLUTCH TRANSMISSION DE-CLUTCH OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT 11 TX RS-232 TRANSMIT SERIAL OUTPUT
12 GND FAULT GND RLY FAULT SIG DIGITAL OUTPUT 12 RX RS-232 RECEIVE SERIAL INPUT

CAN SHIELD
CAN L/905 1
DCLUTCH IN SEE SHEET 1
CAN H/904 JUMPER2 IGN
2
DCLUTCH IN TILT UP
1 3
KEY IGN 4 TILT DN NOTE: FOR BASE MACHINE
2 JUMPER DCLUTCH
3
TILT UP 5 OR FAILED ACCESSORY
TILT DN 6 AUX A
4 SEE SHEET 1 MODULE ONLY
DCLUTCH AUX B
7
5 ACC MOD GND
6 AUX A 8
JUMPER PK BRK SOL
AUX B 9
7 PLUGGED
ACC MOD GND 10
c. Accessory Module Option Schematic

8 JUMPER2 GND FAULT


PLUGGED PK BRK SOL 11
9 PLUGGED
PLUGGED 10 PLUGGED 12
GND FAULT 11
GND FAULT
PLUGGED 12
PLUGGED

C C

KEY IGN KEY IGN

1
5 TL9 ONLY
ACC MOD GND
TRIG TRIG 6
DCLUTCH IN TILT SIG A
3
DI2 TILT GND 2
ROLLER SEL TILT SIG B 4
TILT UP 5 EXC TILT

J1 (BLACK)
TILT DN 1
AUX A PLUGGED
7
AUX B PLUGGED
8
DCLUTCH
GND FAULT

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
OPTIONAL
5 EXC TILT PROPORTIONAL AUX.
TILT SIG A PADDLE
TILT GND
5 EXC AUX 5 EXC AUX
1

ACCY. MODULE
AUX SIG A AUX SIG A 3
AUX GND AUX GND 2
TILT SIG B
AUX SIG B

J2 (GREY)
AUX SIG B 4 OPTIONAL FORK TILT AND PROPORTION AUX
CAN H/904 KEY IGN 5 ON JOYSTICK W/ DE-CLUTCH TRIGGER
CAN L/905 ROLLER SEL
6
TX
RX

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
B B
1 2 3 4

JLG ANALYZER

A A

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2360E

TL642C, TL943C
TL642C, TL943C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
TO CAB ASSEMBLY AIR TEMP 2
SENSOR
(OPT)
REVERSE (OPT)
TAIL LIGHT HORN
HRC CHASSIS HARNESS ALARM A/C QC DIVERTOR (OPT)
BU STOP TAIL CONNECTOR 1 CONNECTOR 2 CONNECTOR 3 COMPRESSOR 1 2 A B C D E F VALVE
TO CAB CONTROL HARNESS SHEET 1 TO OPTIONS HARNESS SHEET 2 AUXILIARY
TO DASH PANEL HARNESS SHEET 1
d. Chassis Schematic

M ELECTRIC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 A S LT RT TM
A B

BLK
RED
YEL
BLU
ORG

(-)

GRN
RED
BLK
PLUGGED

AIR RTN
PLUGGED

AIR TEMP
PLUGGED
A B C D
1 2 3 4
A B C D E F

MAST
BLK
YEL
BLU

RED
ORG

D D

HORN
HEST LAMP
ECM IGN
TILT DN

HORN
TILT UP

LT GND
QC GND 5
QC GND 7
SP GND 1

REVERSE
STR AW
ST RLY
AC CLUTCH

GND FAULT
AUX A
AUX B

KEY IGN
KEY ACC
STR CRB
FUL LVL
TILT UP
TILT DN
DCLUTCH
ECM IGN
CAN H/904
CAN L/905
PLUGGED
REVERSE
IVS
ON-IDLE
IVR
KEY ACC
STOP LT
WORK LT
EXTRA
SWING
SIDESHIFT
SP BAT PWR

QC PWR 1

DASH GND
GAGE PWR
HORN PWR
SP ACCY PWR

KEY START
KEY IGN
AC CLUTCH
OPT PWR 1
QC PWR 2
OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4
OPT GND 1
OPT GND 2

REGEN INH SW

PRK BRK SOL


SP BAT PWR

ACC MOD GND


DPF SOOT LAMP

KEY BAT PWR


SHIFT PWR 1
ENG WARN LT
SHIFT PWR 1
SHIFTER GND
THR SUP/911
THR SGN/915
THR RTN/914
SP ACCY PWR
REGEN DIS LAMP

TRANS TMP SW
ENG STOP LT
TRAN/BRK PWR
TRANS SOL Y1
REVERSE SOL
TRANS SOL Y3
TRANS SOL
TRANS SOL Y5
TRANS SOL Y6
PRK BRK SOL 2
TRAN/BRK PWR
TRANS TMP SW
AUX RLYS PWR
AUX ELEC GND

WAIT TO START
STAB/TILT PWR

STEER/SWAY PWR
REGEN FORCE SW
AC CLUTCH GND

LT GND

REVERSE
STOP LT
WORK LT
QC GND 7
QC GND 5
PLUGGED

QC PWR 2
CAN

QC PWR 1

VAT SIGNAL

SIGNAL PWR
SIGNAL RTN
CABLE

AUX ELEC GND

AIR/MAF SIGNAL
PLUGGED

A B C D E F
VEC POWER AND VEC GROUND
SHOWN ON PAGE 6 (D2).
A C A C POWER DIST
BLACK-6 GRAY-5 VEC
DASH GND
A
F2 5 ALT EXC
B
ACCY-2 IGNITION-2
MAST

F5 15 SP ACCY PWR
EXTRA
SWING

C
AUX RLYS PWR
PLUGGED

F6 10
SIDESHIFT

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85
D

87a
87a
OPT GND 1
E
AUX ELEC GND

KEY ACC

GREEN-4
F
F1 15 TRAN/BRK PWR
G
IGNITION-1 ACCY-1
OPT GND 2
H

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
SP CAB GND 1
A
SP CAB GND 1
B
SP GND 1
C
AC CLUTCH GND
D
AUX ELEC GND
E

F8
F3
F4
F9
F7
LT GND

BLUE-3

F16
F15
F13
F10
F14
F11
F12
C F
C
STR/FUL GND
G

20
20

20

25
10
10
25
15
10
10
15

20
ACC MOD GND
H

PRK BRK SOL 2


BLACK-1 GRAY-2 DCLUTCH
H G F E D C B A H G F E D C B A

REGEN DIS LAMP


1
REGEN FORCE SW A 87
2 TRANSMISSION DECLUTCH
REGEN INH SW 86
3 85 RELAY
DPF SOOT LAMP 30
4
ECM IGN
5
HEST LAMP

SHEET 6
6

KEY IGN
ENG GND

GAGE PWR
HORN PWR

OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 1
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4

SP BAT PWR

SHIFTER GND
ECU IGN/012
ECU BAT/022
KEY BAT PWR
ECU GND/050

STAB/TILT PWR
TO ENGINE HARNESS

STEER/SWAY PWR
CAB DASH CONTROLS
STR/FUL GND

PRK BRK SOL

B B

ACC MOD GND


PROPOR- 2
VLV GND ANT STL SIG ANTI-STALL VALVE
TIONAL 1 AUX A
HYD. VLV GND
AUX. 2 CAN
VALVE 1 AUX B CABLE
VLV GND TWIST 12 TURNS/FOOT
2
TILT-ON TILT UP
1
JOYSTICK VLV GND
2
VALVE TILT DN
1

ALL WHEEL STR AW


1
IVS
ON-IDLE
IVR

THR SUP/911
THR SGN/915
THR RTN/914

STEER STR/FUL GND

PRK BRK SOL

TRANS SOL Y1
2

REVERSE SOL
TRANS SOL
TRANS SOL Y3
TRANS SOL Y5
ECU GND/050
AIR/MAF SIGNAL

TRANS SOL Y6
SIGNAL RTN

KEY START

CAN H/904
CAN L/905

ST RLY
ENG GND
MODE
VAT SIGNAL

SIGNAL PWR

ENG WARN LT
ENG STOP LT
ALT EXC

WAIT TO START LT
TRANS TMP SW

ECU IGN/012
ECU BAT/022
VALVE STR CRB
CRAB 1
STR/FUL GND
2

B
STR/FUL GND
FUEL
SNDR FUL LVL 20 7 8 1 2 13 5 14 15 16 4 19 21 22 25 26 3 28 6 10 11 12 30 31 9 17 27 29 18 23 24
A

POWER DISTRIBUTION CONNECTOR 4


FUSE/BREAKER LEGEND TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR X653 SHEET 6
F1 15A TRANS/PARK BRK PWR

VLV GND
F2 5A ALTERNATOR EXCITE

GND FAULT
ACC MOD GND
A F3 10A ENGINE ECU IGN PWR A
F4 10A GAGE (INST PANEL) PWR A 87
GROUND FAULT
F5 15A SPARE ACCESSORY PWR 85 86 RLY
30
F6 10A AUX ELECTRIC PWR
F7 15A HORN PWR
F8 25A SPARE BATTERY PWR
F9 25A ENGINE ECU BAT PWR
F10 10A STEER/SWAY PWR
F11 10A R. AXLE STAB/TILT PWR
F12 15A KEY BATTERY PWR
F13 20A OPTIONS POWER 3
F14 20A OPTIONS POWER 4
F15 20A OPTIONS POWER 1
F16 20A OPTIONS POWER 2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2370E
Electrical System

9-13
9-14
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CAT SUPPLIED ENGINE HARNESS
A4E2 ECU POWER UNIT
J2 CONNECTOR

X929 BU 1 X929 BU G EIC 2


INJECTOR CYLINDER 4 RETURN
X923 OR 2 X923 OR H INJECTOR CYLINDER 4
INJECTOR CYLINDER 4

X928 GN 3 X928 GN F INJECTOR CYLINDER 3 RETURN


X922 WH 4 X922 WH E INJECTOR CYLINDER 3
INJECTOR CYLINDER 3
e. Power Unit Schematic

X927 YL 1 X927 YL C INJECTOR CYLINDER 2 RETURN


X921 PK 2 X921 PK D INJECTOR CYLINDER 2
D D
INJECTOR CYLINDER 2
Electrical System

TRANS SOL E1
X926 GY 3 X926 GY B INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 RETURN TRANSMISSION LEGEND E1 ENG GND

A B
X920 BR 4 X920 BR A INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 TURNER TRANS SOL E2
INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 INTERNAL EXTERNAL E2
GEAR ACTIVATED TRANS SOLENOIDS ENG GND

A B
(ROCKER
COVER) TRANS SOL E3
F1 E5, E1 E3 ENG GND

A B
1 EIC 1
BARAMETRIC F2 E5, E2 CONNECT TO ENGINE HARNESS
2 TRANS SOL E4
PRESSURE SENSOR E4 ON PAGE 6 (D5).
3 R747 GY 34 BARAMETRIC PRESS SIGNAL ENG GND

A B
F3 E5, E3
TRANS SOL E5
F4 E6, E3 E5 ENG GND

A B
1 N940 BU 47 IMP POWER SUPPLY (5V)
INTAKE MANIFOLD N941 YL TRANS SOL E6
2 57 IMP RETURN R1 E4, E1
PRESSURE SENSOR E6
3 N746 PK ENG GND

A B
4 IMP SIGNAL
R2 E4, E2
TRANS TMP SW

250 F
1 R3 E4, E3 ENG GND

TURNER TRANSMISSION
A B
FUEL RAIL Y946 BU
2 37 FRP SENSOR SIGNAL
PRESSURE SENSOR N NO SOLENOIDS INGAUGED
3

1 J844 GY 46 OIL PRESSURE SENSOR PWR (5V)


OIL PRESSURE
SENSOR 2 C246 BK 56 OIL PRESSURE SENSOR RETURN
3 994 GY 35 OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL

COOLANT TEMP 1 955 BU 9 COOLANT TEMP SIGNAL


SENSOR 2
C C

INTAKE MANIFOLD 1 C967 BU 19 IMT SIGNAL


TEMP SENSOR 2

STRT AID NEG CABLE BATTERY CABLES


ENGINE FUEL 1 F421 YL 10 ENGINE FUEL TEMP SIGNAL
TEMP SENSOR 2 CAB GND CABLE

TO POD GND TO CAB GND


CRANKSHAFT SPEED/ 1 996 GN 44 SPEED SENSOR POWER (8V) EPDM - BLK 2/0AWG
1 1
TIMING SENSOR 2 E965 BU 38 CRANK SPEED/TIME SENS SIG

1
1
POD GND CAB GND

MAIN B-

MAIN B+
* *
EXTRA BATTERY MAIN BATTERY

PUMP/CAM SPEED 1 ALT GND CABLE


SENSOR 2 P920 BR 39 PUMP/CAM SPEED SENS SIG

1
1
1
1

1
TO POD GND TO ALT GND STUD
EPDM - BLK 2AWG
1 1

B- TERM
B- TERM

B+ TERM
B+ TERM

B+ TERM POD GND ALT GND

FUEL PUMP 1 Y950 YL 69 FUEL PUMP SOLENOID PWM SIG


SOLENOID 2 Y951 PU 70 FUEL PUMP SOLENOID RETURN ENG GND CABLE

EPDM - BLK 2/0AWG


NEG BTTY

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG


TO POD GND TO ENG GND STUD
EPDM - BLK 2/0AWG

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG

EPDM - BLK 2AWG


CABLE 1 1

POD GND ENG GND


#1001127487
ELECTRONIC 1 STRT AID POS CABLE
B M795 WH 24 WASTEGATE PWM SIGNAL B
WASTEGATE STRT GND CABLE
2 C211 BK 14 WASTEGATE RETURN
ACTUATOR

A 101 RD 53 BAT+ (FOR COMMS ADAPTER)


TO POD GND TO POD GND TO STRT GND STUD
EPDM - BLK 2/0AWG EPDM - BLK 2AWG
B 229 BK 54 BAT- (FOR COMMS ADAPTER) 1 1 1
C POD GND POD GND STRT GND
D 944 OR 28 DATA LINK POSITIVE
DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR (9 PIN) E 945 BR 20 DATA LINK NEGATIVE TO STRT PWR
F F712 GY 31 J1939- EPDM + RED 2/0AWG
G F711 GN 1
30 J1939+
H STRT PWR
POSITIVE BATTERY CABLE
J
TO PWR BUSSBAR
1 J844 GY 46 5 VOLT SENSOR SUPPLY EPDM + RED 2/0AWG
2 C246 BK 1
EXHAUST 56 SENSOR RETURN
BACK PRESSURE 3 K443 PK 16 VALVE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL PWR BUSS
POSITIVE BATTERY CABLE
VALVE 4 R884 WH 48 EXHAUST BACK PRES VLV RTN
5 R663 YL 58 EXHAUST BACK PRES VLV RTN

1
2
NRS VALVE 3 K446 PU 15 NRS VALVE POSITION SENSOR
4 Y765 GN 32 NRS VALVE RETURN
6 Y764 YL 40 NRS VALVE SUPPLY

NRS TEMP 1 N736 GN 8 NRS TEMPERATURE SENSOR


SENSOR 2

A 1 N940 BU 47 ENG 5 VOLT SENSOR SUPPLY 2 A


NRS INTAKE
N941 YL 57 ENG 0 VOLT SENSOR RETURN 2
PRESSURE SENSOR 2
3 N735 BU 6 NRS INTAKE PRESSURE SENSOR

1
NRS OUTLET
2
PRESSURE SENSOR
3 N737 PU 7 NRS OUTLET PRESSURE SENSOR

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2380E

TL642C, TL943C
f.

TL642C, TL943C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
X846
PUMP DISPLACEMENT MODULE START 30A (SW), ECM 50A (SW), VEC 60A (CONT), BLK ALT GND GND
X639 X640 1
WHT INJECTOR 1 H1 WHT INJECTOR 1 H1 BLACK JLG ACCY MODULE GRAY MAIN 60A (CONT) GLOW 60A (CONT) VEC 60A (CONT)
16 A
WHT INJECTOR 1 L1 WHT INJECTOR 1 L1 BUSSMAN DIODE PACK 2 BUSSMANN DIODE PACK 1 RED CONNECTOR GREEN CONNECTOR VEC FUSE
32 B 150A X841
WHT INJECTOR 1 L2 WHT INJECTOR 1 L2 RELAY, POWER MODULE RELAY, POWER MODULE FUSE, POWER MODULE RED ALT PWR TO STARTER B+
31 C 1
WHT INJECTOR 1 H2 WHT INJECTOR 1 H2
1 D
WHT INJECTOR 2 H1 WHT INJECTOR 2 H1 EIC 1 PARK BRAKE
17 E ALTERNATOR X116
WHT INJECTOR 2 L1 WHT INJECTOR 2 L1 VALVE BLK VEC GND
48 F A
WHT INJECTOR 2 L2 WHT INJECTOR 2 L2 INJECTOR BANK 5A 5A 5A 25A 5A VEC GND
46 G TRANSMISSION B

B+
D+
W
WHT INJECTOR 2 H2 WHT INJECTOR 2 H2 BLK VEC GND
2 H SHEET 5 C

IGN PWR (7-33V)


GROUND
DIGITAL INPUT 0
DIGITAL INPUT 1
DIGITAL INPUT 2
DIGITAL INPUT 3
PWM OUTPUT 0
PWM OUTPUT 1
PWM OUTPUT 2
PWM OUTPUT 3
PWM OUTPUT 4
PWM OUTPUT 5
ANALOG +5V OUT
ANALOG INPUT 0
ANALOG GROUND
ANALOG +5V OUT
ANALOG INPUT 1
ANALOG GROUND
ANALOG INPUT 2
N/A
CANBUS HIGH
CANBUS LOW
ANALYZER TX
ANALYZER RX
3 J

1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
56 K X115

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2

10
11
12
10
11
12
RL825-Y
RED VEC PWR 1

RL825-R
5

EC241-W
A

RL864
RL825
EC241-B+
EC241-D+

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
B
A
C
D
E
F
G
H
RL864-Y
RL864-R
FC847-Y
FC847-R

RL864-B+
RL825-B+
FC847-B+
VEC PWR

X262
7 B

EC241-GND
X641

HV870
WHT FUEL MTR SUP WHT FUEL MTR SUP RED VEC PWR 2

CO865-J1
CO865-J2
MS892
MS878
15 1 C
WHT FUEL MTR UNIT WHT FUEL MTR UNIT

BUSBAR
BUSBAR
60 2

BUSSBAR
WHT OIL PRS SW WHT OIL PRS SW
6 3 X655

WHT TX
GRN RX

ORG IGN
WHT RL PRS SNS GND WHT RL PRS SNS GND ORG START SOL TO STARTER S TERMINAL
26 5 1

BLK ENG GND


WHT RL PRS SNS SIG WHT RL PRS SNS SIG

BLK ENG GND


BLK ENG GND

YEL CAN1 H
41 6

BLK ALT GND

RED ALT EXCITE

RED VEC PWR 1

GRN CAN1 L
RED ALT PWR

BLK ENG GND


BLK ENG GND
RED VEC PWR 2

ORG ST RLY

S868
BRN TRANS SOL
WHT RL PRS SNS SUP WHT RL PRS SNS SUP

ORN CCV IGN


11 7 X889

ORG MAIN PWR

ORG ECM IGN

ORN CCV IGN


ORN CCV IGN
WHT CRNK SPD SIG + WHT CRNK SPD SIG +

VIO PRK BRK SOL


WHT REGEN DIS LAMP

ORG START SOL

ORG ECM PWR

VIO PRK BRK SOL


BLK ENG GND

BRN TRANS SOL Y5

BRN REVERSE SOL


ORG MAIN PWR
ORG ECM PWR
ORG ECM PWR
ORN ST RLY
59 9 1

ORG GLOW PWR

DBL TRANS TEMP SW


ORG ECM PWR 1

BRN TRANS SOL Y3


BRN TRANS SOL Y6
ORG ECM PWR

BRN TRANS SOL Y1


WHT CRNK SPD SIG - WHT CRNK SPD SIG - WHT REGEN FORCE SW

ORG ECM PWR

ORG ECM PWR 3-5


D

ORG ECM PWR


D

ORG MAIN RLY CTRL


44 10 2

VIO MAIN RLY CTRL


BLK ENG GND
CAB DASH CONTROLS

BLK ENG GND


SHIELD CRNK SPD SHLD WHT REGEN INH SW

VIO ANTSTL SIG


S884
45 11 3

S885
WHT CAM SPD SIG WHT CAM SPD SIG WHT DPF SOOT LAMP TO CHASSIS HARNESS

S867
S890 VIO MAIN RLY CTRL
14 4 4
WHT CAM SPD GND WHT CAM SPD GND ORG ECM IGN SHEET 4
28 8 5
WHT CAM SPD SUP WHT CAM SPD SUP WHT HEST LAMP
13 12 6
WHT CLT TMP GND WHT CLT TMP GND
58 13 S883
A [J2] WHT CLT TMP SIG WHT CLT TMP SIG
57 14
Engine Harness Schematic

WHT FUEL TMP GND WHT FUEL TMP GND BLK ENG GND
23 15 4
WHT FUEL TMP SIG WHT FUEL TMP SIG WHT TX
ECM CONNECTOR 38 16 3
WHT BOOST PRS SUP WHT BOOST PRS SUP PROG GRN RX
10 17 2

S897
WHT BOOST PRS SIG WHT BOOST PRS SIG ORG IGN
40 18 1 X653
WHT BOOST PRS GND WHT BOOST PRS GND X866 ORG IGN
25 19 1
WHT BOOST TMP SIG WHT BOOST TMP SIG PLUGGED
55 20 2

S871
WHT EX GAS PRS SUP WHT EX GAS PRS SUP BLK GND
12 21 3
WHT EX GAS PRS GND WHT EX GAS PRS GND BLK ENG GND
27 22 4
WHT EH GAS PRS SIG WHT EH GAS PRS SIG VIO ANTSTL SIG
43 23 5
WHT EGM MOTOR POS WHT EGM MOTOR POS VIO PRK BRK SOL
50 29 6
WHT EGR MOTOR NEG WHT EGR MOTOR NEG VIO ENG WARN LT
35 30 7
WHT EGR POS SNS SUP WHT EGR POS SNS SUP WHT ENG STOP LT
9 33 8
WHT EGR POS SNS SIG WHT EGR POS SNS SIG RED ALT EXCITE
39 34 9
WHT EGR POS SNS GND WHT EGR POS SNS GND ORG THR SUP 911
24 35 10
WHT TVA MOTOR POS WHT TVA MOTOR POS GRN THR SGN 915
49 37 11
WHT TVA MOTOR NEG WHT TVA MOTOR NEG BLK THR RTN 914
34 38 12
WHT TVA POS SNS SUP WHT TVA POS SNS SUP ORN ST RLY
8 41 13
WHT TVA POS SNS SIG WHT TVA POS SNS SIG YEL CAN1 H
53 42 MS869 HI 14
WHT TVA POS SNS GND WHT TVA POS SNS GND EIC 2 YEL CAN1 H GRN CAN1 L
37 43 1 15
WHT ELEC WASTE GATE WHT ELEC WASTE GATE YEL CAN1 H VIO KEY START
4 27 2 16
WHT IGN YEL CAN1 H DBL TRANS TEMP SW
18 28 7 17
WHT T3 TEMP SENSOR GND YEL CAN1 H VIO IVS SIG TO CHASSIS HARNESS
19 25 8 18
WHT T3 TEMP SENSOR SIG GRN CAN1 L BRN TRANS SOL Y1
20 26 3 19 CONNECTOR 4 SHEET 4
ORG GLOW PLUG 1 GRN CAN1 L WHT WAIT TO START LT

GENERIC
21 61 4 20 1001143949

2 x 4 Buss Bar
ORG GLOW PLUG 2 GRN CAN1 L BRN REVERSE SOL
22 60 5 21
ORG GLOW PLUG 3 GRN CAN1 L BRN TRANS SOL Y3
29 58 6 22
ORG GLOW PLUG 4 BLK ON IDLE
30 57 23
S911 LO PLUGGED
33 24 24
BRN TRANS SOL
36 31 25
BRN TRANS SOL Y5
42 36 26
PLUGGED
47 39 27
BRN TRANS SOL Y6
51 40 28
RED ECM BATT + PLUGGED
52 44 29
BLK ECM GND 1 GRN AIR TMP
54 45 30
C BLK AIR TMP RTN C
46 31
47
BLK ENG GND
48
BLK ENG GND X643
49
BLK ENG GND GND
X642 50 1
WHT T3 TEMP SENSOR GND BLK ENG GND
81 51
WHT T3 TEMP SENSOR SIG BLK ENG GND 3/8" 2 AWG RING

GRN CAN L 1
82 52
ORG LAMBDA HEATING BLK ENG GND
7 53 X117
BLK VEC GND GND
8 54 1
BLK VEC GND
9 55
10 56 X652
VIO LAMBDA SENSOR CURRENT PUMP
11 59 1

YEL CAN H 1
VIO LAMBDA CURRENT ADJUST
12 62 5
BLK LAMBDA SENSOR GND
13 32 2
ORG DPF PRS SENSOR SUPPLY VIO LAMBDA VOLTAGE NERNST LAMBDA
14 6
ORG LAMBDA HEATING
15 3
ORG THR SUP 911 ORG ECM IGN
16 4
17
18
GRN AIR TMP
19
BLK AIR TMP RTN
20
21
GRY GLOW PLUG CNTL FEEDBACK
22
23 X658
BLK DOC INLET TEMP SENSOR GND

S872
24 2
VIO DOC INLET TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL DOC INLET TEMP
25 1
26
27 X659
VIO DPF INLET TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL
29 1
VIO WATER IN FUEL SW BLK DPF INLET TEMP SENSOR GND DPF INLET TEMP
30 2
31
32 X660
ORG DPF PRS SENSOR SUPPLY
33 1
BLK DPF PRS SENSOR GND DPF PRS SENSOR
34 2
VIO DPF PRS SENSOR SIGNAL
35 3
BLK DPF PRS SENSOR GND
36
37 X661
BLK THR RTN 914 ORG ECM IGN
38 A
BLK ENG GND
39 B
GRY ISO-K
40 C
BLK GLOW PLUG CNTL GND GRN CAN L 1
41 D
B YEL CAN H 1 DIAGNOSTIC (ENGINE) B
42 E
WHT REGEN FORCE SW GRN CAN1 L
43 F
S912 YEL CAN1 H
44 G
S913
45 H
YEL CAN1 H
46 J
GRN CAN1 L
47
WHT REGEN DIS LAMP
48 X666
VIO WATER IN FUEL SW
49 1
WHT WAIT TO START LT ORG IGN
50 2 WATER IN FUEL SWITCH
WHT ENG STOP LT BLK ENG GND
51 3
VIO GLOW PLUG CNTL CMD
52
53 X668
ORG IGN VIO GLOW PLUG CNTL CMD
54 8
GRY GLOW PLUG CNTL FEEDBACK
55 3
BLK GLOW PLUG CNTL GND
56 5 GLOW PLUG CONTROLLER
K [J1] S902 ORG GLOW PWR
57 4
VIO DPF PRS SENSOR SIGNAL ORG GLOW PLUG 1
58 2
YEL MAN REGEN INTERLOK - ORG GLOW PLUG 2
59 7
ECM CONNECTOR 60
GRN THR SGN 915 ORG GLOW PLUG 3
1
ORG GLOW PLUG 4
61 6
MAN REGEN INTERLOCK
62
VIO LAMBDA VOLTAGE NERNST RELAY
63 STARTER CONTROL
VIO LAMBDA SENSOR CURRENT PUMP RELAY
64 BLK GND 87
ORN ST RLY 87 4
65 4 YEL MAN REGEN INTERLOK 30
WHT REGEN INH SW ORN ST RLY 30 1
66 1 87a
S916 87a 3
67 3 ORN ST RLY 85
GRY ISO-K VIO KEY START 85 2
68 2 BLK GND 86
BLK GND 86 5
69 5 RL915
S917
70 RL914
71
72
73
WHT HEST LAMP
74
75
VIO IVS SIG
76
77
78

ORN CCV IGN


BLK DOC INLET TEMP SENSOR GND

BLK ENG GND


79
VIO DOC INLET TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL
80
BLK DPF INLET TEMP SENSOR GND

X910
83

2
1
VIO DPF INLET TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL
84
BLK LAMBDA SENSOR GND CCV HEATER
A 85 A
VIO LAMBDA CURRENT ADJUST
86
87
88
89
90
91
VIO ENG WARN LT
92
93
94 WHT DPF SOOT LAMP
BLK ENG GND
28
ORG ECM PWR 5
5
ORG ECM PWR 3
3
ORG ECM PWR 1 S647
1
BLK ECM GND S909
2
BLK ECM GND
4
BLK ECM GND
6
S645

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2390E
Electrical System

9-15
TL642C, TL943C 9-16
MAL2400C
A
B
C
D

KEY BAT PWR


1
SWITCH
KEY/IGN

KEY START
4

KEY IGN
2

(SHIELD/020)
C
KEY ACC (CAN L/905,GREEN)
(SHIELD/020)

B
SHIELD (SHIELD/020) (CAN H/904, YELLOW)
C A
(CAN L/905, GREEN)

8
8

(CAN L/905)
(CAN H/904, YELLOW)

CAN L B (SHIELD/020)
CAN H (CAN H/904) C
3 31 30 29

A (CAN L/905,GREEN)
SHIELDED B
(CAN H/904, YELLOW)
CABLE A
(D BLU, 18 GA GXL)
FUL LVL FUL LVL
12
1
GAUGE
STONERIDGE

DASH GND DASH GND (BLK, 18 GA GXL)


5
2
3 2

GAGE PWR GAGE PWR (RED, 18 GA GXL)


5 4

ENG STOP LT ENG STOP LT (ORG, 18 GA GXL)


TRANS TMP SW (D BLU, 18 GA GXL)
3 4 5

TRANS TMP SW
6 22 13
D1

ENG WARN LT ENG WARN LT (ORG, 18 GA GXL)


WAIT TO START LT WAIT TO START LT (WHT, 18 GA GXL)
ECM IGN ECM IGN (ORG, 18 GA GXL)
6 7 8

21 20 28
D2

HORN PWR HORN PWR


HORN HORN
7 11
3
(RED, 18 GA GXL)

HORN
2
(RED, 18 GA GXL)
(RED, 18 GA GXL)
(RED, 18 GA GXL)

GND FAULT
17

7
7

DASH PANEL HARNESS

PRK BRK SOL PRK BRK SOL


ENG STOP

16
ENG WARN
MAIN DASH PANEL

STR CRB STR CRB


TRANS TMP WRN
WAIT TO START

STEER/SWAY PWR
STR AW STR AW
10 8 9

TRAN/BRK PWR TRAN/BRK PWR


23

DCLUTCH IN
ST RLY ST RLY
14
7

STEER/SWAY PWR
4
3

6
1

7
4
3

6
1

SHIFT PWR 1 SHIFT PWR 1


TILT UP
2

TILT DN
PARK BRAKE

DCLUTCH
STEER MODE

AUX A
AUX B
CONNECTOR 1 SHEET 4

ACC MOD GND DASH GND


15 25 26 27 18 19 24

6
6

120 OHM

A
B

A
B
C

C
CAN TERMINATOR

AUX A
AUX B
TILT UP
TILT DN
KEY IGN

DCLUTCH

GND FAULT
DCLUTCH IN

PRK BRK SOL


ACC MOD GND
A
B
C

5 REGEN FORCE SW
5

REGEN INH SW
(SHIELD/020)

REGEN DIS LAMP


DPF SOOT LAMP
(CAN L/905,GREEN)

HEST LAMP
(CAN H/904, YELLOW)

PLUGGED
SHIFTER GND
REGEN PWR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SEE SHEET 3
4

4
SW3
SW1
F

1
4
N

TRANS SOL Y1
2
3

TRANS SOL
ON PAGE 2
TRANS SOL Y3
TRANS SOL Y6
PRK BRK SOL
HOBBS

TRANS SOL Y5
REVERSE SOL
PLUGGED
2
3

1
4
N
TURNER SHIFTER

PLUGGED
F

SHIFT PWR 1
KEY SW SIG
SW4

REVISIONS CONTINUED
PLUGGED
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SW2

N
F4
F3
F2
F1

R3
R2
R1
GEAR

CAB

3
3

TILT UP
TILT DN

26 27
TRANS SOL Y1
TRANS SOL Y3
TURNER

E4, E3
E4, E2
E4, E1
E6, E3
E5, E3
E5, E2
E5, E1

TRANS SOL Y5
TRANS SOL
SHIFT PWR 1
KEY SW SIG
REVERSE SOL
NO SOLENOIDS INGAUGED
TRANSMISSION LEGEND

ACTIVATED TRANS SOLENOIDS

PRK BRK SOL

1 3 5 4 8 7 2 9
TRANS SOL Y6

6
ON-IDLE
IVR

CAB CONTROL HARNESS


THR SGN/915 THR SGN/915
THR RTN/914 THR RTN/914
THR SUP/911 THR SUP/911
IVS IVS
SHIFTER GND ON-IDLE
WILLIAMS
CONTROLS

SP ACCY PWR IVR


A B C D E F
THROTTLE

REGEN FORCE SW

2
2

REGEN INH SW

30 31 14 15 13 29 12 17 18 19
PLUGGED 3 87a
TWIST
12 TURNS
PER FOOT

TRAN/BRK PWR TRAN/BRK PWR 1 30


REVERSE REVERSE 4 87
RELAY

REVERSE SOL 5 86
REGEN DIS LAMP
REVERSE

SHIFTER GND 2 85
DPF SOOT LAMP
HEST LAMP

11 10 20 21 22
STAB/TILT PWR PLUGGED 3 87a

25
SHIFTER GND 1 30
TRANS TMP SW TRANS TMP SW 4 87
SP BAT PWR KEY START 5 86
REGEN PWR SHIFTER GND 2 85
TEST RELAY
WARN LIGHT

23 16 28

CONNECTOR 2 SHEET 4
AC CLUTCH

24
1

RED

2
STAB/TILT PWR

TILT
SHIFTER GND

AC CLUTCH
SP BAT PWR
YEL

1
STD JOY PWR

SP ACCY PWR

1
SPEED
STAB/TILT PWR

DT06-4S
SHIFTER GND
TILT UP
TILT DN TILT UP RED

1 2 3 4
UP
TILT

ROLLER OPTION
STD JOY PWR BLK
STD JOY PWR GRY

SHIFTER HARNESS

TO TILT ON JOYSTICK
TILT DN BLU

JOYSTICK

TILT
SEE

TL6 ONLY

STANDARD

DOWN
PLUGGED PLUG
PLUGGED PLUG

1 2 3 4 5 6
SHEET 2

A
B
C
D
a. Cab Schematic
S/N SXH00150 & After
S/N THL00150 & After 9.6.2
Electrical System
TL642C, TL943C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BEACON WORKLIGHTS
OPTIONS 1
2 2
3 3 STOP LT
OPTIONS VEC WORKLIGHT/
BEACON 4 STOPLIGHT
WIPER HEATER/BLOWER
S/W LT PWR SWITCH
F1 20 WIPER PWR OPTION
A 5
6
b. Options Schematic

F5 20 HEATER PWR DOME/BCN GND

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85
B

87a
87a
KEY ACC STOP LT STOP LT
AUX ELECTRICS C
BCN PWR BCN PWR BCN PWR

1 3
F7 10
D
F8 10 D FAN PWR DOME
E
1 1 F6 30 DOME LT DOME LT DOME LT DOME LT LIGHT
LIGHTS BCN/FAN

GREEN-4
F
2 2 CAB LT PWR CAB LT PWR CAB LT PWR
G

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
S/W LT PWR S/W LT PWR

4 6 2
H S/W LT PWR
3 3 BCN LT
AUX ELEC1
SW1 86 WORK LT WORK LT DOME/BCN GND

8
BEACON
A B
D A D

30
87
86
85

87a
4 4 OPTION (15A) OPTION (25A)
HEATER GND
B
CAB LT GND CAB LT GND CAB LT GND
C CAB LTS

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
DOME/BCN GND DOME/BCN GND DOME/BCN GND

7 5
D CAB LT GND LEFT
6 5 AUX ELEC2
A B

5 6 AUX ELEC PWR


E
SW1 87A CAB LIGHTS

BLUE-3

30
87
86
85
F

87a
7 7

F4
F3
F2
SW2 86 CAB LTS
G
SW2 87A CAB LT GND RIGHT
A B

25
15
BLACK-1 GRAY-2
H G F E D C B A H G F E D C B A
OPTIONS
FUSE LEGEND
F1 20A WIPER PWR
WINDSHIELD
F2 5A 5A ROOF WIPER PWR WASHER
DASH BLOWER HEATER M WIPER MOTOR
F3 15A 15A OPTION PWR 2 FAN MOTOR VALVE MOTOR
F4 25A 25A OPTION PWR M
F5 20A HEATER/BLOWER PWR M M M
WIPER
F6 30A LIGHT PWR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

25A OPT
PLUGGED
QC GND
F7 10A BEACON PWR H

15A OPT 2
OPT PWR 1
OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4
OPT GND 1
OPT GND 2
D FAN GND

AUX SW GND

MAST
LW

25A OPT GND


B

SWING
EXTRA
F8 10A DASH FAN PWR

SW2 86
SW1 86
15A OPT 2 GND

SW2 87A
SW1 87A
PLUGGED
PLUGGED
PLUGGED

SIDESHIFT
P

AUX SW GND
5A ROOF WIPER PWR
5A ROOF WIPER GND
A B A B C D
AUX
ELECTRIC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
OPTION

HEATER GND
HEATER PWR

HTR CNTRL B
EMPTY
EMPTY
WASHER

WIPER HI
WIPER LO

WIPER LO
WIPER HI
WIPER PWR

WIPER PARK

WIPER PARK
WASHER

C C

D FAN PWR
D FAN GND
HEATER HI

MAST
HEATER MED
HEATER LOW
HEATER GND

SWING
EXTRA
SW2 86
SW1 86

SW2 87A
SW1 87A
PLUGGED
PLUGGED
PLUGGED

SIDESHIFT
25A OPT
25A OPT GND

AUX SW GND
15A OPT 2
ROOF WIPER

15A OPT 2 GND


MOTOR

A
B

A
OPTION
25 A
M D FAN PWR D FAN PWR
HEATER PWR HEATER PWR
WIPER PWR WIPER PWR
HEATER GND HEATER GND

OPTION 2 B
15 A
8K OHM
D FAN GND D FAN GND
PLUGGED PLUGGED

A B C D E F
HTR TEMP
BLOWER
ENCLOSED CAB A B C

(RED)
M H
OPTION A/C SWITCH RESISTOR LOCATED
L B
C
APPROX 10" BEHIND
HEATER TEMP SWITCH

5A ROOF WIPER PWR


5A ROOF WIPER GND
CONNECTION IN
ENCLOSED CAB
RLY 87 A OPTIONS HARNESS
HTR CNTRL A
HEATER GND

AUX ELEC PWR


HEATER PWR

25A OPT GND B CONDENSER FANS


24 KOHM,1W

FAN SW C

(ON ROOF)
HEATER PWR

M 17A M
A 87
86 85
30

B THERMOSTATIC (BLACK)
B
(RED/WHITE)
QUICK CONNECT SWITCH A/C PRESSURE SWITCH
1
AC CLUTCH PRS SW AC SW
2

~
SEE SHEET 1
3
AC SW
4

5 87 a
6 A/C
86 85
30 RELAY

AUX RLYS PWR


7

25A OPT
25A OPT GND
25A OPT GND

REVISIONS CONTINUED
FROM PAGE 1

A A

OPT GND 2

SIDESHIFT
PLUGGED
OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4
OPT GND 1

SWING
MAST

EXTRA
OPT PWR 1
QC PWR 1
QC GND 5
QC PWR 2
QC GND 7
KEY ACC
WORK LT
STOP LT

AUX RLYS PWR


6 5 19 17 15 8 10 12 14 16 18 7 9 11 13 2 1 4 3

OPTIONS HARNESS

CONNECTOR 3 SHEET 4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2350E
Electrical System

9-17
9-18
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ACCESSORY MODULE OPTION


CONNECTOR PIN TAGNAME DESCRIPTION TYPE
1 KEY IGN IGNITION POWER INPUT 1 5 EXC TILT +5 ANALOG EXCITATION VOLTAGE POWER OUTPUT
2 ACC MOD GND ACCESSORY MODULE GROUND POWER INPUT 2 TILT SIG A FORK TILT SIGNAL A ANALOG INPUT
3 TRIG JOYSTICK TRIGGER FOR DE-CLUTCH DIGITAL INPUT 3 TILT GND ANALOG GROUND POWER OUTPUT
4 DCLUTCH IN TRANSMISSION DE-CLUTCH INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 4 5 EXC AUX +5 ANALOG EXCITATION VOLTAGE POWER OUTPUT
5 DI2 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL INPUT 5 AUX SIG A AUX HYD SIGNAL A ANALOG INPUT
6 ROLLER SEL ROLLER / JOYSTICK SELECT DIGITAL INPUT 6 AUX GND ANALOG GROUND POWER OUTPUT
D J1 (BLACK) J2 (GREY) D
7 TILT UP TILT UP VALUE DIGITAL OUTPUT 7 TILT SIG B FORK TILT SIGNAL B ANALOG INPUT
Electrical System

8 TILT DN TILT DOWN VALVE DIGITAL OUTPUT 8 AUX SIG B AUX HYD SIGNAL B ANALOG INPUT
9 AUX A AUX HYD VALVE A DIGITAL OUTPUT 9 CAN H/904 CANBUS HIGH SERIAL I/O
10 AUX B AUX HYD VALVE B DIGITAL OUTPUT 10 CAN L/905 CANBUS LOW SERIAL I/O
11 DCLUTCH TRANSMISSION DE-CLUTCH OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT 11 TX RS-232 TRANSMIT SERIAL OUTPUT
12 GND FAULT GND RLY FAULT SIG DIGITAL OUTPUT 12 RX RS-232 RECEIVE SERIAL INPUT

CAN SHIELD
CAN L/905 1
DCLUTCH IN SEE SHEET 1
CAN H/904 JUMPER2 IGN
2
DCLUTCH IN TILT UP
1 3
KEY IGN 4 TILT DN NOTE: FOR BASE MACHINE
2 JUMPER DCLUTCH
3
TILT UP 5 OR FAILED ACCESSORY
TILT DN 6 AUX A
4 SEE SHEET 1 MODULE ONLY
DCLUTCH AUX B
7
5 ACC MOD GND
6 AUX A 8
JUMPER PK BRK SOL
AUX B 9
7 PLUGGED
ACC MOD GND 10
c. Accessory Module Option Schematic

8 JUMPER2 GND FAULT


PLUGGED PK BRK SOL 11
9 PLUGGED
PLUGGED 10 PLUGGED 12
GND FAULT 11
GND FAULT
PLUGGED 12
PLUGGED

C C

KEY IGN KEY IGN

1
5 TL9 ONLY
ACC MOD GND
TRIG TRIG 6
DCLUTCH IN TILT SIG A
3
DI2 TILT GND 2
ROLLER SEL TILT SIG B 4
TILT UP 5 EXC TILT

J1 (BLACK)
TILT DN 1
AUX A PLUGGED
7
AUX B PLUGGED
8
DCLUTCH
GND FAULT

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
OPTIONAL
5 EXC TILT PROPORTIONAL AUX.
TILT SIG A PADDLE
TILT GND
5 EXC AUX 5 EXC AUX
1

ACCY. MODULE
AUX SIG A AUX SIG A 3
AUX GND AUX GND 2
TILT SIG B
AUX SIG B

J2 (GREY)
AUX SIG B 4 OPTIONAL FORK TILT AND PROPORTION AUX
CAN H/904 KEY IGN 5 ON JOYSTICK W/ DE-CLUTCH TRIGGER
CAN L/905 ROLLER SEL
6
TX
RX

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
B B
1 2 3 4

JLG ANALYZER

A A

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2360E

TL642C, TL943C
TL642C, TL943C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
TO CAB ASSEMBLY AIR TEMP 2
SENSOR
(OPT)
REVERSE (OPT)
TAIL LIGHT HORN
ALARM A/C QC DIVERTOR (OPT)
BU STOP TAIL CONNECTOR 1 CONNECTOR 2 COMPRESSOR 1 2 A B C D E F VALVE
TO CAB CONTROL HARNESS SHEET 1 CONNECTOR 3 AUXILIARY
LRC CHASSIS HARNESS TO DASH PANEL HARNESS SHEET 1
TO OPTIONS HARNESS SHEET 2 ELECTRIC
d. Chassis Schematic

M
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 A S LT RT TM
A B

BLK
RED
YEL
BLU
ORG

(-)

GRN
RED
BLK
PLUGGED

AIR RTN
PLUGGED

AIR TEMP
PLUGGED
A B C D
1 2 3 4
A B C D E F

MAST
BLK
YEL
BLU

RED
ORG

D D

HORN
HEST LAMP
TILT DN

HORN
TILT UP

LT GND
QC GND 5
QC GND 7
SP GND 1

REVERSE
STR AW
ST RLY
AC CLUTCH

GND FAULT
AUX A
AUX B

KEY IGN
KEY ACC
STR CRB
FUL LVL
TILT UP
TILT DN
DCLUTCH
PLUGGED
CAN H/904
CAN L/905
SHIELD /020
REVERSE
IVS
ON-IDLE
IVR
KEY ACC
STOP LT
WORK LT
EXTRA
SWING
SIDESHIFT
SP BAT PWR

QC PWR 1

DASH GND
GAGE PWR
HORN PWR
SP ACCY PWR

KEY START
KEY START
AC CLUTCH
OPT PWR 1
QC PWR 2
OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4
OPT GND 1
OPT GND 2

REGEN INH SW

PRK BRK SOL


SP BAT PWR
SP BAT PWR

ACC MOD GND


DPF SOOT LAMP

KEY BAT PWR


SHIFT PWR 1
ENG WARN LT
SHIFT PWR 1
SHIFTER GND
THR SUP/911
THR SGN/915
THR RTN/914
SP ACCY PWR
REGEN DIS LAMP

TRANS TMP SW
ENG STOP LT
TRAN/BRK PWR
TRANS SOL Y1
REVERSE SOL
TRANS SOL Y3
TRANS SOL
TRANS SOL Y5
TRANS SOL Y6
TRAN/BRK PWR
TRANS TMP SW
AUX RLYS PWR
AUX ELEC GND

WAIT TO START
STAB/TILT PWR

PRK BRK SOL 2

STEER/SWAY PWR
REGEN FORCE SW
AC CLUTCH GND
CABLE

LT GND

REVERSE
STOP LT
WORK LT
QC GND 7
QC GND 5
PLUGGED

QC PWR 2
QC PWR 1

VAT SIGNAL

SIGNAL PWR
SIGNAL RTN
AUX ELEC GND

AIR/MAF SIGNAL
PLUGGED

A B C D E F
VEC POWER AND VEC GROUND
SHOWN ON PAGE 6 (D2).
A C A C POWER DIST
BLACK-6 GRAY-5 VEC
DASH GND
A
F2 5 ALT EXC
B
ACCY-2 IGNITION-2
MAST

F5 15 SP ACCY PWR
EXTRA
SWING

C
AUX RLYS PWR
PLUGGED

F6 10
SIDESHIFT

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85
D

87a
87a
OPT GND 1
E
AUX ELEC GND

KEY ACC

GREEN-4
F
F1 15 TRAN/BRK PWR
G
IGNITION-1 ACCY-1
OPT GND 2
H

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
SP CAB GND 1
A
SP CAB GND 1
B
SP GND 1
C
AC CLUTCH GND
D
AUX ELEC GND
E

F8
F3
F4
F9
F7
LT GND

BLUE-3

F16
F15
F13
F10
F14
F11
F12
C F C
STR/FUL GND
G

20

25
20

10
10
25
15
10
20
10
15

20
ACC MOD GND
H

PRK BRK SOL 2


BLACK-1 GRAY-2 DCLUTCH
H G F E D C B A H G F E D C B A

REGEN DIS LAMP


1
REGEN FORCE SW A 87
2 TRANSMISSION DECLUTCH
REGEN INH SW 86
3 85 RELAY
DPF SOOT LAMP 30
4
PLUGGED
5
HEST LAMP
6

KEY IGN
ENG GND
CAB DASH CONTROLS

GAGE PWR
HORN PWR
(HRC ENGINE HARNESS)

OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 1
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4

SP BAT PWR

SHIFTER GND
ECU IGN/012
ECU BAT/022
KEY BAT PWR
ECU GND/050

STAB/TILT PWR

STEER/SWAY PWR
STR/FUL GND

PRK BRK SOL

B B

12 TURNS
PER FOOT
TWIST
2
VLV GND
PROPORTIONAL 1 AUX A
HYDRALIC AUX. 2 VLV GND CABLE
VALVE AUX B
1

2
VLV GND
TILT-ON TILT UP
1
JOYSTICK VLV GND
2
VALVE TILT DN
1

ALL WHEEL STR AW


1
IVS
ON-IDLE
IVR

THR SUP/911
THR SGN/915
THR RTN/914

STEER STR/FUL GND


PRK BRK SOL

TRANS SOL Y1
2

REVERSE SOL
TRANS SOL
TRANS SOL Y3
ECU GND/050
TRANS SOL Y5
AIR/MAF SIGNAL

TRANS SOL Y6
SIGNAL RTN

SHIELD /020

CAN H/904
CAN L/905

ST RLY
ENG GND

PLUGGED
MODE
VAT SIGNAL

SIGNAL PWR

ENG WARN LT
ENG STOP LT
ALT EXC

WAIT TO START LT
TRANS TMP SW

ECU IGN/012
ECU BAT/022
VALVE STR CRB
CRAB 1
STR/FUL GND
2

B
STR/FUL GND
FUEL
SNDR FUL LVL 20 7 8 1 2 13 5 14 15 16 4 19 21 22 25 26 3 28 6 10 11 12 30 31 9 17 27 29 18 23 24
A

POWER DISTRIBUTION CONNECTOR 4


FUSE/BREAKER LEGEND TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR X932 SHEET 6
F1 15A TRANS/PARK BRK PWR
F2 5A ALTERNATOR EXCITE

VLV GND

GND FAULT
ACC MOD GND
F3 10A ENGINE ECU IGN PWR
A F4 10A GAGE (INST PANEL) PWR A 87
A
GROUND FAULT
F5 15A SPARE ACCESSORY PWR 85 86 RLY
30
F6 10A AUX ELECTRIC PWR
F7 15A HORN PWR
F8 25A SPARE BATTERY PWR
F9 25A ENGINE ECU BAT PWR
F10 10A STEER/SWAY PWR
F11 10A R. AXLE STAB/TILT PWR
F12 15A KEY BATTERY PWR
F13 20A OPTIONS POWER 3
F14 20A OPTIONS POWER 4
F15 20A OPTIONS POWER 1
F16 20A OPTIONS POWER 2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2410C
Electrical System

9-19
9-20
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CAT SUPPLIED ENGINE HARNESS
A4E2 ECU POWER UNIT
J2 CONNECTOR

X929 BU 1 X929 BU G EIC 2


INJECTOR CYLINDER 4 RETURN
X923 OR 2 X923 OR H INJECTOR CYLINDER 4
INJECTOR CYLINDER 4

X928 GN 3 X928 GN F INJECTOR CYLINDER 3 RETURN


X922 WH 4 X922 WH E INJECTOR CYLINDER 3
INJECTOR CYLINDER 3
e. Power Unit Schematic

X927 YL 1 X927 YL C INJECTOR CYLINDER 2 RETURN


X921 PK 2 X921 PK D INJECTOR CYLINDER 2
D D
INJECTOR CYLINDER 2
Electrical System

TRANS SOL E1
X926 GY 3 X926 GY B INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 RETURN TRANSMISSION LEGEND E1 ENG GND

A B
X920 BR 4 X920 BR A INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 TURNER TRANS SOL E2
INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 INTERNAL EXTERNAL E2
GEAR ACTIVATED TRANS SOLENOIDS ENG GND

A B
(ROCKER
COVER) TRANS SOL E3
F1 E5, E1 E3 ENG GND

A B
1 EIC 1
BARAMETRIC F2 E5, E2 CONNECT TO ENGINE HARNESS
2 TRANS SOL E4
PRESSURE SENSOR E4 ON PAGE 6 (D5).
3 R747 GY 34 BARAMETRIC PRESS SIGNAL ENG GND

A B
F3 E5, E3
TRANS SOL E5
F4 E6, E3 E5 ENG GND

A B
1 N940 BU 47 IMP POWER SUPPLY (5V)
INTAKE MANIFOLD N941 YL TRANS SOL E6
2 57 IMP RETURN R1 E4, E1
PRESSURE SENSOR E6
3 N746 PK ENG GND

A B
4 IMP SIGNAL
R2 E4, E2
TRANS TMP SW

250 F
1 R3 E4, E3 ENG GND

TURNER TRANSMISSION
A B
FUEL RAIL Y946 BU
2 37 FRP SENSOR SIGNAL
PRESSURE SENSOR N NO SOLENOIDS INGAUGED
3

1 J844 GY 46 OIL PRESSURE SENSOR PWR (5V)


OIL PRESSURE
SENSOR 2 C246 BK 56 OIL PRESSURE SENSOR RETURN
3 994 GY 35 OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL

COOLANT TEMP 1 955 BU 9 COOLANT TEMP SIGNAL


SENSOR 2
C C

INTAKE MANIFOLD 1 C967 BU 19 IMT SIGNAL


TEMP SENSOR 2

STRT AID NEG CABLE BATTERY CABLES


ENGINE FUEL 1 F421 YL 10 ENGINE FUEL TEMP SIGNAL
TEMP SENSOR 2 CAB GND CABLE

TO POD GND TO CAB GND


CRANKSHAFT SPEED/ 1 996 GN 44 SPEED SENSOR POWER (8V) EPDM - BLK 2/0AWG
1 1
TIMING SENSOR 2 E965 BU 38 CRANK SPEED/TIME SENS SIG

1
1
POD GND CAB GND

MAIN B-

MAIN B+
* *
EXTRA BATTERY MAIN BATTERY

PUMP/CAM SPEED 1 ALT GND CABLE


SENSOR 2 P920 BR 39 PUMP/CAM SPEED SENS SIG

1
1
1
1

1
TO POD GND TO ALT GND STUD
EPDM - BLK 2AWG
1 1

B- TERM
B- TERM

B+ TERM
B+ TERM

B+ TERM
POD GND ALT GND

FUEL PUMP 1 Y950 YL 69 FUEL PUMP SOLENOID PWM SIG


SOLENOID 2 Y951 PU 70 FUEL PUMP SOLENOID RETURN ENG GND CABLE

EPDM - BLK 2/0AWG


NEG BTTY

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG


TO POD GND TO ENG GND STUD
EPDM - BLK 2/0AWG

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG

EPDM - BLK 2AWG


CABLE 1 1

POD GND ENG GND


#1001127487
ELECTRONIC 1 STRT AID POS CABLE
B M795 WH 24 WASTEGATE PWM SIGNAL B
WASTEGATE STRT GND CABLE
2 C211 BK 14 WASTEGATE RETURN
ACTUATOR

A 101 RD 53 BAT+ (FOR COMMS ADAPTER)


TO POD GND TO POD GND TO STRT GND STUD
EPDM - BLK 2/0AWG EPDM - BLK 2AWG
B 229 BK 54 BAT- (FOR COMMS ADAPTER) 1 1 1
C POD GND POD GND STRT GND
D 944 OR 28 DATA LINK POSITIVE
DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR (9 PIN) E 945 BR 20 DATA LINK NEGATIVE TO STRT PWR
F F712 GY 31 J1939- EPDM + RED 2/0AWG
G F711 GN 1
30 J1939+
H STRT PWR
POSITIVE BATTERY CABLE
J
TO PWR BUSSBAR
1 J844 GY 46 5 VOLT SENSOR SUPPLY EPDM + RED 2/0AWG
2 C246 BK 1
EXHAUST 56 SENSOR RETURN
BACK PRESSURE 3 K443 PK 16 VALVE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL PWR BUSS
POSITIVE BATTERY CABLE
VALVE 4 R884 WH 48 EXHAUST BACK PRES VLV RTN
5 R663 YL 58 EXHAUST BACK PRES VLV RTN

1
2
NRS VALVE 3 K446 PU 15 NRS VALVE POSITION SENSOR
4 Y765 GN 32 NRS VALVE RETURN
6 Y764 YL 40 NRS VALVE SUPPLY

NRS TEMP 1 N736 GN 8 NRS TEMPERATURE SENSOR


SENSOR 2

A 1 N940 BU 47 ENG 5 VOLT SENSOR SUPPLY 2 A


NRS INTAKE
N941 YL 57 ENG 0 VOLT SENSOR RETURN 2
PRESSURE SENSOR 2
3 N735 BU 6 NRS INTAKE PRESSURE SENSOR

1
NRS OUTLET
2
PRESSURE SENSOR
3 N737 PU 7 NRS OUTLET PRESSURE SENSOR

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2380E

TL642C, TL943C
f.

TL642C, TL943C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
START 20A (SW), GLOW 50A (SW), VEC 60A (CONT),

ECU 30A (CONT) NO FUSE (CONT) VEC 60A (CONT),


GENERIC
BUSSMANN DIODE PACK 1 RED CONN GREEN CONN VEC FUSE

LRC ENGINE HARNESS GENERIC GENERIC GENERIC


RELAY, POWER MODULE RELAY, POWER MODULE FUSE, POWER MODULE
GENERIC
PARK BRAKE VALVE GENERIC
ENGINE ALTERNATOR
TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS ALTERNATOR
X926

B+
D+
W
BLK ALT GND TO ENG GND
D SHEET 5 1 D

1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
150A X927
RED ALT PWR

MS910
TO STARTER B+

X923
1

RL915
RL916

HV921
RL915-Y
RL916-Y
RL916-R
FC917-Y
FC917-R
EC918-G

RL915-R
EC918-W

RL915-B+
RL916-B+
FC917-B+
EC918-B+
EC918-D+
Engine Harness Schematic

X925
BLK VEC GND
A

BUSSBAR
BUSSBAR
BUSSBAR
B VEC GND

ORG ECU IGN

BLK ENG GND


BLK ENG GND
BLK ENG GND
WHT STRT RLY
BLK VEC GND

BLK ENG GND


C

BLK ALT GND

RED ECU BAT


ORG ECU IGN
RED ALT PWR

BLK ENG GND

VIO PRK BRK SOL


WHT STRT RLY
ORG STRT SOL

VIO PRK BRK SOL


RED VEC PWR 1
RED VEC PWR 2
RED ALT EXCITE

RED GLOW PWR

BRN TRANS SOL E1


BRN TRANS SOL E4
BRN TRANS SOL E3
BRN TRANS SOL E2
BRN TRANS SOL E5
BRN TRANS SOL E6
BLU TRANS TMP SW
BLK COLD STRT AID
X924

BLK COLD STRT AID


RED VEC PWR 1
A
B VEC PWR
RED VEC PWR 2
C

X928
ORG STRT SOL TO STARTER SOL
1

SN919

S943
RED AMB SNR PWR
A

S938
S939
BLK AMB SNR RTN
B
WHT AMB SNR SIG
X922 C
BLK ECU GND
1
GENERIC

BLK ECU GND S944


2
BLK ECU GND
3
AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR

4
C 5 X946
C
YEL CAN H/904
6 A
RED ECU BAT GRN CAN L/905 120 OHM TERMINATOR

S942
S941
7 B
RED ECU BAT
8 C
BLK ECU GND
9
BLK ECU GND
10 X933
RED GLOW PWR GLOW PLUG
11 1
12
13 X934
BLK ECU GND TO POD GND
14 1
RED ECU BAT
15
RED ECU BAT
16 X936
S945 BLK VEC GND TO POD GND
17 1
BLK VEC GND
18
19 X932
YEL CAN H/904 ORG ECU IGN ORG ECU IGN
20 1
GRN CAN L/905 S937
21 PLUGGED 2
SHIELD CAN SHIELD/020 PLUGGED
22 3
BLK ENG GND BLK ENG GND
23 4
TO ECM S940 PLUGGED
24 5
VIO PRK BRK SOL
25 6
VIO ENG WARN LT
26 7
ORG ENG STOP LT
27 8
RED ALT EXCITE
28 9
BRN THR SUP/911
29 10
GRN THR SGN/915
30 11
B YEL THR RTN/914 B
31 12
S949 WHT STRT RLY
32 13
BLK THR RTN/914 YEL CAN H/904
33 14
S947 GRN CAN L/905 TO CHASSIS HARNESS
34 15
ORG ON-IDLE S948 SHIELD CAN SHIELD/020 CONNECTOR 4 SHEET 4
35 16
BLU TRANS TMP SW
36 17
VIO IVS
37 18
BRN TRANS SOL E1
38 19
WHT WAIT TO START LT
39 20
ORG ECU IGN BRN TRANS SOL E4
40 21
BRN THR SUP/911 BRN TRANS SOL E3
41 22
RED AMB SNR PWR ORG ON-IDLE
42 23
PLUGGED
43 24
BRN TRANS SOL E2
44 25
VIO IVS BRN TRANS SOL E5
45 26
PLUGGED
46 27
BRN TRANS SOL E6
47 28
PLUGGED
48 29
PLUGGED
49 30
PLUGGED
50 31
51
52
53
GRN THR SGN/915
54
55
WHT AMB SNR SIG
56
BLK COLD STRT AID
A 57 A
58
VIO ENG WARN LT
59
ORG ENG STOP LT
60
61
62
WHT WAIT TO START LT
63
64

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MAL2420C
Electrical System

9-21
9.7

9-22
9.7.1
OPTIONS VEC
WIPER HEATER/BLOWER
F1 20
F5 20

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
F7 10
F8 10
F6 20
LIGHTS BCN/FAN

GREEN-4

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
AUX ELEC1

30
87
86
85

87a
Electrical System

OPTION (15A) OPTION (25A)

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
AUX ELEC2

BLUE-3

30
87
86
85

87a

F4
F3
F2
5

25
15
SP BAT PWR
KEY/IGN
SWITCH
HORN
BLACK-1 GRAY-2
2 H G F E D C B A H G F E D C B A
3 REGEN HARNESS
(OPT 9/6 MACHINES)
CIRCUIT BREAKDOWNS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

HORN PWR

KEY BAT PWR


OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 4

REGEN PWR
OPT PWR 1
OPT PWR 3
DASH PANEL HARNESS SHIFTER HARNESS OPTIONS HARNESS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

60

RL64-R CHASSIS HARNESS (A, YELLOW) CHASSIS HARNESS (B, BLUE) CHASSIS HARNESS
60
C, ORANGE)

POSITIVE CABLE
Constant Power Circuit from Battery

RL114-R

OPT PWR 1
QC PWR
OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4

SP BAT PWR
SP BAT PWR
TO BATTERY

SP BAT PWR

HORN PWR

KEY BAT PWR


1
ECU BAT/022 PLUGGED
2
3 M

BAT POS
BAT POS
PWR BUSSBAR 4

BAT GND
BAT GND
5
6 ALTERNATOR
A C A C POWER DIST 7
ALT PWR (2 AWG, RED) 150
8 B+ STARTER
BLACK-6 GRAY-5 VEC 9
G
10 D+ ALT PWR CABLE # 1001127491
11
12
ACCY-2 IGNITION-2 13
14

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
TO STARTER GND 15 NEG CABLE
16 TO ENG GND

GREEN-4
17
86

18
IGNITION-1 ACCY-1
85

19

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85
87

20

87a
87a
PWR 50
30

ENGINE HARNESS

CHASSIS HARNESS

21 BUSSBAR
22
a

F5
(2/0 AWG, RED)

23
24
*
GLOW PLUG

25

F8
F9
F7
BLUE-3
1

CB4
CB3
CB1
CB2
F12
MAIN B+

EXTRA BATTERY
26

20
20
20
20

25
25
15
15
27 MAIN BATTERY
28
29
1
1

30
BLACK-1 GRAY-2
1
1

31
1

H G F E D C B A H G F E D C B A
B+ TERM
B+ TERM

B+ TERM
POSITIVE CABLE
TO BATTERY

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG

TO STRT PWR
EPDM + RED 2/0AWG

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG


1

HORN PWR

OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 1
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4

SP BAT PWR
ECU BAT/022
KEY BAT PWR
STRT PWR
STRT AID POS CABLE

TO PWR BUSSBAR
EPDM + RED 2/0AWG
1

PWR BUSS
BATTERY CABLES

MAL1810

TL642C, TL943C
9.7.2

TL642C, TL943C
STEER MODE
MAIN DASH PANEL
STONERIDGE 1
GAUGE
WAIT TO START 2
(RED, 18 GA GXL)
3
STOPLIGHT DOME DASH M HEATER M
6 5 4 SWITCH LIGHT FAN VALVE
TRANS TMP WRN

STR CRB
4 OPTIONS VEC RIGHT DASH PANEL
(RED, 18 GA GXL)
3 2 1 WIPER HEATER/BLOWER
F1 20 WIPER PWR
5 A WORKLIGHTS BEACON WIPER
6 F5 20 HEATER PWR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
OFF OFF

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85
B

87a
87a
ENG WARN
KEY ACC 1 4 H
(RED, 18 GA GXL) 7 C
F7 10 BCN PWR A 2 5 2 LW
D A B B
F8 10 D FAN PWR ROOF WIPER 3 6 3
P
STEER/SWAY PWR E
ENG STOP LIGHTS BCN/FAN
F6 20 DOME LT MOTOR ON ON

GREEN-4
F
(RED, 18 GA GXL) TILT REVERSE WARN LIGHT CAB LT PWR
TURNER SHIFTER ZF SHIFTER G M

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
HOBBS SPEED RELAY TEST RELAY H
S/W LT PWR
F F F HOBBS F
PARK BRAKE SW1 SW2 SW1 SW2 AUX ELEC1
N N N N

DOME LT
1
BCN LT
BCN PWR

S/W LT PWR

30
87
86
85

87a
HEATER PWR
2 OPTION (15A) OPTION (25A)

CAB LT PWR
S/W LT PWR

R R R R

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a
3

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85

87a
87a

3
1
4
5
2
3
1
4
5
2
WIPER PWR

D FAN PWR
SW4 AUX ELEC2
4 4 4 4 AUX RLYS PWR
E
HORN 4 SW3 3 3 SW3 3 3 SW4

BLUE-3

YEL

RED
30
87
86
85

87a

F4
F3
F2
2 HTR TEMP BLOWER
2 2 2 2
6 5 8K OHM

5
3

25
15
1 1 1 1 2 1 M H
7 L B

(RED, 18 GA GXL)
BCN PWR
DOME LT

KEY START

(D BLU, 18 GA GXL)
STR CRB
C

TRAN/BRK PWR
S/W LT PWR
CAB LT PWR
BLACK-1 GRAY-2

DOME/BCN GND

TRAN/BRK PWR
TRANS TMP SW
H G F E D C B A H G F E D C B A

ST RLY

DCLUTCH IN
WORKLIGHT/ A B C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BEACON

SP BAT PWR

HORN PWR
OPTION ENCLOSED CAB

D FAN PWR
WIPER PWR
HEATER PWR
OPTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

STAB/TILT PWR

SHIFT PWR 1
HEATER PWR

CAB A B C D E F
HEATER PWR

25A OPT
PLUGGED

15A OPT 2
OPT PWR 1
OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4
BCN PWR
DOME LT

GAGE PWR
S/W LT PWR
CAB LT PWR

TRANS TMP SW
KEY SW SIG
KEY SW SIG
K

SHIFT PWR 1
SHIFT PWR 1
5A ROOF WIPER PWR
5A ROOF WIPER PWR
Start and Charge Circuit

25 A

REGEN HARNESS 15A OPT 2


A OPTION 2
D FAN PWR
WIPER PWR
HEATER PWR

(OPT 9/6 MACHINES) B 15 A


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
25A OPT
A
B
REGEN PWR
OPTION

KEY/IGN
SWITCH

SHIFTER
DCLUTCH IN HARNESS
1
JUMPER2 KEY IGN DT06-4S TO
2 TILT ON
3 JOYSTICK
4 ROLLER 86 87a 87 ZF TRANSMISSION TURNER TRANSMISSION
JUMPER 5

STAB/TILT PWR
OPTION 250 F
F 052
6 A/C 250 F

Y4

Y3
Y6

Y5
E4

Y2

Y1
E6

E3
E5

E2

E1

7
RELAY
8
JUMPER 9
1 2 3 4
10 85 30
JUMPER2

KEY ACC
KEY IGN
KEY START

KEY BAT PWR


11
12 A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
25A OPT

STAB/TILT PWR
KEY ACC

SP BAT PWR
OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 4

OPT PWR 3

REGEN PWR
OPT PWR 1

PRK BRK SOL

KEY SW SIG
SHIFT PWR 1
TRANS TMP SW

ST RLY
OPTIONS HARNESS

TRAN/BRK PWR

GAGE PWR
HORN PWR
AUX RLYS PWR

STR CRB

STEER/SWAY PWR
PRK BRK SOL

TRANS TMP SW
TRAN/BRK PWR

SHIFT PWR 1
PRK BRK SOL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TRANS TMP SW
TRANS TMP SW

PUMP BAT + M FUEL PUMP


PLUGGED

CHASSIS HARNESS CHASSIS HARNESS CHASSIS HARNESS a 78


PWR

PWR

(A, YELLOW) (B, BLUE) ( C, ORANGE) 58 68


1
9

2
3
5
7
8

4
6

03
11
10
12
BUSSBAR

BUSSBAR

KEY IGN
60

ST RLY

KEY IGN
KEY ACC
STR CRB
KEY ACC

GAGE PWR
HORN PWR

KEY START
OPT PWR 1
OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4
STR CRB

PRK BRK SOL


PRK BRK SOL
SP BAT PWR
SP BAT PWR

SP ACCY PWR

KEY BAT PWR


SHIFT PWR 1
SHIFT PWR 1

TRANS TMP SW
TRAN/BRK PWR
TRAN/BRK PWR
TRANS TMP SW
AUX RLYS PWR
20

40

STAB/TILT PWR
STR/SWAY GND

STEER/SWAY PWR
RL64-R
FUEL PUMP

RL63-R

RL63-R

ALL WHEEL 1
(OPT)

STEER
SP BAT PWR
ARCTIC
FUEL PUMP IGN

60 2
BREATHER

MODE
86

a
1
3 HEATER

VALVE
4

87
CRAB 1
85

85 86 ECU IGN 70
RELAY

2
STRT MONITOR

30
87

RL114-R FUEL PUMP


ELEVATED
IDLE RELAY
30

21
POSITIVE CABLE SP ACCY PWR 48
a a
ECU IGN

TO BATTERY 52
53
55
ECM PWR 57
ECU IGN/012 ECU IGN/012
TO STARTER GND 1
ECU BAT/022
2
3

BAT POS
BAT POS
4

BAT GND
BAT GND
SHIFT PWR 1 SHIFT PWR 1
5
PRK BRK SOL PRK BRK SOL

PWR BUSSBAR
6
A C A C POWER DIST 7
8
BLACK-6 GRAY-5 VEC ALT EXC ALT EXC ELEVATED IDLE
9 46
THR SUP/911
10
11
A
F2 5 ALT EXC 12
B ST RLY ST RLY
ACCY-2 IGNITION-2 F5 15 SP ACCY PWR 13
5

C
F6 10 AUX RLYS PWR 14

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85
D

87a
87a
15
70 PIN

E KEY START KEY START


KEY ACC 16 TRANS TMP SW

GREEN-4
F TRANS TMP SW
F1 15 TRAN/BRK PWR 17
G
18
IGNITION-1 ACCY-1 H
ALT EXC A
ENGINE ECM

19
G
B+
D+

30
87
86
85
30
87
86
85
20

87a
87a
A
21
B
22
ALTERNATOR

C
23
D
DPF SOOT PWR

24
E
25

F8
F3
F4
F9
F7
BLUE-3

CB4
CB3
CB1
F10
CB2
F11
F12
F
26
ALT PWR

20
20
20
20
1
2

G
5

25
10
10
25
15
10
10
15
27
H
28
CHASSIS HARNESS

29
DPF

POWER UNIT HARNESS


SOOT

30
MODULE 4

BLACK-1 GRAY-2
86

31
H G F E D C B A H G F E D C B A
85
87
30
PWR

NEUTRAL
MONITOR RELAY
BUSSBAR

1
MAIN B+
PRK BRK SOL
(2 AWG, RED)

2 1

EXTRA BATTERY MAIN BATTERY

KEY IGN
GAGE PWR
HORN PWR
PARK

OPT PWR 2
OPT PWR 1
OPT PWR 3
OPT PWR 4
RELAY
VALVE

STAB/TILT PWR
STAB/TILT PWR
BRAKE

SP BAT PWR
ECU IGN/012
ECU BAT/022
KEY BAT PWR
50

STAB/TILT PWR

STEER/SWAY PWR
F5

ST RLY
86

A B C D

1
1
1

1
ENG GND
85
150

TO STRT PWR
RELAY
87

20

B+ TERM
B+ TERM
PWR

B+ TERM
30

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG


BLK

BLU
STARTER

RED
WHT
ORG

1 BUSSBAR
a

STRT PWR 30
STRT SOL LOS TRTS 86 85
87 a
TO PWR BUSSBAR

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG


+

EPDM + RED 2/0AWG GLOW PLUG


1

PWR BUSS STABILIZER


PROXIMITY
M

SWITCH
STARTER

(2/0 AWG, RED) POSITIVE CABLE


TO BATTERY

MAL1800
Electrical System

9-23
Electrical System

9.8 ENGINE START CIRCUIT can also prevent the starter from cranking the
engine.
9.8.1 Starter 3. If the starter only “clicks” it may indicate that the
battery is discharged, or that there is a loose or
corroded battery cable connection. Check the
battery state of charge and battery condition first,
then check the cables and cable connections.
4. For additional information on the starting circuit, refer
to Section 9.6, “Electrical System Schematics.”

c. Starter Removal
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in the (N)
NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake and
turn the engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
1 switch and the steering wheel.
MAL2310 3. Open the engine cover.

The starter (1) is located on the left side of the engine (the 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
right side of the machine). 5. Remove the wires from the solenoid stud. Remove
the positive (+) battery cable from the starter (1).
a. Testing the Starter on the Engine Label and disconnect the wire from the starter
solenoid housing stud. Record how the wires are
If the starter does not engage when the ignition key
installed to ensure correct installation later.
switch is turned, check the following:
6. Loosen, but DO NOT remove, the three fasteners
1. The main fuse may be blown, requiring replacement.
securing the starter to the flywheel housing. Support
Check for the cause of the blown fuse.
the starter securely, as it is relatively heavy and will
2. There may be a defect in the ignition key switch, fall if not supported.
ignition wiring or starter solenoid.
7. Support the starter and remove the fasteners
3. Check battery condition. Clean the battery posts and securing the starter to the engine. Remove the
the connectors at each end of the battery cables. negative (-) ground cable from its starter mounting
4. Check for broken wiring and damaged insulation on bolt.
the wiring. Replace all broken or damaged wiring. 8. Remove the starter from the machine.
5. Check all connections at the starter solenoid, key
switch and wiring harness plugs. Clean and tighten d. Starter Installation
all connections. 1. Position the starter in its mounting opening on the
6. If the starter still does not operate after these checks flywheel housing. Position the ground cable over the
have been performed, check the starting circuit. correct starter mounting bolt. Secure the starter with
the three fasteners.
b. Starter Circuit Checks 2. Connect the positive (+) battery cable to the upper
1. Check wires and connections for looseness, solenoid stud. Install the wires to the upper solenoid
corrosion, damage, etc. stud, and secure with lock washer and nut.
2. If a “whirring” noise is heard but the engine does not 3. Connect the wire to the solenoid mounting stud.
turn over, the starter is spinning but not engaging the 4. Properly connect the battery.
flywheel. The starter drive or solenoid that pushes
5. Close and secure the engine cover.
the drive forward to engage the flywheel may be
defective. Missing or damaged teeth on the flywheel 6. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

9-24 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

9.9 CHARGING CIRCUIT 4. Properly disconnect the battery.


5. Install a drive ratchet into the square hole in the
serpentine belt tensioner bracket.
6. While lifting the automatic belt tensioner away from
the belt, remove the fan serpentine belt.
Note: Record how the alternator is installed to ensure
correct installation later.
7. Label and disconnect the wire leads attached to the
alternator.
8. Remove the lower mounting capscrew securing the
alternator to the lower mounting hole on the engine.
9. While supporting the alternator with one hand,
2 remove the upper (longer) mounting hardware from
the upper alternator mount. Remove the alternator
from the machine.
MAL2310
b. Alternator Installation
Before using a battery charger, an attempt can be made 1. Position the alternator and align with the upper
to recharge the battery by jump-starting the machine alternator mount on the engine bracket. Insert the
(Refer to the appropriate Operation & Maintenance upper (longer) mounting hardware through the
Manual). Allow the engine to run, which will enable the alternator mount. Thread the longer capscrew into
alternator (2) to charge the battery. the alternator front mount. DO NOT tighten
If the engine alternator charging warning indicator completely at this time.
illuminates, perform the following checks: 2. Align the lower alternator mount hole with the lower
1. Check all battery cable connections at the battery, mounting bracket on the engine, and insert the lower
and verify that they are clean and tight. mounting capscrew. Tighten the lower capscrew and
upper capscrew securely.
2. Check the external alternator wiring and
connections, and verify that they are in good 3. Place a drive ratchet into the square hole on the
condition. serpentine belt tensioner bracket. Apply pressure
against the tensioner bracket and route the
3. Check the fan belt condition and tension.
serpentine belt onto the alternator and engine
4. Run the engine and check the alternator for noise. A pulleys. Release and check the tensioner pulley to
loose drive pulley, loose mounting hardware, worn or verify that it is pivoting freely in order to provide the
dirty internal alternator bearings, a defective stator proper tension on the belt. Check for proper belt
or defective diodes can cause noise. Replace a worn alignment. (Refer to the appropriate Operation &
or defective alternator. Maintenance Manual.)
4. Connect the previously labeled wire leads to the
9.9.1 Alternator
alternator.
a. Alternator Removal 5. Properly connect the battery.
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the 6. Close and secure the engine cover.
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom, 7. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
place the transmission control lever in the (N) ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
NEUTRAL position, engage the parking brake and
turn the engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool.

TL642C, TL943C 9-25


Electrical System

9.10 WINDOW WIPER/WASHER b. Disassembly


WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR DO NOT disassemble the motor. The motor is not
serviceable. Replace motor if found to be defective.
a. Removal
c. Inspection and Replacement
Note: It may be necessary to remove several hydraulic
hoses from behind the dash in order to remove and Inspect the motor terminals for continuity. Replace motor
install the wiper motor housing. (Refer to Section 4.3.1, if continuity is not found.
“Steering Column and Orbitrol Valve.”)
d. Installation and Testing
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom, 1. Install all required hardware to the motor assembly.
place the transmission control lever in 2. Align motor with the mounting holes and bolt the
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the motor to the mounting bracket.
engine OFF. 3. Connect the wiper linkage to the wiper motor shaft.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
Note: Align the wiper linkage arm with the flat on the
switch and the steering wheel.
motor shaft to ensure wiper stroke covers window area,
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to and it does not swipe past the glass area.
cool.
4. Connect the cab harness connectors to windshield
4. Properly disconnect the battery. wiper motor connectors.
5. Replace the main dash panel to its original
orientation. Secure with the previously used screws.
6. Properly connect the battery.
7. Turn ignition key switch to the RUN position, and
operate windshield wiper in both LOW and HIGH
speeds to ensure proper operation and that correct
wiper travel is achieved.
8. If previously removed, install hydraulic hoses under
the dash. (Refer to Section 4.3.1, “Steering Column
and Orbitrol Valve.”)
9. Close and secure the engine cover.
3 10. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
MY0440

5. Remove the screws that secure the main dash


panel. Pull out the dash panel to gain access to the
wiper motor (3).
6. Disconnect the cab harness connectors from the
wiper motor.
7. Remove the linkage attached to the wiper motor.
8. Loosen and remove the four bolts holding the wiper
motor to the mounting bracket.
Note: Retain all hardware removed from the wiper
assembly for possible reuse on the replacement motor
housing.
9. Remove the motor from the inside of the cab.

9-26 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

9.10.1 Windshield/Rear Window Washer 3. Install the reservoir tank onto the mounting bracket.
Reservoir Note: Attach the ground strap to the lower right bolt hole
of washer bottle.
4. Install the lock washers and nuts and secure.
4
5. Fill the washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid.
6. Properly connect the battery.
7. Turn the ignition key switch to the RUN position and
press the washer switch. Verify that fluid is sprayed
on both the windshield and rear glass.
8. Close and secure the engine cover.
9. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
MY1220

The windshield washer motor and reservoir (4) is located 9.11 CAB HEATER/AC AND FAN
in the cab behind the seat. It is labeled as a unit and
cannot be serviced separately.
9.11.1 Cab Heater/AC Controls
a. Removal Note: If the suspect component is found to be within the
heater box, the heater box must be removed as a
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
complete unit and replaced.
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in
a. Cab Heater/AC Controls Removal
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
engine OFF. 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
switch and the steering wheel. place the transmission control lever in
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to engine OFF.
cool.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
4. Properly disconnect the battery. switch and the steering wheel.
5. Remove the nuts and the lock washers from the 3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
washer mounting bolts. cool.
6. Pull the washer reservoir out and away from the 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
mounting bracket.
7. Rotate the washer reservoir, label and remove the
cab harness connectors from the washer reservoir
connectors.
8. Remove the windshield washer hoses from the
reservoir.

b. Disassembly
DO NOT disassemble the pump. The pump is not
serviceable. Replace pump if found to be defective.
MAL2300

c. Installation and Testing 5


5. Remove the five screws (5) from the right dash
1. Connect the windshield washer hoses to the
panel.
reservoir.
2. Connect the cab wiring harness connectors to the
reservoir connectors.

TL642C, TL943C 9-27


Electrical System

6. Pull the panel out from the dash panel and 9.12 SWITCHES, SOLENOIDS AND
disconnect the variable speed fan control cab SENDERS
harness connector and disconnect the temperature
cable.
9.12.1 Priority Valve
7. Remove the control from the panel.
a. Priority Valve Solenoid Removal
b. Disassembly
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
DO NOT disassemble the cab heater and fan controls. machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
The controls are not serviceable. Replace controls if place the transmission control lever in
found to be defective. (N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
engine OFF.
c. Installation and Testing
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
1. Check that the variable speed fan control is in the switch and the steering wheel.
OFF position.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
2. Install the temperature control cable to the back of cool.
the control.
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
3. Install the hex locknut on the shaft and tighten.
5. Disconnect the wiring connector at the priority valve
4. Connect the cab harness connector to the variable solenoid lead.
speed fan control.
TL642C
5. Install the screws securing the control panel to the
dash panel.
6. Properly connect the battery.
7. Turn the ignition key to the ON position and check
the fan speeds. If further repair is needed, refer to
Section 9.6, “Electrical System Schematics.”
8. Start the machine and allow engine to warm to
operating temperature. Check heat control at
different levels.
9. Close and secure the engine cover.
10. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the MAL2430

ignition key switch and the steering wheel. 7 6


TL943C

MAL2440

6. Remove the nut on the end of the priority valve coil


(6).
7. Remove the priority valve coil.

9-28 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

8. Remove the priority valve solenoid (7). (Remove 9.12.2 Transmission Solenoid Valves
only if the electrical coil is found to not be faulty.)
9 (E1)
b. Disassembly 9 (E2)
DO NOT disassemble the solenoid. The solenoid is not
serviceable. Replace solenoid if found to be defective.
9 (E3)
c. Priority Valve Solenoid Installation
Note: ALWAYS replace seals, o-rings, gaskets, etc.,
with new parts to help ensure proper sealing and
operation. Lubricate seals and o-rings with clean
hydraulic oil. 9 (E4) 9 (E5)
1. If necessary, install the priority valve solenoid in its
original orientation.
2. Slide the park brake coil over the solenoid. Tighten
9 (E6) MAL185
the nut to secure the solenoid. DO NOT overtighten.
3. Connect the wiring connector to the priority valve coil Note: If the transmission is not shifting properly, the
lead. transmission shift control switch (travel select lever),
4. Properly connect the battery. wiring harness or transmission shift solenoids (9) should
be checked in order to determine which component is
5. Close and secure the engine cover.
defective. Specific information to determine which travel
6. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the position and corresponding component is not responding
ignition key switch and the steering wheel. can be found in the detailed transmission service
instructions (covering repair, disassembly, reassembly
and adjustment information) are provided in the
appropriate manual.
• Service Manual (Not Available at Publication)
• Parts Manual (P/N 31200723)
The transmission should be checked, serviced and
repaired only by experienced service technicians who are
aware of all safety instructions and particular component
features.
Note: Contact your local Caterpillar dealer if internal
transmission repair is required during the warranty
period.

TL642C, TL943C 9-29


Electrical System

9.12.3 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch c. Transmission Oil Temperature Switch Installation
and Testing
a. Transmission Oil Temperature Switch Removal
1. Thread the transmission oil temperature switch into
the transmission housing snugly, then connect the
switch connector to the wiring harness connector.
2. Properly connect the battery.
3. Check for proper fluid level.
4. Start the engine, allow it to reach operating
temperature and observe the operator display
cluster for warning indication. If the switch is not
defective, the problem could be elsewhere; possibly
in a shorted wire, damaged transmission, improper
or low fluid, etc.
5. Close and secure the engine cover.
6. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

10

MAL1860

The transmission oil temperature switch (10) is located


below the transmission filter.
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool.
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
5. Unplug the transmission oil temperature switch
connector from the wiring harness connector.
6. The switch is threaded into the transmission
housing. Remove the switch.

b. Transmission Oil Temperature Switch Inspection


and Replacement
Inspect the switch and the wiring harness connector
terminals for continuity. Replace a defective or faulty
switch with a new part.

9-30 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

9.12.4 Fuel Level Sender 5. Check that the ignition terminal has current and that
the fuse in the fuse panel is not blown.
a. Fuel Level Indicator Testing 6. Check for broken, shorted, frayed, disconnected or
The fuel level sender wiring harness leads can be damaged wiring between the fuel level indicator
accessed from the top of the fuel tank. wiring at the cab, fuse and relay panel, ignition key
6 switch, and from the fuel level sender on the fuel
tank through the wiring in the cab.
7. Check the fuel level sender. A defective fuel level
sender in the fuel tank may also prevent the fuel
5 level indicator from moving. Refer to Section 9.6,
“Electrical System Schematics,” for further
information.

MY4340

1. Loosen and remove the four screws holding the fuel


sender cover (5) in place.
2. Disconnect the fuel level sender wiring harness
leads (6) from the fuel sender (7). With the help of an
assistant, touch both harness leads together.
3. From the operator cab, have the assistant turn the
ignition key switch to the RUN position. DO NOT
start the engine. Observe the fuel level indicator
needle on the operator instrument cluster. The
reading must be at the FULL mark.
4. Turn the ignition key switch to the OFF position. The
fuel level indicator needle should return to the
EMPTY position.

b. Fuel Level Circuit Tests


If the fuel level sender (7) is suspected of giving a false
reading, perform the following checks:
1. If the fuel level indicator needle does not move,
check the fuel tank for fuel.
2. Check for loose or defective wiring, faulty ground
connections, and corrosion on the fuel tank sender
and wiring lead.
3. If the fuel level indicator needle does not move after
the ignition key switch is turned to the RUN position,
use a test lamp to determine whether current is
flowing from the ignition switch to the fuel level
sender.
4. If the fuel level indicator does not move and a faulty
or defective fuel level sender in the fuel tank has
been ruled out, and in addition, wiring and
connectors have been checked and ruled out, the
fuel level indicator is defective and must be replaced.

TL642C, TL943C 9-31


Electrical System

9.13 GAUGES AND DISPLAY MONITOR a. Gauge Removal


1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
9.13.1 3-N-1 Digital Gauge machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
engine OFF.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool.
4. Properly disconnect the battery.
5. Remove the screws (5) securing the dash panel.
6. Label and disconnect the wires from the gauge,
5 remove the gauge bracket.
6
MAL2520 7. Pull the gauge out from the dash.

The 3-N-1 gauge (6) is located on the center dash panel. b. Disassembly
The digital display in the center of the gauge displays the
operating hours, battery voltage and engine speed on the DO NOT disassemble the gauge. The gauge is not
left hand side and engine fault codes or machine serviceable. Replace the gauge if found to be defective.
diagnostic trouble codes (DTC’s) on the right hand side.
c. Gauge Installation and Testing
XXXXXX.X 8 1. Install the gauge in the dash. Install the gauge
bracket.
XX.X V
2. Connect the previously labeled wires to the gauge.
7
RPM XXXX XXX.XX 3. Install the dash panel with the previously used
hardware.
4. Properly connect the battery.
XXXXXX.X XXXX 5. Turn the ignition to the ON position to check the
9 gauge values.
XX.X V
6. Close and secure the engine cover.
RPM XXXX 10 7. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
MAP0640
ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
Engine fault codes (7) will be displayed with the engine
fault symbol (8) and the numeric fault code value below
the symbol. Machine DTC’s (9) will be displayed with the
machine fault symbol (10) and the numeric DTC value
above the symbol.
Note: For engine fault codes, refer to Section 9.16,
“Engine Diagnostic and Event Codes,” or contact the
local Caterpillar dealer.

9-32 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

9.14 DASH SWITCHES If all terminals do not show proper continuity, replace the
ignition switch.
Note: For information on the front windshield wiper, rear
window wiper and washer systems, refer to Section d. Ignition Switch Installation
9.10, “Window Wiper/Washer Windshield Wiper Motor.”
1. Connect the ignition key switch to the previously
labeled wires.
9.14.1 Ignition Key Switch
2. Align the ignition switch in the dash so that when it is
a. Ignition Switch Removal in the OFF position, the key slot is positioned vertically
(straight up and down). Install the hex nut securing
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the the ignition switch to the dash. DO NOT overtighten.
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in 3. Install the dash panel with the previously used
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the hardware.
engine OFF. 4. Properly connect the battery.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key 5. Close and secure the engine cover.
switch and the steering wheel. 6. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to ignition key switch and the steering wheel.
cool.
Note: If further information is needed, refer to Section
4. Properly disconnect the battery. 9.6, “Electrical System Schematics.”
5. Remove the screws securing the dash panel.
9.14.2 Dash Switches
6. Remove the hex nut securing the ignition key switch
to the dash.
a. Switch Removal
7. Label and disconnect the ignition switch wires and
remove the switch from the machine. 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
b. Disassembly place the transmission control lever in
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
DO NOT disassemble the ignition switch. Replace a engine OFF.
defective switch with a new part.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
c. Inspection and Replacement
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
To determine the proper operation of the ignition key cool.
switch, test the terminals on the back of the switch for
continuity with an ohmmeter. 4. Properly disconnect the battery.
5. Pull the frame out of the dash, disconnect the
6
harness connector to the switch in question and
push the switch out of the frame.
BATTERY

RELAY
b. Disassembly
START
DO NOT disassemble the dash switch. Replace a
ACC
defective switch with a new part.
MAL2530

Test the ignition key switch for continuity, by checking


from the BATTERY terminal (6) to each of the remaining
terminals in their corresponding switch position.

TL642C, TL943C 9-33


Electrical System

c. Inspection and Replacement b. Disassembly


Inspect the switch terminals for continuity and shorting in DO NOT disassemble the Rheostat switch. Replace a
both the engaged and disengaged positions. Replace a defective switch with a new part.
defective or faulty switch with a new switch.
c. Inspection and Replacement
d. Switch Installation
Inspect the switch terminals for continuity and shorting.
1. Connect the switch to the cab harness connector. Replace a defective or faulty switch with a new switch.
2. Position the switch over the rectangular switch bezel
and snap into position. d. Switch Installation

3. Properly connect the battery. 1. Connect the switch to the cab harness connector.
4. Start the machine and check the replaced switch for 2. Position the switch it’s original orientation. Secure
proper function. with the previously used hardware.
5. Close and secure the engine cover. 3. Install the switch panel with the previously removed
hardware.
6. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
ignition key switch and the steering wheel. 4. Properly connect the battery.
5. Start the machine and check the replaced switch for
9.14.3 Rheostat Switch (if equipped) proper function.
6. Close and secure the engine cover.
TL642C Only
7. Remove the Do Not Operate Tags from both the
a. Rheostat Switch Removal ignition key switch and the steering wheel.

1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface, level the


9.15 HAND HELD ANALYZER -
machine, fully retract the boom, lower the boom,
place the transmission control lever in TL943C ONLY
(N) NEUTRAL, engage the park brake and shut the
The hand held analyzer can be used in place of the cab
engine OFF.
display panel.
2. Place a Do Not Operate Tag on both the ignition key
switch and the steering wheel.
3. Open the engine cover. Allow the system fluids to
cool. 1

4. Properly disconnect the battery.

8 3 4

5 6

MAL1260

5. Remove the five screws securing the switch panel to MAM1410


the dash.
1. Cable Connector.
6. Disconnect the harness connector to the switch (8)
and remove the switch. 2. Analyzer Display Screen.

9-34 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

3. Escape Key: To return home or access previous


menu.
4. Enter Key: Stores and selects Top Level, Sub Level
and Items Menus.
5. Up/Down Arrow Keys: Change adjustable values.
6. Left and Right Arrow Keys: Used to move between
Top Level, Sub Levels and Item Menus.

9.15.1 Analyzer Usage


Help messages can be viewed using the Analyzer
(P/N 330-5251). The Help messages can be accessed by
pressing the ENTER key while viewing the current Help
message. The Help message shall be EVERYTHING OK
when no fault is present.

7
MAL1110

The Analyzer cable plugs into the joystick tilt, accessory


module connector under the dash (7).

MAL2470

8
The Analyzer cable plugs into the Pump Module
connector in at the engine above the fuel filter (8).
For more information, contact the local Caterpillar dealer.

TL642C, TL943C 9-35


Electrical System

9.15.2 Analyzer Joystick Software Version P1.2

MAL0890B

9-36 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

9.15.3 Personality Settings

MENU MIN MAX DEFAULT

Fork Tilt:

ACCEL UP: x.xS 0.0 5.0 0.1

DECEL UP: x.xS 0.0 5.0 0.3

ACCEL DOWN: x.xS 0.0 5.0 0.1

DECEL DOWN: x.xS 0.0 5.0 0.3

MIN UP: xxxmA 100 1000 300

MAX UP: xxxmA 500 1700 1100

MIN DOWN: xxxmA 100 1000 300

MAX DOWN: xxxmA 500 1700 1100

AUX FUNCTION:

ACCEL COILA: x.xS 0.0 5.0 0.1

DECEL COILA: x.xS 0.0 5.0 0.3

ACCEL COILB: x.xS 0.0 5.0 0.1

DECEL COILB: x.xS 0.0 5.0 0.3

MIN COILB: xxxmA 100 1000 300

MAX COILA: xxxmA 500 1700 1100

MIN COILB: xxxmA 100 1000 300

MAX COILB: xxxmA 500 1700 1100

TL642C, TL943C 9-37


Electrical System

9.15.4 Tilt/Auxiliary Calibration Menu

MENU SUB-MENU COMMENT

Cal. Fork Tilt? The technician will press the ENTER key to initiate calibration, or the
Yes: Enter, No:ESC ESC key to leave menu.

Fork Tilt Roller The technician will knurl the fork tilt roller to the +AR position and
FWD to Max press the ENTER key to confirm.

Fork Tilt Roller The the technician will release the fork tilt roller and press the ENTER
Center key to confirm.

Fork Tilt Roller The technician will knurl the fork tilt roller to the - AR position and
Calibrations: REV to Max press the ENTER key to confirm.
Fork Tilt
Fork Tilt Roller The the technician will release the fork tilt roller and press the ENTER
Center key to confirm.

Calibrations: The control system will display this message to advise that the
Complete procedure was successful. The technician will press the ESC key to
leave this menu.

Calibrations: The control system will display this message to advise that the
Failed procedure was unsuccessful. The technician will press the ESC key to
leave this menu.

Cal. Aux Hyd? The technician will press the ENTER key to initiate calibration, or the
Yes: Enter, No:ESC ESC key to leave menu.

Aux Hyd Roller The technician will knurl the auxiliary hydraulic roller to the +AR
FWD to Max position and press the ENTER key to confirm.

Aux Hyd Roller The the technician will release the auxiliary hydraulic roller and press
Center the ENTER key to confirm.

Aux Hyd Roller The technician will knurl the auxiliary hydraulic roller to the - AR
Calibrations: REV to Max position and press the ENTER key to confirm.
Aux Hydraulic
Aux Hyd Roller The the technician will release the auxiliary hydraulic roller and press
Center the ENTER key to confirm.

Calibrations: The control system will display this message to advise that the
Complete procedure was successful. The technician will press the ESC key to
leave this menu.

Calibrations: The control system will display this message to advise that the
Failed procedure was unsuccessful. The technician will press the ESC key to
leave this menu.

9-38 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

9.15.5 Joystick Fault Codes

DTC Event Comment Latched


211 Power Cycle • No motion restrictions No
• This Help Message is issued at each power-up.
This serves to indicate which messages have been
recorded in Logged Help since the last power-up
event.

2127 Aux Joystick Not In Neutral • Auxiliary Hydraulic A & B prevented No


Position At Power Up • The auxiliary hydraulic joystick must be in the
neutral position (established by Calibration) when
the control system is energized or it is ignored until
is momentarily returns to neutral.
• Active when AUX HYDRAULIC is ENABLED

2123 Joystick Trigger Switch • De-Clutch functionality prevented (transmission No


Active At Power Up always engaged)
• The trigger for de-clutch should be open (released)
when the control system is energized or is ignored
until it momentarily opens.

2125 Joystick Left Roller Not In • Fork Tilt Up & Down prevented No
The Neutral Position At
• The left roller must be in the neutral position
Power Up
(established by Calibration) when the control
system is energized or it is ignored until is
momentarily returns to neutral.

2126 Joystick Right Roller Not In • Auxiliary Hydraulic A & B prevented No


The Neutral Position At • The right roller must be in the neutral position
Power Up (established by Calibration) when the control
system is energized or it is ignored until is
momentarily returns to neutral.

2356 Auxiliary Hydraulic Joystick - • Auxiliary Hydraulic A & B prevented Yes


Neutral Disagreement
• The auxiliary joystick’s neutral switch was open
while the analog voltage was in the active range,
or the neutral switch was closed while the analog
voltage was in the neutral range. Auxiliary
hydraulics will be prevented until the next power
cycle. This fault may be caused by improper
joystick calibration, improper wiring, a joystick
issue or a control module issue.
• Neutral switch must be open for 0%; closed
beyond ±25%

TL642C, TL943C 9-39


Electrical System

DTC Event Comment Latched


2357 Auxiliary Hydraulic Joystick - • Auxiliary Hydraulic A & B prevented Yes
Out Of Range High
• The auxiliary joystick analog voltage was
measured to be greater than 4.85V. Auxiliary
hydraulics will be prevented until the next power
cycle. This fault may be caused by improper
wiring, a joystick issue or a control module issue.
• Active when Machine Setup’s AUX HYDRAULIC is
set to ENABLED

2358 Auxiliary Hydraulic Joystick - • Auxiliary Hydraulic A & B prevented Yes


Out Of Range Low
• The auxiliary joystick’s analog voltage was
measured to be less than 0.15V. Auxiliary
hydraulics will be prevented until the next power
cycle.
• Active when Machine Setup’s AUX HYDRAULIC is
set to ENABLED

2397 Fork Tilt Joystick - • Fork Tilt Up & Down prevented Yes
Voltage Disagreement
• Analog feedback from the joystick’s tilt roller did
not agree within ±25% for 1000mS. Fork tilt up and
down will be prevented until the next power cycle.
This fault may be caused by improper wiring, a
joystick issue or a control module issue.

2398 Fork Tilt Joystick - • Fork Tilt Up & Down prevented Yes
Out Of Range High • Analog feedback from the joystick’s tilt roller was
measured to be greater than 4.85V. Fork tilt up and
down will be prevented until the next power cycle.
This fault may be caused by improper wiring, a
joystick issue or a control module issue.

2399 Fork Tilt Joystick - • Fork Tilt Up & Down prevented Yes
Out Of Range Low
• Analog feedback from the joystick’s tilt roller was
measured to be less than 0.15V. Fork tilt up and
down will be prevented until the next power cycle.
This fault may be caused by improper wiring, a
joystick issue or a control module issue.

33191 Fork Tilt Valve - • The desired current is greater than 250mA, but the Yes
Open Circuit actual current is less then 75mA
• The fork tilt up digital output was open-circuit. This
fault may be caused by improper wiring or a
control module issue.

9-40 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

DTC Event Comment Latched


33192 Fork Tilt Valve - • Fork Tilt Up & Down, Auxiliary Hydraulics Yes
Short To Battery functionality prevented
• The fork tilt up or down digital output was shorted
to battery. Fork tilt up or down will be prevented
until the next powercycle. This fault may be caused
by improper wiring or a control module issue.
• The desired current is greater than 250mA, but the
actual current is less than 75mA.

33193 Fork Tilt Up Valve - • The actual current is greater than 200mA, PWM is Yes
Short To Ground 95%, and the digital output driver’s diagnostic
feedback is low
• The fork tilt up digital output was shorted to
ground. This fault may be caused by improper
wiring or a control module issue.

33194 Fork Tilt Down Valve - • The desired current is greater than 250mA, but the Yes
Open Circuit actual current is less then 75mA
• The fork tilt down digital output was open-circuit.
This fault may be caused by improper wiring or a
control module issue.

33195 Fork Tilt Down Valve - • The actual current is greater than 200mA, PWM is Yes
Short To Ground 95%, and the digital output driver’s diagnostic
feedback is low
• The fork tilt down digital output was shorted to
ground. This fault may be caused by improper
wiring or a control module issue.

33196 Auxiliary Function - • The desired current is greater than 250mA, but the Yes
A Valve - Open Circuit actual current is less then 75mA
• The auxiliary hydraulic “A” or “B” digital output was
open-circuit. This fault may be caused by improper
wiring or a control module issue.

33197 Auxiliary Function - • Fork Tilt Up & Down, Auxiliary Hydraulics Yes
A/B Valve - Short To Battery functionality prevented
• The auxiliary hydraulic “A” digital output was
shorted to battery. Auxiliary hydraulics will be
prevented until the next power cycle. This fault may
be caused by improper wiring or a control module
issue.
• Active when Machine Setup’s AUX HYDRAULIC is
set to ENABLED
• The desired current is 0mA and the digital output
driver’s diagnostic feedback is low
• Low-Side Fault Relay de-energized

TL642C, TL943C 9-41


Electrical System

DTC Event Comment Latched


33198 Auxiliary Function - • The actual current is greater than 200mA, PWM is Yes
A Valve - Short To Ground 95%, and the digital output driver’s diagnostic
feedback is low
• The auxiliary hydraulic “A” digital output was
shorted to ground. This fault may be caused by
improper wiring or a control module issue.
• Active when Machine Setup’s AUX HYDRAULIC is
set to ENABLED

33199 Auxiliary Function - • The desired current is greater than 250mA, but the Yes
B Valve - Open Circuit actual current is less then 75mA
• The auxiliary hydraulic “B” digital output was open-
circuit. This fault may be caused by improper
wiring or a control module issue.
• Active when Machine Setup’s AUX HYDRAULIC is
set to ENABLED

33200 Auxiliary Function - • The actual current is greater than 200mA, PWM is Yes
B Valve - Short To Ground 95%, and the digital output driver’s diagnostic
feedback is low
• The auxiliary hydraulic “B” digital output was
shorted to ground. This fault may be caused by
improper wiring or a control module issue.
• Active when Machine Setup’s AUX HYDRAULIC is
set to ENABLED

441 Battery Voltage Too Low - • Fork Tilt Up & Down, Auxiliary Hydraulics & De- No
System Shutdown Clutch functionality prevented
• Battery voltage is less than 8.0V so the control
module has prevented associated functionality.

442 Battery Voltage Too High - • Fork Tilt Up & Down, Auxiliary Hydraulics & De- Yes
System Shutdown Clutch functionality prevented
• Battery voltage is greater than 8.0V so the control
module has prevented associated functionality.
• Low-Side Fault Relay de-energized

447 Reference Voltage Out Of • Fork Tilt Up & Down, Auxiliary Hydraulics & De- Yes
Range Clutch functionality prevented
• The control module’s +5V reference was
measured greater than 5.4V or less than 4.6V for
1000mS. Since this reference voltage supplies the
joystick(s), fork tilt and auxiliary hydraulic functions
must be prevented.
• Low-Side Fault Relay de-energized

9-42 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

DTC Event Comment Latched


998 Eeprom Failure - • Fork Tilt Up & Down, Auxiliary Hydraulics & De- Yes
Check All Settings Clutch functionality prevented
• The control module detected an issue with the
non-volatile memory used to retain Personalities
and Calibrations. Verify all settings using the JLG
Analyzer.
• Low-Side Fault Relay de-energized

2239 Function Problem - • Fork Tilt Up & Down, prevented No


Joystick Calibration Faulty • The joystick calibration has never been performed,
is improper or calibration attempt has failed. Re-
calibrate the Fork Tilt and Auxiliary Hydraulic
(optional) joysticks to clear this fault.
• Auxiliary Hydraulics prevented if Machine Setup’s
AUX HYDRAULIC is ENABLED

23100 Auxiliary Hydraulic Joystick - • Auxiliary Hydraulic A & B prevented Yes


Voltage Disagreement
• Analog feedback from the joystick’s auxiliary roller
did not agree within ±25% for 1000mS. Auxiliary
Hydraulics will be prevented until the next power
cycle. This fault may be caused by a joystick issue,
improper wiring or a control module issue.

259 Model Change - Hydraulics • Fork Tilt Up & Down, Auxiliary Hydraulics & De- Yes
Suspended - Cycle Ems Clutch functionality prevented
• The user changed the Model Selection using a
JLG Analyzer. All functions are being prevented
until the EMS is cycled.
• Machine Setup’s MODEL was changed via JLG
Analyzer

TL642C, TL943C 9-43


Electrical System

9.16 ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC AND EVENT CODES

9.16.1 Engine Diagnostic Codes

Flash Code J1939 Code Description

00 84:14 Quickstop Occurrence

00 XX-04 Rated Engine Power Special Instructions

00 171:03 Outside Air Temp Sensor Voltage High

00 171:04 Outside Air Temp Sensor Voltage Low

00 171:11 No Outside Air Temp Data

00 XX:11 Theft Deterrent Enabled


00 XX:11 Inlet Air Shutoff Shutdown

00 639:02 J1939 Device Sending Incorrect Data

00 639:12 J1939 Device Not Responding

00 597:11 Brake Pedal Switch #1 Fault

00 603:11 Brake Pedal Switch #2 Fault

01 592:00 Idle Shutdown Override

12 111:02 Invalid Coolant Level

12 111:03 Coolant Level Sensor Voltage High

12 111:04 Coolant Level Sensor Voltage Low


13 174:03 Fuel Temp Voltage High

13 174:04 Fuel Temp Voltage Low

14 1072:05 Retarder Solenoid Low/high Voltage Low

14 1072:06 Retarder Solenoid Low/high Voltage High

14 1073:05 Retarder Solenoid Med/high Voltage Low

14 1073:06 Retarder Solenoid Med/high Voltage High

21 678:03 8 Volt Supply Above Normal

21 41-04 8 Volt Supply Below Normal

21 620:03 5 Volt Supply Above Normal

21 620:04 5 Volt Supply Above Normal

24 100:03 Oil Pressure Sensor Voltage High

9-44 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

Flash Code J1939 Code Description

24 100:04 Oil Pressure Sensor Voltage Low

25 102:03 Boost Pressure Sensor Voltage High

25 102:04 Boost Pressure Sensor Voltage Low

25 102:07 Boost Pressure Not Responding

26 108:03 Barometric Pressure Voltage High

26 108:04 Barometric Pressure Voltage Low

26 108:10 Barometric Pressure Signal Rate of Change

27 110:03 Coolant Temperature Sensor Voltage High

27 110:04 Coolant Temperature Sensor Voltage Low

28 91:13 Accelerator Pedal Position Out of Calibration

29 644:08 PTO Throttle Signal Invalid

29 644:13 PTO Throttle Signal Calibration

31 84:01 Loss of Wheel-based Vehicle Speed Signal

32 91:08 Accelerator Pedal Position Invalid

34 723:02 Loss Of Secondary Engine Speed Signal

34 190:08 Primary Engine Speed Loss of Signal

35 190:00 Engine Overspeed Warning

36 84:02 Invalid Wheel-based Vehicle Speed Signal

36 84:08 Wheel Based Vehicle Speed Out of Range

36 84:10 Wheel Based Vehicle Speed Rate of Change

38 105:03 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Voltage High

38 105:04 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Voltage Low

41 84:00 Wheel-Based Vehicle Overspeed Warning

42 637:11 Primary To Secondary Engine Speed Signal Calibration

42 637:13 Engine Speed Signal Calibration Not Performed

46 100:01 Low Oil Pressure Warning

46 100:11 Very Low Oil Pressure

47 592:01 Idle Shutdown Occurrence

47 592:14 PTO Shutdown Occurrence

TL642C, TL943C 9-45


Electrical System

Flash Code J1939 Code Description

51 168:02 Intermittent Battery Power To The ECM

56 630:02 Check Customer or System Parameters

56 XX:11 Check Transmission Customer Parameters

59 631:11 Engine Software Incorrect

61 110:00 High Coolant Temperature Warning

61 110:11 Very High Coolant Temperature

62 111:01 Low Coolant Level Warning

62 111:11 Very Low Coolant Level

62 111:14 Low Coolant Level Warning (Less Than 6 Engine Hours)

64 105:00 High Intake Manifold Air Temperature Warning

64 105:11 Very High Intake Manifold Air Temperature Warning

65 174:00 High Fuel Temp Warning


66 706:05 Auxiliary Output #06 Current Low

66 706:06 Auxiliary Output #06 Current High

67 707:05 Auxiliary Output #07 Current Low

67 707:06 Auxiliary Output #07 Current High

68 XX:07 Transmission Not Responding

71 43-02 Ignition Key Switch Fault

72 651:05 Cylinder #1 Injector Current Low

72 651:06 Cylinder #1 Injector Current High

72 652:05 Cylinder #2 Injector Current Low

72 652:05 Cylinder #2 Injector Current High

73 653:05 Cylinder #3 Injector Current Low

73 653:06 Cylinder #3 Injector Current High

73 654:05 Cylinder #4 Injector Current Low

73 654:06 Cylinder #4 Injector Current High

74 655:05 Cylinder #5 Injector Current Low

74 655:06 Cylinder #5 Injector Current High

74 656:05 Cylinder #6 Injector Current Low

9-46 TL642C, TL943C


Electrical System

Flash Code J1939 Code Description

74 656:06 Cylinder #6 Injector Current High

92 2950:05 Intake Valve Actuator #1 Current Low

92 2950:06 Intake Valve Actuator #1 Current High

92 2950:07 Intake Valve Actuator #1 Not Responding

92 2951:05 Intake Valve Actuator #2 Current Low

92 2951:06 Intake Valve Actuator #2 Current High

92 2951:07 Intake Valve Actuator #2 Not Responding

93 2952:05 Intake Valve Actuator #3 Current Low

93 2952:06 Intake Valve Actuator #3 Current High

93 2952:07 Intake Valve Actuator #3 Current Not Responding

93 2953:05 Intake Valve Actuator #4 Current Low

93 2953:06 Intake Valve Actuator #4 Current High

93 2953:07 Intake Valve Actuator #4 Current Not Responding

94 2954:05 Intake Valve Actuator #5 Current Low

94 2954:06 Intake Valve Actuator #5 Current High

94 2954:07 Intake Valve Actuator #5 Current Not Responding

95 2955:05 Intake Valve Actuator #6 Current Low

95 2955:06 Intake Valve Actuator #6 Current High

95 2955:07 Intake Valve Actuator #6 Current Not Responding

95 2948:01 Low Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure

95 2948:03 Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure Voltage High

95 2948:04 Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure Voltage Low

97 2949:05 Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure Solenoid Current Low

97 2949:06 Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure Solenoid Current High

97 2949:07 Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure Not Responding

98 2988:05 Engine Coolant Diverter Solenoid Current Low

98 2988:06 Engine Coolant Diverter Solenoid Current High

TL642C, TL943C 9-47


9-48
9.16.2
Electrical System

PUMP DISPLACEMENT CONTROL


MODULE
ANALYZER STRUCTURE

MENU: MENU: MENU: MENU: MENU:


HELP: PRESS ENTER MACHINE SETUP DIAGNOSIS ACCESS LEVEL X PERSONALITIES

HELP: *(XXXXX) MACHINE SETUP: ENGINE SPEED: ENGINE TORQUE: ANTI-STALL ANTI-STALL CONTROL MODULE: DIAGNOSTICS: ACCESS LEVEL: PERSONALITIES:
?????????????? MODEL: TL-SERIES XXXX RPM XXX% COMMAND: XXXXMA ACTUAL: XXXXMA VOLTAGE XX.XV VERSIONS CODE: 00000 IDLE XXXXMA

MACHINE SETUP: CONTROL MODULE: PERSONALITIES:


Pump Controller Software Version P1.4

PUMP: SAUER PRV SOFTWARE PX.X TORQ PK: XXXXMA

ANALYZER: PERSONALITIES:
ANALYZER SW VER HI SPD: XXXXMA

PERSONALITIES:
IDLE: XXXXRPM

PERSONALITIES:
TORQ PK: XXXXRPM

PERSONALITIES:
HI SPO: XXXXRPM

MAL2480

TL642C, TL943C
31200794

You might also like